(5305,75,0,885,'<h1>Grace Design Felix 2 Channel Instrument & Mic Preamplifier / Blender</h1>\nThe Grace Design Felix Instrument & Mic Pre / Blender is a studio grade 2 channel blending acoustic instrument and mic preamp, designed for working musicians, engineers, sound companies or venues looking for the highest quality solution for amplifying stringed instruments. Felix is built into a roadworthy (beer-proof) floor unit chassis of anodized aluminum and steel, portable enough to leave the rack at home but bring studio quality to the stage. With the same stunning audio performance and legendary reliability as Grace Design’s pro audio range, Felix brings open, musical and nuanced preamplification to any performance situation.\n<br /><br />\nA powerful eq section allows simple and intuitive tone shaping for even the most unruly of instruments. Each channel’s variable high pass filter cuts 12dB per octave from 20Hz to 1kHz, and can also be set as a notch filter for chasing down problem feedback or rumble areas. Parametric mid range controls cover from 65Hz all the way to 6KHz. While fixed low and high controls are carefully voiced for musical shading of bass and treble.<br /><br />\nControls are simple and clearly marked on a bright panel, making them easy to read and tweak on a dark stage. Footswitch functions include a mute / tune switch for muting all outputs except the dedicated tuner out, a boost switch which activates a variable boost circuit, and finally, an A/B mode switch for when Felix is in A/B mode (which simply toggles between the two different channels).<br /><br />\nFelix brings the kitchen sink approach to I/O. Inputs include a 48V XLR mic input and two instrument inputs. Two independent transformer isolated DI outputs can be sourced from either the mix or the individual channel. This allows you to send the front of house a mix or each channel independently. A dedicated, level controlled amplifier output can be sourced from the mix or channel 2. A dedicated tuner output stays active when all the other outputs are muted. A side panel mounted 1/8” mini jack headphone amplifier is there for practicing, private noodling during boring soundchecks, or scrutinizing dubious eq decisions. A TRS insert is included for adding effects, and finally, a remote footswitch jack is included if Felix is going to spend his life in a rack or up off the floor.<br /><br />\nGuitar, bass, fiddle, mandolin, cello, dare we say banjo, that weird 3 string gourd thing - Felix is your instrument’s new best friend. Flexible, reliable, a good listener and eager to make you sound better, he is also your new best friend.<br /><br />\n<h3>Grace Design Felix  Features:</h3>\n<ul>\n	<li>Open, musical and detailed instrument and mic preamplification for discerning artists and engineers                                 </li>\n	<li>2 channel audio path with blend output control                                                                                      </li>\n	<li>m101 style transimpedance microphone preamplifier, no electrolytic capacitors in the signal path                                    </li>\n	<li>Ultra precision 0.5% thin  film resistors are used in the signal path                                                           </li>\n	<li>Careful power supply design and grounding yield an ultra-quiet signal path and professional level headroom and line driving ability </li>\n	<li>Fully ground isolated DI outputs with high quality, low distortion, fully shielded transformers                                     </li>\n	<li>Super rugged 1/4” connectors with heavy duty metal bushings                                                                         </li>\n	<li>Powerful, independent EQ on both channels – hi and low shelving and full parametric midrange                                        </li>\n	<li>Mid frequency control has two ranges 70-640Hz / 655 - 6kHz                                                                          </li>\n	<li>20Hz-1kHz sweepable HPF on both channels, can also be set as notch filter                                                       </li>\n	<li>A / B footswitch for multiple instrument configurations or soloing different pickups                                                </li>\n	<li>Mute/ tune footswitch mutes all outputs except dedicated tuner out                                                                  </li>\n	<li>Boost footswitch for variable 10dB level boost (global)                                                                             </li>\n	<li>DI outputs sources are configurable - Ch1 (mix or Ch1) Ch2 (mix or Ch2)                                                         </li>\n	<li>Dedicated level controlled stage amp output (configurable as blend or Ch2)                                                          </li>\n	<li>Dedicated tuner out, remains hot when unit is muted                                                                                 </li>\n	<li>Side panel switches for 48V, phase, mid Hz range select, HPF/notch select, 12V and A/B mode select                                  </li>\n	<li>12V mic input power available on Ch2                                                                                                </li>\n	<li>Phase reverse switch for each channel                                                                                               </li>\n	<li>3 input impedance settings on each channel – Ch1 10K, 1MEG, 10MEG / Ch2 332K, 1MEG, 20MEG accommodating a wide range of pickup types</li>\n	<li>Aux footswitch jack for accessing switch functions if Felix is mounted in a rack tray or on top of an amp                           </li>\n	<li>Mic stand flange mount screw holes holes for putting Felix on a mic stand                                                           </li>\n	<li>1/8” headphone jack, active when Felix is muted                                                                                     </li>\n	<li>Global TRS effects insert jack                                                                                                      </li>\n	<li>Universal 100-240 AC power supply with standard IEC cable – no wall wart - take Felix anywhere in the world!                        </li>\n	<li>Full 5 year transferable warranty / built for long, happy life on the road                                                          </li>\n	<li>Designed and made by family and friends in Lyons, CO, USA                                                                           </li>\n</ul>\n<br /><br />\n<h3>Who’s using Grace Design</h3>\nHere’s a partial list of Grace Design clients who share one need common: uncompromising audio quality. \n<br /><br />Bob Ludwig, Gateway Mastering and DVD<br />The Metropolitan Opera <br />Berklee College of Music <br />Chicago Symphony Orchestra <br />Tanglewood / Tanglewood Music Center <br />Nashville Symphony Orchestra <br />Tim Martyn, Phoenix Audio <br />Music Mix Mobile <br />Capitol Mastering <br />Leslie Anne Jones, Skywalker Sound <br />Shawn Murphy, Todd AO <br />New York Metropolitan Opera House <br />Warner Bros. <br />DPA microphones <br />Oberlin College and Conservatory <br />Shure Microphones <br />Patrick Leonard <br />MTV New York <br />CBS New York <br />NBC New York <br />Jazz at Lincoln Center, New York <br />Steve Boeddeker, Skywalker Sound <br />Chris Boyes, Skywalker Sound <br />Jerry Harrison, Talking Heads <br />Airshow Mastering <br />Mastermix, Nashville <br />Stevie Wonder <br />Jackson Browne, Dennis Scrimo <br />Kitaro <br />The Hollywood Bowl <br />Sarah McLachlan <br />Phish, Paul Languedoc <br />Trey Anastasio <br />Bill Frisell <br />Bela Fleck <br /><br />\n<h3>About Grace Design</h3>\nIn 1990, Michael Grace began building single order custom audio products for a small, devout following of recording engineers and artists. Before long, the word had spread about these custom microphone preamplifier designs, which were said to outperform anything else that was commercially available. In 1994, Michael partnered with his brother Eben and Grace Design was founded and began production of the model 801 microphone preamplifier. Not only did the model 801 provide a new level of audio performance and functionality, it helped to establish outboard the outboard microphone preamplifier as a new keystone in professional audio production. \n<br /><br />Over the years, Grace Design has maintained a steady, methodical pace to developing new products and technologies. The Grace product line has evolved into a definitive collection of microphone preamplifiers, monitor controllers and other unique hardware. Grace Design prides itself on providing audio professionals and enthusiasts with some of the finest tools imaginable. And above all, Grace Design remains driven by the original passions that founded the company—the love of music and the art of recording it.<br /><br />\n<h3>Regardless of the style of music you record, certain sound sources require accurate, transparent audio capture, and nothing does it quite like the Grace Design Felix Mix Pre / Blender. For more information, call or chat with an RSPE representative today.</h3>'),(5306,75,1,885,'<h1>Grace Design Felix 2 Channel Instrument & Mic Preamplifier / Blender</h1>\nThe Grace Design Felix Instrument & Mic Pre / Blender is a studio grade 2 channel blending acoustic instrument and mic preamp, designed for working musicians, engineers, sound companies or venues looking for the highest quality solution for amplifying stringed instruments. Felix is built into a roadworthy (beer-proof) floor unit chassis of anodized aluminum and steel, portable enough to leave the rack at home but bring studio quality to the stage. With the same stunning audio performance and legendary reliability as Grace Design’s pro audio range, Felix brings open, musical and nuanced preamplification to any performance situation.\n<br /><br />\nA powerful eq section allows simple and intuitive tone shaping for even the most unruly of instruments. Each channel’s variable high pass filter cuts 12dB per octave from 20Hz to 1kHz, and can also be set as a notch filter for chasing down problem feedback or rumble areas. Parametric mid range controls cover from 65Hz all the way to 6KHz. While fixed low and high controls are carefully voiced for musical shading of bass and treble.<br /><br />\nControls are simple and clearly marked on a bright panel, making them easy to read and tweak on a dark stage. Footswitch functions include a mute / tune switch for muting all outputs except the dedicated tuner out, a boost switch which activates a variable boost circuit, and finally, an A/B mode switch for when Felix is in A/B mode (which simply toggles between the two different channels).<br /><br />\nFelix brings the kitchen sink approach to I/O. Inputs include a 48V XLR mic input and two instrument inputs. Two independent transformer isolated DI outputs can be sourced from either the mix or the individual channel. This allows you to send the front of house a mix or each channel independently. A dedicated, level controlled amplifier output can be sourced from the mix or channel 2. A dedicated tuner output stays active when all the other outputs are muted. A side panel mounted 1/8” mini jack headphone amplifier is there for practicing, private noodling during boring soundchecks, or scrutinizing dubious eq decisions. A TRS insert is included for adding effects, and finally, a remote footswitch jack is included if Felix is going to spend his life in a rack or up off the floor.<br /><br />\nGuitar, bass, fiddle, mandolin, cello, dare we say banjo, that weird 3 string gourd thing - Felix is your instrument’s new best friend. Flexible, reliable, a good listener and eager to make you sound better, he is also your new best friend.<br /><br />\n<h3>Grace Design Felix  Features:</h3>\n<ul>\n	<li>Open, musical and detailed instrument and mic preamplification for discerning artists and engineers                                 </li>\n	<li>2 channel audio path with blend output control                                                                                      </li>\n	<li>m101 style transimpedance microphone preamplifier, no electrolytic capacitors in the signal path                                    </li>\n	<li>Ultra precision 0.5% thin  film resistors are used in the signal path                                                           </li>\n	<li>Careful power supply design and grounding yield an ultra-quiet signal path and professional level headroom and line driving ability </li>\n	<li>Fully ground isolated DI outputs with high quality, low distortion, fully shielded transformers                                     </li>\n	<li>Super rugged 1/4” connectors with heavy duty metal bushings                                                                         </li>\n	<li>Powerful, independent EQ on both channels – hi and low shelving and full parametric midrange                                        </li>\n	<li>Mid frequency control has two ranges 70-640Hz / 655 - 6kHz                                                                          </li>\n	<li>20Hz-1kHz sweepable HPF on both channels, can also be set as notch filter                                                       </li>\n	<li>A / B footswitch for multiple instrument configurations or soloing different pickups                                                </li>\n	<li>Mute/ tune footswitch mutes all outputs except dedicated tuner out                                                                  </li>\n	<li>Boost footswitch for variable 10dB level boost (global)                                                                             </li>\n	<li>DI outputs sources are configurable - Ch1 (mix or Ch1) Ch2 (mix or Ch2)                                                         </li>\n	<li>Dedicated level controlled stage amp output (configurable as blend or Ch2)                                                          </li>\n	<li>Dedicated tuner out, remains hot when unit is muted                                                                                 </li>\n	<li>Side panel switches for 48V, phase, mid Hz range select, HPF/notch select, 12V and A/B mode select                                  </li>\n	<li>12V mic input power available on Ch2                                                                                                </li>\n	<li>Phase reverse switch for each channel                                                                                               </li>\n	<li>3 input impedance settings on each channel – Ch1 10K, 1MEG, 10MEG / Ch2 332K, 1MEG, 20MEG accommodating a wide range of pickup types</li>\n	<li>Aux footswitch jack for accessing switch functions if Felix is mounted in a rack tray or on top of an amp                           </li>\n	<li>Mic stand flange mount screw holes holes for putting Felix on a mic stand                                                           </li>\n	<li>1/8” headphone jack, active when Felix is muted                                                                                     </li>\n	<li>Global TRS effects insert jack                                                                                                      </li>\n	<li>Universal 100-240 AC power supply with standard IEC cable – no wall wart - take Felix anywhere in the world!                        </li>\n	<li>Full 5 year transferable warranty / built for long, happy life on the road                                                          </li>\n	<li>Designed and made by family and friends in Lyons, CO, USA                                                                           </li>\n</ul>\n<br /><br />\n<h3>Who’s using Grace Design</h3>\nHere’s a partial list of Grace Design clients who share one need common: uncompromising audio quality. \n<br /><br />Bob Ludwig, Gateway Mastering and DVD<br />The Metropolitan Opera <br />Berklee College of Music <br />Chicago Symphony Orchestra <br />Tanglewood / Tanglewood Music Center <br />Nashville Symphony Orchestra <br />Tim Martyn, Phoenix Audio <br />Music Mix Mobile <br />Capitol Mastering <br />Leslie Anne Jones, Skywalker Sound <br />Shawn Murphy, Todd AO <br />New York Metropolitan Opera House <br />Warner Bros. <br />DPA microphones <br />Oberlin College and Conservatory <br />Shure Microphones <br />Patrick Leonard <br />MTV New York <br />CBS New York <br />NBC New York <br />Jazz at Lincoln Center, New York <br />Steve Boeddeker, Skywalker Sound <br />Chris Boyes, Skywalker Sound <br />Jerry Harrison, Talking Heads <br />Airshow Mastering <br />Mastermix, Nashville <br />Stevie Wonder <br />Jackson Browne, Dennis Scrimo <br />Kitaro <br />The Hollywood Bowl <br />Sarah McLachlan <br />Phish, Paul Languedoc <br />Trey Anastasio <br />Bill Frisell <br />Bela Fleck <br /><br />\n<h3>About Grace Design</h3>\nIn 1990, Michael Grace began building single order custom audio products for a small, devout following of recording engineers and artists. Before long, the word had spread about these custom microphone preamplifier designs, which were said to outperform anything else that was commercially available. In 1994, Michael partnered with his brother Eben and Grace Design was founded and began production of the model 801 microphone preamplifier. Not only did the model 801 provide a new level of audio performance and functionality, it helped to establish outboard the outboard microphone preamplifier as a new keystone in professional audio production. \n<br /><br />Over the years, Grace Design has maintained a steady, methodical pace to developing new products and technologies. The Grace product line has evolved into a definitive collection of microphone preamplifiers, monitor controllers and other unique hardware. Grace Design prides itself on providing audio professionals and enthusiasts with some of the finest tools imaginable. And above all, Grace Design remains driven by the original passions that founded the company—the love of music and the art of recording it.<br /><br />\n<h3>Regardless of the style of music you record, certain sound sources require accurate, transparent audio capture, and nothing does it quite like the Grace Design Felix Mix Pre / Blender. For more information, call or chat with an RSPE representative today.</h3>'),(5307,85,0,885,'Grace Design Felix 2 Channel Instrument & Mic Preamplifier / Blender'),(5308,85,1,885,'Grace Design Felix 2 Channel Instrument & Mic Preamplifier / Blender'),(5309,76,0,885,''),(5310,76,1,885,''),(5311,75,0,886,'<h1>Grace Design m101 High Fidelity Single Channel Microphone Preamp</h1>\n<i>High fidelity single channel microphone preamplfier</i><br /><br />\n<div>\nMaintaining Grace Design pedigree throughout, the m101 employs our balanced, transformerless, transimpedance circuit topology. With incredible bandwidth and headroom, the m101 is natural, musical and detailed, allowing engineers and musicians to consistently record vibrant, amazing tracks.\n	<br /><br />\n	The m101 is equipped with our new universal switching power supply, which is dead quiet and accepts input voltages from 100 to 240VAC. The front panel is a tough black anodized / laser etched black, which ensures legibility and usability in varying light conditions. And all preamp functions have a dedicated indicator LED, including the 48V phantom power and HPF switch.\n	<br /><br />\n	Built in as standard is our unique Ribbon Mic Mode, which bypasses the input decoupling capacitorss, raises the input impedance from 8.1kΩ to 20kΩ, and defeats the 48V phantom power, preventing damage to delicate ribbon mic elements. Ribbon mics, you’re welcome.\n	<br /><br />\n	The gain range is 10-75dB, including the additional +10dB of gain available with the output trim control. This provides ample gain for use of any type of microphone in any recording situation. The gain control is a presicion gold plated 12 position switch and the circuit path is built with 0.5% metal film resistors.\n	<br /><br />\n	Included is a HI-Z input on the front panel. Rear panel I/O options include both balanced TRS and unbalanced TS 1/4” outputs, along with the standard XLR balanced out and XLR microphone in.\n	<br /><br />\n	Equally at home amplifying a vintage condenser mic or a plugged-in acoustic guitar, the m101 delivers the kind of high fidelity performance previously available only to big budget recording studios and Grammy winning musicians. Add it all up while considering that the price is unmatched and the picture becomes pretty clear – the m101 is one little hot rod piece of pro audio gear for the masses.\n	<br />\n	<br />\n	<h3>Grace Designs m101 key features:</h3>\n	<ul style=\"\">\n		<li>Fast and musical transimpedance architecture</li>\n		<li>Updated audio path with 0.5% precision metal film resistors</li>\n		<li>New 12 position gold plated rotary gain switch</li>\n		<li>High performance output line driver amplifier and HPF amplifier</li>\n		<li>New Ribbon mic mode (also great for dynamic mics)- Relay bypass of phantom power decoupling capacitors, increased</li>\n		<li>input impedance, and 48V lockout</li>\n		<li>Wider 10-75dB gain range</li>\n		<li>Enhanced RFI interference suppression </li>\n		<li>Three output connectors: XLR balanced, TRS balanced and ¼” unbalanced</li>\n		<li>Bombproof laser-etched black anodized frontpanel</li>\n		<li>Sealed gold contact relay for Hi-Z input switching </li>\n		<li>Built in power supply / no wall-wart! </li>\n		<li>Led indicators for +48V, Ribbon mode, and HPF</li>\n		<li>Five year warranty on parts and labor </li>\n		<li>Made in the USA</li>\n	</ul>\n	<br />\n	<h3>Who’s using Grace Design</h3>\nHere’s a partial list of Grace Design clients who share one need common: uncompromising audio quality. \n	<br /><br />Bob Ludwig, Gateway Mastering and DVD <br />The Metropolitan Opera <br />Berklee College of Music <br />Chicago Symphony Orchestra <br />Tanglewood / Tanglewood Music Center <br />Nashville Symphony Orchestra <br />Tim Martyn, Phoenix Audio <br />Music Mix Mobile <br />Capitol Mastering <br />Leslie Anne Jones, Skywalker Sound <br />Shawn Murphy, Todd AO <br />New York Metropolitan Opera House <br />Warner Bros. <br />DPA microphones <br />Oberlin College and Conservatory <br />Shure Microphones <br />Patrick Leonard <br />MTV New York <br />CBS New York <br />NBC New York <br />Jazz at Lincoln Center, New York <br />Steve Boeddeker, Skywalker Sound <br />Chris Boyes, Skywalker Sound <br />Jerry Harrison, Talking Heads <br />Airshow Mastering <br />Mastermix, Nashville <br />Stevie Wonder <br />Jackson Browne, Dennis Scrimo <br />Kitaro <br />The Hollywood Bowl <br />Sarah McLachlan <br />Phish, Paul Languedoc <br />Trey Anastasio <br />Bill Frisell <br />Bela Fleck <br /><br />\n	<h3>About Grace Design</h3>\nIn 1990, Michael Grace began building single order custom audio products for a small, devout following of recording engineers and artists. Before long, the word had spread about these custom microphone preamplifier designs, which were said to outperform anything else that was commercially available. In 1994, Michael partnered with his brother Eben and Grace Design was founded and began production of the model 801 microphone preamplifier. Not only did the model 801 provide a new level of audio performance and functionality, it helped to establish outboard the outboard microphone preamplifier as a new keystone in professional audio production.\n	<br /><br />Over the years, Grace Design has maintained a steady, methodical pace to developing new products and technologies. The Grace product line has evolved into a definitive collection of microphone preamplifiers, monitor controllers and other unique hardware. Grace Design prides itself on providing audio professionals and enthusiasts with some of the finest tools imaginable. And above all, Grace Design remains driven by the original passions that founded the company—the love of music and the art of recording it.<br /><br />\n	<h3>Put a Grace Design m101 mic pre (or two) in your studio and hear what a truly natural, musical and detailed preamp can do for your audio production. For more information, call or chat with an RSPE representative today.</h3>\n</div>'),(5312,75,1,886,'<h1>Grace Design m101 High Fidelity Single Channel Microphone Preamp</h1>\n<i>High fidelity single channel microphone preamplfier</i><br /><br />\n<div>\nMaintaining Grace Design pedigree throughout, the m101 employs our balanced, transformerless, transimpedance circuit topology. With incredible bandwidth and headroom, the m101 is natural, musical and detailed, allowing engineers and musicians to consistently record vibrant, amazing tracks.\n	<br /><br />\n	The m101 is equipped with our new universal switching power supply, which is dead quiet and accepts input voltages from 100 to 240VAC. The front panel is a tough black anodized / laser etched black, which ensures legibility and usability in varying light conditions. And all preamp functions have a dedicated indicator LED, including the 48V phantom power and HPF switch.\n	<br /><br />\n	Built in as standard is our unique Ribbon Mic Mode, which bypasses the input decoupling capacitorss, raises the input impedance from 8.1kΩ to 20kΩ, and defeats the 48V phantom power, preventing damage to delicate ribbon mic elements. Ribbon mics, you’re welcome.\n	<br /><br />\n	The gain range is 10-75dB, including the additional +10dB of gain available with the output trim control. This provides ample gain for use of any type of microphone in any recording situation. The gain control is a presicion gold plated 12 position switch and the circuit path is built with 0.5% metal film resistors.\n	<br /><br />\n	Included is a HI-Z input on the front panel. Rear panel I/O options include both balanced TRS and unbalanced TS 1/4” outputs, along with the standard XLR balanced out and XLR microphone in.\n	<br /><br />\n	Equally at home amplifying a vintage condenser mic or a plugged-in acoustic guitar, the m101 delivers the kind of high fidelity performance previously available only to big budget recording studios and Grammy winning musicians. Add it all up while considering that the price is unmatched and the picture becomes pretty clear – the m101 is one little hot rod piece of pro audio gear for the masses.\n	<br />\n	<br />\n	<h3>Grace Designs m101 key features:</h3>\n	<ul style=\"\">\n		<li>Fast and musical transimpedance architecture</li>\n		<li>Updated audio path with 0.5% precision metal film resistors</li>\n		<li>New 12 position gold plated rotary gain switch</li>\n		<li>High performance output line driver amplifier and HPF amplifier</li>\n		<li>New Ribbon mic mode (also great for dynamic mics)- Relay bypass of phantom power decoupling capacitors, increased</li>\n		<li>input impedance, and 48V lockout</li>\n		<li>Wider 10-75dB gain range</li>\n		<li>Enhanced RFI interference suppression </li>\n		<li>Three output connectors: XLR balanced, TRS balanced and ¼” unbalanced</li>\n		<li>Bombproof laser-etched black anodized frontpanel</li>\n		<li>Sealed gold contact relay for Hi-Z input switching </li>\n		<li>Built in power supply / no wall-wart! </li>\n		<li>Led indicators for +48V, Ribbon mode, and HPF</li>\n		<li>Five year warranty on parts and labor </li>\n		<li>Made in the USA</li>\n	</ul>\n	<br />\n	<h3>Who’s using Grace Design</h3>\nHere’s a partial list of Grace Design clients who share one need common: uncompromising audio quality. \n	<br /><br />Bob Ludwig, Gateway Mastering and DVD <br />The Metropolitan Opera <br />Berklee College of Music <br />Chicago Symphony Orchestra <br />Tanglewood / Tanglewood Music Center <br />Nashville Symphony Orchestra <br />Tim Martyn, Phoenix Audio <br />Music Mix Mobile <br />Capitol Mastering <br />Leslie Anne Jones, Skywalker Sound <br />Shawn Murphy, Todd AO <br />New York Metropolitan Opera House <br />Warner Bros. <br />DPA microphones <br />Oberlin College and Conservatory <br />Shure Microphones <br />Patrick Leonard <br />MTV New York <br />CBS New York <br />NBC New York <br />Jazz at Lincoln Center, New York <br />Steve Boeddeker, Skywalker Sound <br />Chris Boyes, Skywalker Sound <br />Jerry Harrison, Talking Heads <br />Airshow Mastering <br />Mastermix, Nashville <br />Stevie Wonder <br />Jackson Browne, Dennis Scrimo <br />Kitaro <br />The Hollywood Bowl <br />Sarah McLachlan <br />Phish, Paul Languedoc <br />Trey Anastasio <br />Bill Frisell <br />Bela Fleck <br /><br />\n	<h3>About Grace Design</h3>\nIn 1990, Michael Grace began building single order custom audio products for a small, devout following of recording engineers and artists. Before long, the word had spread about these custom microphone preamplifier designs, which were said to outperform anything else that was commercially available. In 1994, Michael partnered with his brother Eben and Grace Design was founded and began production of the model 801 microphone preamplifier. Not only did the model 801 provide a new level of audio performance and functionality, it helped to establish outboard the outboard microphone preamplifier as a new keystone in professional audio production.\n	<br /><br />Over the years, Grace Design has maintained a steady, methodical pace to developing new products and technologies. The Grace product line has evolved into a definitive collection of microphone preamplifiers, monitor controllers and other unique hardware. Grace Design prides itself on providing audio professionals and enthusiasts with some of the finest tools imaginable. And above all, Grace Design remains driven by the original passions that founded the company—the love of music and the art of recording it.<br /><br />\n	<h3>Put a Grace Design m101 mic pre (or two) in your studio and hear what a truly natural, musical and detailed preamp can do for your audio production. For more information, call or chat with an RSPE representative today.</h3>\n</div>'),(5313,85,0,886,'Grace Design m101 High Fidelity Single Channel Microphone Preamp'),(5314,85,1,886,'Grace Design m101 High Fidelity Single Channel Microphone Preamp'),(5315,76,0,886,''),(5316,76,1,886,''),(5317,75,0,887,'<h1>Grace Design m103 Channel Strip - mic preamplfiier, 3 band EQ, optical compressor</h1>\n<span style=\"font-size:16px; font-style:italic;\">The Grace Design m103 - a channel strip by name, a powerful tool by design</span><br /><br />\nIt starts with the tried and true m101 microphone preamplifier circuity. For many engineers, the m101 is an introduction to what quality mic preamplification is all about, and the perfect starting point for a channel strip – musical, transparent and pure. Headroom, detail, clarity – its all there. Complete with Grace\'s exclusive ribbon mic mode, a 75Hz HPF and 48V phantom.<br /><br />\nThe 3 band EQ section is built around single stage parallel tuning architecture, which minimizes circuitry and delivers natural tonal shaping from 20Hz to 20kHz. Controls include a fully parametric mid, with sweepable high and low bands which can be operated in shelving or peak modes. Because of its accuracy of this design, smaller increments of cut or boost can be heard, providing a greater level of control tone shaping.<br /><br />\nThe compressor circuit is based on an optical attenuator - the purest, high fidelity gain control mechanism available. It provides gentle limiting to fairly heavy compression, while remaining neutral and transparent. The perfect way to zip it all up and send it downstream - clean, intact and alive. 10 segment gain reduction and output meters make monitoring compression and output levels simple.<br /><br />\nThe front panel accessed HI-Z input makes this an amazingly high quality instrument preamp. Comprehensive I/O options allow the mic pre and EQ/COMP sections to be accessed independently of each other, and the order of the EQ/COMP is switchable. A dual function link/ sidechain input on rearpanel is provided for inserting external sidechain signals (for de- essing, ducking) or connecting two m103\'s together for stereo compression applications.<br /><br />\nPredictably, the m103 is built to last, and proudly backed by Grace\'s 5 year transferable warranty.<br /><br />\n<h3>Grace m103 Key Features</h3>\n<ul>\n	<li><span style=\"background-color: initial;\">Fast and musical transimpedance microphone preamplifier architecture</span></li>\n	<li><span style=\"background-color: initial;\">Updated audio path with 0.5% precision metal film resistors</span></li>\n	<li><span style=\"background-color: initial;\">New 12 position gold plated rotary gain switch</span></li>\n	<li><span style=\"background-color: initial;\">High performance output line driver amplifier and HPF amplifier</span></li>\n	<li><span style=\"background-color: initial;\">Ribbon mic mode (also great for dynamic mics)-  Relay bypass of phantom power decoupling capacitors, increased input impedance, and 48V lockout</span></li>\n	<li><span style=\"background-color: initial;\">3-band presicion EQ, fully parametric mid band, peak and shelf mode for hi and low bands</span></li>\n	<li><span style=\"background-color: initial;\">newly designed optical compressor</span></li>\n	<li><span style=\"background-color: initial;\">Mic amp direct output</span></li>\n	<li><span style=\"background-color: initial;\">EQ/COMP section line input</span></li>\n	<li><span style=\"background-color: initial;\">Bombproof laser-etched black anodized frontpanel</span></li>\n	<li><span style=\"background-color: initial;\">Sealed gold contact relay for Hi-Z input switching</span></li>\n	<li><span style=\"background-color: initial;\">Built in power supply</span></li>\n	<li><span style=\"background-color: initial;\">Led indicators for +48V, Ribbon mode, and HPF</span></li>\n	<li><span style=\"background-color: initial;\">powerful 10 segment meters for gain reduction and output level</span></li>\n	<li><span style=\"background-color: initial;\">Five year transferable warranty on parts and labor</span></li>\n	<li><span style=\"background-color: initial;\">Made in the USA</span></li>\n</ul>'),(5318,75,1,887,'<h1>Grace Design m103 Channel Strip - mic preamplfiier, 3 band EQ, optical compressor</h1>\n<span style=\"font-size:16px; font-style:italic;\">The Grace Design m103 - a channel strip by name, a powerful tool by design</span><br /><br />\nIt starts with the tried and true m101 microphone preamplifier circuity. For many engineers, the m101 is an introduction to what quality mic preamplification is all about, and the perfect starting point for a channel strip – musical, transparent and pure. Headroom, detail, clarity – its all there. Complete with Grace\'s exclusive ribbon mic mode, a 75Hz HPF and 48V phantom.<br /><br />\nThe 3 band EQ section is built around single stage parallel tuning architecture, which minimizes circuitry and delivers natural tonal shaping from 20Hz to 20kHz. Controls include a fully parametric mid, with sweepable high and low bands which can be operated in shelving or peak modes. Because of its accuracy of this design, smaller increments of cut or boost can be heard, providing a greater level of control tone shaping.<br /><br />\nThe compressor circuit is based on an optical attenuator - the purest, high fidelity gain control mechanism available. It provides gentle limiting to fairly heavy compression, while remaining neutral and transparent. The perfect way to zip it all up and send it downstream - clean, intact and alive. 10 segment gain reduction and output meters make monitoring compression and output levels simple.<br /><br />\nThe front panel accessed HI-Z input makes this an amazingly high quality instrument preamp. Comprehensive I/O options allow the mic pre and EQ/COMP sections to be accessed independently of each other, and the order of the EQ/COMP is switchable. A dual function link/ sidechain input on rearpanel is provided for inserting external sidechain signals (for de- essing, ducking) or connecting two m103\'s together for stereo compression applications.<br /><br />\nPredictably, the m103 is built to last, and proudly backed by Grace\'s 5 year transferable warranty.<br /><br />\n<h3>Grace m103 Key Features</h3>\n<ul>\n	<li><span style=\"background-color: initial;\">Fast and musical transimpedance microphone preamplifier architecture</span></li>\n	<li><span style=\"background-color: initial;\">Updated audio path with 0.5% precision metal film resistors</span></li>\n	<li><span style=\"background-color: initial;\">New 12 position gold plated rotary gain switch</span></li>\n	<li><span style=\"background-color: initial;\">High performance output line driver amplifier and HPF amplifier</span></li>\n	<li><span style=\"background-color: initial;\">Ribbon mic mode (also great for dynamic mics)-  Relay bypass of phantom power decoupling capacitors, increased input impedance, and 48V lockout</span></li>\n	<li><span style=\"background-color: initial;\">3-band presicion EQ, fully parametric mid band, peak and shelf mode for hi and low bands</span></li>\n	<li><span style=\"background-color: initial;\">newly designed optical compressor</span></li>\n	<li><span style=\"background-color: initial;\">Mic amp direct output</span></li>\n	<li><span style=\"background-color: initial;\">EQ/COMP section line input</span></li>\n	<li><span style=\"background-color: initial;\">Bombproof laser-etched black anodized frontpanel</span></li>\n	<li><span style=\"background-color: initial;\">Sealed gold contact relay for Hi-Z input switching</span></li>\n	<li><span style=\"background-color: initial;\">Built in power supply</span></li>\n	<li><span style=\"background-color: initial;\">Led indicators for +48V, Ribbon mode, and HPF</span></li>\n	<li><span style=\"background-color: initial;\">powerful 10 segment meters for gain reduction and output level</span></li>\n	<li><span style=\"background-color: initial;\">Five year transferable warranty on parts and labor</span></li>\n	<li><span style=\"background-color: initial;\">Made in the USA</span></li>\n</ul>'),(5319,85,0,887,'Grace Design m103 Channel Strip - mic preamplfiier, 3 band EQ, optical compressor'),(5320,85,1,887,'Grace Design m103 Channel Strip - mic preamplfiier, 3 band EQ, optical compressor'),(5321,76,0,887,''),(5322,76,1,887,''),(5323,75,0,888,'<h1>Grace Design m108  8 Channel Remote Controlled Mic Preamplifier / ADC</h1>\n<i><inline style=\"font-size: 16px;\">DAW recording system front end / 8X2 USB interface / remote recording / high-end sound reinforcement</inline></i><br /><br />From 25 years experience of creating acclaimed professional audio products, comes the latest evolution of Grace Deign\'s mic preamplifier design: the m108. With eight channels of transparent, musical mic preamplification, state of the art A/D conversion, multiple digital output formats, and flexible local or remote controlled operation, the m108 is a vital addition to any modern audio production environment.<br /><br /><b><inline style=\"font-size: 18px;\">Unrivaled Performance</inline></b><br />Based on the acclaimed success of Grace\'s m802 remote controlled mic preamplifier, the m108 distills the best of these achievements into a sleek, elegant 1U chassis design. Featuring a transformerless, transipedance mic preamp design is unmatched in its ability to effortlessly resolve complex sonic waveforms, resulting in recordings of amazing clarity and depth. Integrated A/D conversion delivers digital signals to the workstation that are pure and beautiful. Latest generation s-Lock PLL ensures pristine, jitter free sample clock when clocking from external word clock or Dante clock. And an asynchronous mode USB interface provides the best possible jitter performance when connected to a computer.<br /><br /><b><inline style=\"font-size: 18px;\">Simple Operation</inline></b><br />A push-button rotary encoder is used for navigating and operation, with a user interface that is simple and intuitive. Dedicated push-buttons are assigned to core functions: 48V phantom power, phase reverse, channel grouping and meter peak clear. A crisp OLED screen displays complete system information, including channel gain settings, metering, peak status, and the system setup menu.<br /><inline style=\"font-size: 18px;\"></inline><b><inline style=\"font-size: 18px;\"><br />Powerful Configuration</inline></b><br />Out of the box, the m108 is ready to go as a stand alone mic preamp / ADC. With integrated serial or MIDI control, the m108 can be configured in large channel-count remote systems, with control from Grace\'s existing m802 hardware remote control unit, from Protools™, the forthcoming m108 control app, or even simply over ethernet with any modern web browser. And an optional DANTE™ interface is provided for network audio configurations. The m108 control protocol is backward compatible with the m802 so you can add m108’s to an existing m802 system.<br /><br />\n<h3>Grace m108 Features:</h3>\n<ul>\n	<li>8 channels of transparent, musical mic preamplifier</li>\n	<li>Wide gain range: -6 to 69dB</li>\n	<li>8 channels of balanced analog preamp outputs</li>\n	<li>Ribbon mic mode</li>\n	<li>8 channel ADC outputs via AES, ADAT (SMUX), USB Class 2, and DANTE™</li>\n	<li>External Word clock in and out</li>\n	<li>Reference DAC and headphone amplifier for low-latency monitoring of preamp channels, USB play back from a computer, or DANTE™ audio streams.</li>\n	<li>Channel 1 & 2 balanced HI-Z inputs on front panel</li>\n	<li>High contrast, wide viewing angle OLED display for all system parameters and setup menu</li>\n	<li>Combination RS 485/422 serial / MIDI ports for control from existing m802 RCU or Protools™</li>\n	<li>m108 Controller App for Mac OS and Windows computers</li>\n	<li>RJ45 Ethernet port with web server for network control using standard web browser</li>\n	<li>Expansion slot for optional Audinate / DANTE™ network audio card</li>\n	<li>Cooling fan for reliable operation in the harshest environments</li>\n	<li>Built in 100-240VAC universal AC power supply</li>\n	<li>5 year transferable warranty</li>\n	<li>Made in the USA</li>\n</ul>'),(5324,75,1,888,'<h1>Grace Design m108  8 Channel Remote Controlled Mic Preamplifier / ADC</h1>\n<i><inline style=\"font-size: 16px;\">DAW recording system front end / 8X2 USB interface / remote recording / high-end sound reinforcement</inline></i><br /><br />From 25 years experience of creating acclaimed professional audio products, comes the latest evolution of Grace Deign\'s mic preamplifier design: the m108. With eight channels of transparent, musical mic preamplification, state of the art A/D conversion, multiple digital output formats, and flexible local or remote controlled operation, the m108 is a vital addition to any modern audio production environment.<br /><br /><b><inline style=\"font-size: 18px;\">Unrivaled Performance</inline></b><br />Based on the acclaimed success of Grace\'s m802 remote controlled mic preamplifier, the m108 distills the best of these achievements into a sleek, elegant 1U chassis design. Featuring a transformerless, transipedance mic preamp design is unmatched in its ability to effortlessly resolve complex sonic waveforms, resulting in recordings of amazing clarity and depth. Integrated A/D conversion delivers digital signals to the workstation that are pure and beautiful. Latest generation s-Lock PLL ensures pristine, jitter free sample clock when clocking from external word clock or Dante clock. And an asynchronous mode USB interface provides the best possible jitter performance when connected to a computer.<br /><br /><b><inline style=\"font-size: 18px;\">Simple Operation</inline></b><br />A push-button rotary encoder is used for navigating and operation, with a user interface that is simple and intuitive. Dedicated push-buttons are assigned to core functions: 48V phantom power, phase reverse, channel grouping and meter peak clear. A crisp OLED screen displays complete system information, including channel gain settings, metering, peak status, and the system setup menu.<br /><inline style=\"font-size: 18px;\"></inline><b><inline style=\"font-size: 18px;\"><br />Powerful Configuration</inline></b><br />Out of the box, the m108 is ready to go as a stand alone mic preamp / ADC. With integrated serial or MIDI control, the m108 can be configured in large channel-count remote systems, with control from Grace\'s existing m802 hardware remote control unit, from Protools™, the forthcoming m108 control app, or even simply over ethernet with any modern web browser. And an optional DANTE™ interface is provided for network audio configurations. The m108 control protocol is backward compatible with the m802 so you can add m108’s to an existing m802 system.<br /><br />\n<h3>Grace m108 Features:</h3>\n<ul>\n	<li>8 channels of transparent, musical mic preamplifier</li>\n	<li>Wide gain range: -6 to 69dB</li>\n	<li>8 channels of balanced analog preamp outputs</li>\n	<li>Ribbon mic mode</li>\n	<li>8 channel ADC outputs via AES, ADAT (SMUX), USB Class 2, and DANTE™</li>\n	<li>External Word clock in and out</li>\n	<li>Reference DAC and headphone amplifier for low-latency monitoring of preamp channels, USB play back from a computer, or DANTE™ audio streams.</li>\n	<li>Channel 1 & 2 balanced HI-Z inputs on front panel</li>\n	<li>High contrast, wide viewing angle OLED display for all system parameters and setup menu</li>\n	<li>Combination RS 485/422 serial / MIDI ports for control from existing m802 RCU or Protools™</li>\n	<li>m108 Controller App for Mac OS and Windows computers</li>\n	<li>RJ45 Ethernet port with web server for network control using standard web browser</li>\n	<li>Expansion slot for optional Audinate / DANTE™ network audio card</li>\n	<li>Cooling fan for reliable operation in the harshest environments</li>\n	<li>Built in 100-240VAC universal AC power supply</li>\n	<li>5 year transferable warranty</li>\n	<li>Made in the USA</li>\n</ul>'),(5325,85,0,888,'Grace Design m108 8 Channel Remote Controlled Mic Preamplifier / ADC'),(5326,85,1,888,'Grace Design m108 8 Channel Remote Controlled Mic Preamplifier / ADC'),(5327,76,0,888,''),(5328,76,1,888,''),(5329,75,0,889,'<h1>Grace Design m501 — 500-Series Microphone Preamplifier</h1>\n<span style=\"font-size:16px; font-style:italic;\">The signature transparency and detail of Grace Design preamps comes to the 500 series  </span><br/><br/>\nThe m501 is a 500-series module version of Grace Design’s highly respected m101 mic preamplifier. The m501, like all Grace Design preamps, is for audiophile recording where the goal is ultra accurate capture of the sound source with as little coloration or distortion as possible. To achieve Grace Design’s signature transparency, the m501 preamp module is a fully balanced, transformerless design with 48V phantom power, a 75Hz HPF and a ¼\" HI-Z instrument input. The 500-compatible m501 also features Grace Design’s exclusive ribbon mic mode, which raises the mic input impedance and deactivates phantom power to protect delicate ribbon mics from catastrophic damage. Whether you track with large-diaphragm condenser, vintage ribbon, or your workhorse dynamics, the m501 500-series preamp brings out the very best performance from your mics and gives you a dependable, high quality input chain. The sound quality and musicality of the Grace Design m501 is tangible proof that transparent does not mean sterile. <br/><br/>\n<h3>Grace Design m501 unique features:</h3>\n<ul>\n	<li>New Ribbon mic mode (also great for dynamic mics) </li>\n	<li>Relay bypass of phantom power decoupling capacitors, increased input impedance, and 48V lockout</li>\n</ul>\n<br/>\n<h3>Grace Design m501 key features:</h3>\n<ul>\n	<li>Fast and musical trans-impedance architecture</li>\n	<li>Precision audio path with 0.5% precision metal film resistors</li>\n	<li>12-position, gold-plated rotary gain switch</li>\n	<li>High-performance output line driver amplifier and HPF amplifier</li>\n	<li>Wide 10-75dB gain range</li>\n	<li>Enhanced RFI interference suppression</li>\n	<li>Three output connectors: XLR balanced, TRS balanced and ¼” unbalanced</li>\n	<li>Bombproof laser-etched black anodized front panel</li>\n	<li>Sealed gold contact relay for Hi-Z input switching</li>\n	<li>LED indicators for +48V, Ribbon mode, and HPF</li>\n	<li>Five-year warranty on parts and labor</li>\n	<li>Made in the USA</li>\n</ul>\n<div>\n	<a href=\"http://rsperackrevolution.com/\" target=\"_blank\"><br class=\"Apple-interchange-newline\"/>\n	<img src=\"http://www.rspeaudio.com/v/vspfiles/assets/images/rackrevolution-small.png\" alt=\"\" align=\"\" border=\"0px\"/></a>\n</div>\n<p>\n	Don’t forget to check out <a href=\"http://rsperackrevolution.com/\" target=\"_blank\" style=\"color: rgb(0, 0, 153); font-weight: bold;\">RSPE’s Rack Revolution</a>, a virtual 500-series rack builder that lets you custom-configure the perfect 500-series lunchbox for your studio, DAW, or mobile recording rig. RSPE carries every 500-series module imaginable, including mic preamps, compressor-limiters, equalizers, and 500 power racks.\n</p>\n<br/>\n<h3>Inside The Box — Grace Design m501</h3>\nWhile there are a lot of preamps, both rackmount and 500 series, that have character and color, the m501 is for those who believe in recording the sound source as close to reality as possible, or prefer the option of adding “color” down the road in a mix rather that as an irremovable part of the sound source.   \n<br/><br/>\nThe m501 circuit is for engineers confident with the quality of the source, mic section and placement, and wish to capture it with as little coloration or distortion as possible, hence the m501 module’s transformerless design.<br/><br/>\n<h3>Ribbon Mic Mode</h3>\nPushing the ribbon switch does three things: +48V phantom power is locked-out to prevent potential damage to ribbon microphones, the impedance of the mic input is raised from 8.1k ohm to 20k ohm, and the 48V DC blocking input capacitors are bypassed with sealed gold contact relays.\n<br/><br/>\nThe maximum gain available on the m501 is 75dB, which is achieved by setting the gain control to 65dB and the trim to 10dB. For recording low-level sources with ribbon microphones, the m501 has ample available gain, sufficient for even the most demanding low-level recording scenarios. The ribbon mode on the m501 is also ideal for many dynamic mics. <br/><br/>\n<h3>Transformerless, trans-impedance design</h3>\nThe Grace Design m501 microphone preamp is fully balanced, with transformerless inputs and outputs. The input amplifiers are based on monolithic, low-noise instrumentation amplifiers. Gain core sections are trans-impedance, or “current feedback” amplifiers, which have many important advantages over traditional “voltage feedback” op-amps. \n<br/><br/>\nFirst, trans-impedance amplifiers have a nearly constant bandwidth over a wide gain range and are not prone to large-signal slew rate limiting, which results in improved dynamic performance. Compared to voltage feedback op-amps (which are found in most preamplifier designs), trans-impedance amplifiers have better dynamic performance and are able to track complex harmonics without adding any metallic or “solid-state” character to the sound. Also, trans-impedance amplifiers reveal greater detail and provide a more open, musical sound quality. Furthermore, trans-impedance amplifiers maintain the same sound quality all the way up to the highest gain levels, which makes them dramatically superior for use with low-output ribbon microphones. <br/><br/>\n<strong>Output Driver Stages</strong> - The balanced output stage of the m501 preamp module is capable of driving extremely long cable runs and load impedances down to 50 ohms. Transient performance is superb and is not compromised when operating in unbalanced modes. <br/><br/>\n<strong>Controls</strong> - The gain control used in Grace Design’s m501 500-series preamplifier consists of a precision switch wired with 1% metal film resistors. The advantages of a fixed resistor switch over a potentiometer for gain setting is substantial: as music signal flows through a potentiometer, the potentiometer’s temperature modulates, causing its resistance to modulate. As the value of resistance changes, so does the amplifier gain, resulting in unwanted dynamic distortion. Most conductive plastic potentiometers have temperature coefficients of +/-1000ppm/oC, which can cause considerable signal degradation at high amplifier gains. By comparison, a metal film resistor has a typical temperature coefficient of +/-50ppm/oC, which represents more than an order of magnitude improvement in thermal stability. <br/><br/>\n<strong>Relays</strong> - To keep signal paths as short as possible, relays are used to perform phase reverse, input selection, and input attenuator functions. Sealed, gold contact relays offer no signal degradation and are completely reliable (rated for over 50 million operations without significant change in contact resistance). <br/><br/>\n<h3>Outside The Box — Grace Design m501</h3>\nThe laser-etched black anodized front panel of the m501 preamp module hosts the following controls:\n<br/><br/>\n<strong>Peak Indicator</strong> — The LED peak indicator, which monitors the signal at the output of the preamplifier, illuminates green at -14dBu and red at +16dB (10dB before clipping). <br/><br/>\n<strong>Gain Control</strong> — The gain control has 12 positions and adjusts the voltage gain on the micro- phone input from 10dB to 65dB in 5dB steps. When using the instrument input, the gain range is –10dB to 45dB in 5dB steps. <br/><br/>\n<strong>48v Phantom Power</strong> — This switch provides 48 Volts to power condenser microphones. LED indicator illuminates red when active. <br/><br/>\n<strong>Ribbon Switch</strong> — Pushing this switch activates ribbon mic mode which optimizes the signal path for non-active ribbon mics. LED indicator illuminates white when activated. <br/><br/>\n<strong>High-Pass Filter</strong> — (labeled HPF) 75Hz, 12dB/Octave high pass filter. <br/><br/>\n<strong>Trim Control</strong> — The trim control provides zero to +10dB of continuously variable output trim. <br/><br/>\n<h3>¼\" TRS Hi-Z instrument input</h3>\nThe front panel of the Grace Design m501 preamp module also has a balanced ¼\" Hi-Z instrument input for line level or instrument input. When a plug is inserted into the instrument input, a sealed gold contact relay switches the preamplifier input source from the rear panel mic input connector to the front panel TRS jack. The input impedance of the instrument input is 2.5M ohm unbalanced and 5M ohm balanced, which is ideal for inserting high impedance sources such as guitars with passive pickups, as well as any instrument with a high level output. The gain range of the m501 when using the instrument input is –10dB to +55dB. Using the instrument input with an unbalanced source is simple. When a mono 1⁄4\" jack is used, the sleeve will automatically ground the inverting input (ring) when plugged in. \n<br/><br/>\n<h3>Who’s using Grace Design</h3>\nHere’s a partial list of Grace Design clients who share one need common: uncompromising audio quality.   \n<br/><br/>\nBob Ludwig, Gateway Mastering and DVD<br/>\nThe Metropolitan Opera               <br/>\nBerklee College of Music             <br/>\nChicago Symphony Orchestra           <br/>\nTanglewood / Tanglewood Music Center <br/>\nNashville Symphony Orchestra         <br/>\nTim Martyn, Phoenix Audio            <br/>\nMusic Mix Mobile                     <br/>\nCapitol Mastering                    <br/>\nLeslie Anne Jones, Skywalker Sound   <br/>\nShawn Murphy, Todd AO                <br/>\nNew York Metropolitan Opera House    <br/>\nWarner Bros.                         <br/>\nDPA microphones                      <br/>\nOberlin College and Conservatory     <br/>\nShure Microphones                    <br/>\nPatrick Leonard                      <br/>\nMTV New York                         <br/>\nCBS New York                         <br/>\nNBC New York                         <br/>\nJazz at Lincoln Center, New York     <br/>\nSteve Boeddeker, Skywalker Sound     <br/>\nChris Boyes, Skywalker Sound         <br/>\nJerry Harrison, Talking Heads        <br/>\nAirshow Mastering                    <br/>\nMastermix, Nashville                 <br/>\nStevie Wonder                        <br/>\nJackson Browne, Dennis Scrimo        <br/>\nKitaro                               <br/>\nThe Hollywood Bowl                   <br/>\nSarah McLachlan                      <br/>\nPhish, Paul Languedoc                <br/>\nTrey Anastasio                       <br/>\nBill Frisell                         <br/>\nBela Fleck                           <br/><br/>\n<h3>About Grace Design </h3>\nIn 1990, Michael Grace began building single order custom audio products for a small, devout following of recording engineers and artists. Before long, the word had spread about these custom microphone preamplifier designs, which were said to outperform anything else that was commercially available. In 1994, Michael partnered with his brother Eben and Grace Design was founded and began production of the model 801 microphone preamplifier. Not only did the model 801 provide a new level of audio performance and functionality, it helped to establish outboard the outboard microphone preamplifier as a new keystone in professional audio production.\n<br/><br/>\nOver the years, Grace Design has maintained a steady, methodical pace to developing new products and technologies. The Grace product line has evolved into a definitive collection of microphone preamplifiers, monitor controllers and other unique hardware. Grace Design prides itself on providing audio professionals and enthusiasts with some of the finest tools imaginable. And above all, Grace Design remains driven by the original passions that founded the company—the love of music and the art of recording it.<br/><br/>\n<h3>Regardless of the style of music you record, certain sound sources require accurate, transparent audio capture, and nothing does it quite like the Grace Design m501 modular preamp. For more information, call or chat with an RSPE representative today. </h3>\n<br/>\n<br/>This product is also available as part of the RSPE Demo 4 Free & Rental Program, <span class=\"colors_productprice\" style=\"font-weight: bold; text-decoration: underline;\"><a href=\"http://www.rspeaudio.com/Grace_Design_m501_Microphone_Preamp_RENT_p/gdn-m501-rent.htm\" target=\"_blank\" class=\"colors_productprice\">click here</a></span> to see the rental product page.'),(5330,75,1,889,'<h1>Grace Design m501 — 500-Series Microphone Preamplifier</h1>\n<span style=\"font-size:16px; font-style:italic;\">The signature transparency and detail of Grace Design preamps comes to the 500 series  </span><br/><br/>\nThe m501 is a 500-series module version of Grace Design’s highly respected m101 mic preamplifier. The m501, like all Grace Design preamps, is for audiophile recording where the goal is ultra accurate capture of the sound source with as little coloration or distortion as possible. To achieve Grace Design’s signature transparency, the m501 preamp module is a fully balanced, transformerless design with 48V phantom power, a 75Hz HPF and a ¼\" HI-Z instrument input. The 500-compatible m501 also features Grace Design’s exclusive ribbon mic mode, which raises the mic input impedance and deactivates phantom power to protect delicate ribbon mics from catastrophic damage. Whether you track with large-diaphragm condenser, vintage ribbon, or your workhorse dynamics, the m501 500-series preamp brings out the very best performance from your mics and gives you a dependable, high quality input chain. The sound quality and musicality of the Grace Design m501 is tangible proof that transparent does not mean sterile. <br/><br/>\n<h3>Grace Design m501 unique features:</h3>\n<ul>\n	<li>New Ribbon mic mode (also great for dynamic mics) </li>\n	<li>Relay bypass of phantom power decoupling capacitors, increased input impedance, and 48V lockout</li>\n</ul>\n<br/>\n<h3>Grace Design m501 key features:</h3>\n<ul>\n	<li>Fast and musical trans-impedance architecture</li>\n	<li>Precision audio path with 0.5% precision metal film resistors</li>\n	<li>12-position, gold-plated rotary gain switch</li>\n	<li>High-performance output line driver amplifier and HPF amplifier</li>\n	<li>Wide 10-75dB gain range</li>\n	<li>Enhanced RFI interference suppression</li>\n	<li>Three output connectors: XLR balanced, TRS balanced and ¼” unbalanced</li>\n	<li>Bombproof laser-etched black anodized front panel</li>\n	<li>Sealed gold contact relay for Hi-Z input switching</li>\n	<li>LED indicators for +48V, Ribbon mode, and HPF</li>\n	<li>Five-year warranty on parts and labor</li>\n	<li>Made in the USA</li>\n</ul>\n<div>\n	<a href=\"http://rsperackrevolution.com/\" target=\"_blank\"><br class=\"Apple-interchange-newline\"/>\n	<img src=\"http://www.rspeaudio.com/v/vspfiles/assets/images/rackrevolution-small.png\" alt=\"\" align=\"\" border=\"0px\"/></a>\n</div>\n<p>\n	Don’t forget to check out <a href=\"http://rsperackrevolution.com/\" target=\"_blank\" style=\"color: rgb(0, 0, 153); font-weight: bold;\">RSPE’s Rack Revolution</a>, a virtual 500-series rack builder that lets you custom-configure the perfect 500-series lunchbox for your studio, DAW, or mobile recording rig. RSPE carries every 500-series module imaginable, including mic preamps, compressor-limiters, equalizers, and 500 power racks.\n</p>\n<br/>\n<h3>Inside The Box — Grace Design m501</h3>\nWhile there are a lot of preamps, both rackmount and 500 series, that have character and color, the m501 is for those who believe in recording the sound source as close to reality as possible, or prefer the option of adding “color” down the road in a mix rather that as an irremovable part of the sound source.   \n<br/><br/>\nThe m501 circuit is for engineers confident with the quality of the source, mic section and placement, and wish to capture it with as little coloration or distortion as possible, hence the m501 module’s transformerless design.<br/><br/>\n<h3>Ribbon Mic Mode</h3>\nPushing the ribbon switch does three things: +48V phantom power is locked-out to prevent potential damage to ribbon microphones, the impedance of the mic input is raised from 8.1k ohm to 20k ohm, and the 48V DC blocking input capacitors are bypassed with sealed gold contact relays.\n<br/><br/>\nThe maximum gain available on the m501 is 75dB, which is achieved by setting the gain control to 65dB and the trim to 10dB. For recording low-level sources with ribbon microphones, the m501 has ample available gain, sufficient for even the most demanding low-level recording scenarios. The ribbon mode on the m501 is also ideal for many dynamic mics. <br/><br/>\n<h3>Transformerless, trans-impedance design</h3>\nThe Grace Design m501 microphone preamp is fully balanced, with transformerless inputs and outputs. The input amplifiers are based on monolithic, low-noise instrumentation amplifiers. Gain core sections are trans-impedance, or “current feedback” amplifiers, which have many important advantages over traditional “voltage feedback” op-amps. \n<br/><br/>\nFirst, trans-impedance amplifiers have a nearly constant bandwidth over a wide gain range and are not prone to large-signal slew rate limiting, which results in improved dynamic performance. Compared to voltage feedback op-amps (which are found in most preamplifier designs), trans-impedance amplifiers have better dynamic performance and are able to track complex harmonics without adding any metallic or “solid-state” character to the sound. Also, trans-impedance amplifiers reveal greater detail and provide a more open, musical sound quality. Furthermore, trans-impedance amplifiers maintain the same sound quality all the way up to the highest gain levels, which makes them dramatically superior for use with low-output ribbon microphones. <br/><br/>\n<strong>Output Driver Stages</strong> - The balanced output stage of the m501 preamp module is capable of driving extremely long cable runs and load impedances down to 50 ohms. Transient performance is superb and is not compromised when operating in unbalanced modes. <br/><br/>\n<strong>Controls</strong> - The gain control used in Grace Design’s m501 500-series preamplifier consists of a precision switch wired with 1% metal film resistors. The advantages of a fixed resistor switch over a potentiometer for gain setting is substantial: as music signal flows through a potentiometer, the potentiometer’s temperature modulates, causing its resistance to modulate. As the value of resistance changes, so does the amplifier gain, resulting in unwanted dynamic distortion. Most conductive plastic potentiometers have temperature coefficients of +/-1000ppm/oC, which can cause considerable signal degradation at high amplifier gains. By comparison, a metal film resistor has a typical temperature coefficient of +/-50ppm/oC, which represents more than an order of magnitude improvement in thermal stability. <br/><br/>\n<strong>Relays</strong> - To keep signal paths as short as possible, relays are used to perform phase reverse, input selection, and input attenuator functions. Sealed, gold contact relays offer no signal degradation and are completely reliable (rated for over 50 million operations without significant change in contact resistance). <br/><br/>\n<h3>Outside The Box — Grace Design m501</h3>\nThe laser-etched black anodized front panel of the m501 preamp module hosts the following controls:\n<br/><br/>\n<strong>Peak Indicator</strong> — The LED peak indicator, which monitors the signal at the output of the preamplifier, illuminates green at -14dBu and red at +16dB (10dB before clipping). <br/><br/>\n<strong>Gain Control</strong> — The gain control has 12 positions and adjusts the voltage gain on the micro- phone input from 10dB to 65dB in 5dB steps. When using the instrument input, the gain range is –10dB to 45dB in 5dB steps. <br/><br/>\n<strong>48v Phantom Power</strong> — This switch provides 48 Volts to power condenser microphones. LED indicator illuminates red when active. <br/><br/>\n<strong>Ribbon Switch</strong> — Pushing this switch activates ribbon mic mode which optimizes the signal path for non-active ribbon mics. LED indicator illuminates white when activated. <br/><br/>\n<strong>High-Pass Filter</strong> — (labeled HPF) 75Hz, 12dB/Octave high pass filter. <br/><br/>\n<strong>Trim Control</strong> — The trim control provides zero to +10dB of continuously variable output trim. <br/><br/>\n<h3>¼\" TRS Hi-Z instrument input</h3>\nThe front panel of the Grace Design m501 preamp module also has a balanced ¼\" Hi-Z instrument input for line level or instrument input. When a plug is inserted into the instrument input, a sealed gold contact relay switches the preamplifier input source from the rear panel mic input connector to the front panel TRS jack. The input impedance of the instrument input is 2.5M ohm unbalanced and 5M ohm balanced, which is ideal for inserting high impedance sources such as guitars with passive pickups, as well as any instrument with a high level output. The gain range of the m501 when using the instrument input is –10dB to +55dB. Using the instrument input with an unbalanced source is simple. When a mono 1⁄4\" jack is used, the sleeve will automatically ground the inverting input (ring) when plugged in. \n<br/><br/>\n<h3>Who’s using Grace Design</h3>\nHere’s a partial list of Grace Design clients who share one need common: uncompromising audio quality.   \n<br/><br/>\nBob Ludwig, Gateway Mastering and DVD<br/>\nThe Metropolitan Opera               <br/>\nBerklee College of Music             <br/>\nChicago Symphony Orchestra           <br/>\nTanglewood / Tanglewood Music Center <br/>\nNashville Symphony Orchestra         <br/>\nTim Martyn, Phoenix Audio            <br/>\nMusic Mix Mobile                     <br/>\nCapitol Mastering                    <br/>\nLeslie Anne Jones, Skywalker Sound   <br/>\nShawn Murphy, Todd AO                <br/>\nNew York Metropolitan Opera House    <br/>\nWarner Bros.                         <br/>\nDPA microphones                      <br/>\nOberlin College and Conservatory     <br/>\nShure Microphones                    <br/>\nPatrick Leonard                      <br/>\nMTV New York                         <br/>\nCBS New York                         <br/>\nNBC New York                         <br/>\nJazz at Lincoln Center, New York     <br/>\nSteve Boeddeker, Skywalker Sound     <br/>\nChris Boyes, Skywalker Sound         <br/>\nJerry Harrison, Talking Heads        <br/>\nAirshow Mastering                    <br/>\nMastermix, Nashville                 <br/>\nStevie Wonder                        <br/>\nJackson Browne, Dennis Scrimo        <br/>\nKitaro                               <br/>\nThe Hollywood Bowl                   <br/>\nSarah McLachlan                      <br/>\nPhish, Paul Languedoc                <br/>\nTrey Anastasio                       <br/>\nBill Frisell                         <br/>\nBela Fleck                           <br/><br/>\n<h3>About Grace Design </h3>\nIn 1990, Michael Grace began building single order custom audio products for a small, devout following of recording engineers and artists. Before long, the word had spread about these custom microphone preamplifier designs, which were said to outperform anything else that was commercially available. In 1994, Michael partnered with his brother Eben and Grace Design was founded and began production of the model 801 microphone preamplifier. Not only did the model 801 provide a new level of audio performance and functionality, it helped to establish outboard the outboard microphone preamplifier as a new keystone in professional audio production.\n<br/><br/>\nOver the years, Grace Design has maintained a steady, methodical pace to developing new products and technologies. The Grace product line has evolved into a definitive collection of microphone preamplifiers, monitor controllers and other unique hardware. Grace Design prides itself on providing audio professionals and enthusiasts with some of the finest tools imaginable. And above all, Grace Design remains driven by the original passions that founded the company—the love of music and the art of recording it.<br/><br/>\n<h3>Regardless of the style of music you record, certain sound sources require accurate, transparent audio capture, and nothing does it quite like the Grace Design m501 modular preamp. For more information, call or chat with an RSPE representative today. </h3>\n<br/>\n<br/>This product is also available as part of the RSPE Demo 4 Free & Rental Program, <span class=\"colors_productprice\" style=\"font-weight: bold; text-decoration: underline;\"><a href=\"http://www.rspeaudio.com/Grace_Design_m501_Microphone_Preamp_RENT_p/gdn-m501-rent.htm\" target=\"_blank\" class=\"colors_productprice\">click here</a></span> to see the rental product page.'),(5331,85,0,889,'Grace Design m501 Microphone Preamp'),(5332,85,1,889,'Grace Design m501 Microphone Preamp'),(5333,76,0,889,''),(5334,76,1,889,''),(5335,75,0,890,'<h1>Grace Design m801mk2 High Fidelity Eight Channel Microphone Preamp</h1><i>\nAnalog-only, 8-channel mic amp: built for those who demand the very best in audio performance and reliability. \n</i><br /><br />The Grace m801mk2 eight channel mic pre features new amplifier circuitry further enhancing the top of the line features of the m801. m801mk2 significantly improves noise performance at low gains, increases low frequency bandwidth for improved phase response, improves RFI/EMI immunity for today\'s ever noisier world, and eliminates the external DC power supply. Oh, it also does all of this at a lower price than the previous version!<br /><br />In 1994 Grace Design released the Model 801 microphone preamplifier, which set a new standard of sonic quality and reliability for microphone preamplifiers, providing much better performance than the built-in circuits in the recording consoles of the day. It featured independent circuit boards for each channel, gold contact rotary gain controls wired with precision metal film resistors, a musical sounding transimpedance (current feedback) gain stage, gold contact sealed relay signal switching, and there were NO electrolytic capacitors in the signal path. (Electrolytic capacitors sound bad, and contribute to the dreaded, hard edged ‘solid state sound’. Because of this omission, Grace preamps sound impressively musical and open.)<br /><br />\n12 years later, Grace released the next generation of this preamplifier, renamed the m801,³ which refined the design features of the previous version, and added a fully differential signal path and Ribbon Mic mode, which optimized the signal path for low output ribbon microphones.<br /><br />\nNow 20 years later, the next generation is here, now named the m801mk2. Newly designed amplifier circuitry adds to the features of the previous versions while significantly improving noise performance at low gains, increasing low frequency bandwidth for improved phase response, improving RFI/EMI immunity for today’s ever noisier world,⁴and eliminating the external DC power supply for a cleaner, simpler design.⁵<br /><br />\nToday’s modern recording studio is invariably loaded with incredible sonic processing capability, making the opportunity to add great sounding color routine. But capturing the magic at the front end is still the job of skillfully designed analog hardware, for which there is no substitute. This makes our preamps more relevant than ever. If your source sounds great and your mic is plugged into the m801mk2, you’ll be rewarded with a recording of breathtaking depth and realism. If you choose to color it up from there, you’ll be starting with the best possible raw material you can get.<br /><br />\n\n<h3>Grace m801mk2 Features:</h3>\n<ul>\n<li>Fully balanced, transformerless design</li><li>All new, higher-current outputs drive even longer cable runs</li><li>Ribbon mic mode switch on each channel</li><li>Fast, musical transimpedance amplifier architecture</li><li>Precision 24 position gold contact rotary switch gain controls</li><li>48V phantom power, 20 dB pad and phase reverse</li><li>No electrolytic capacitors in the signal path</li><li>Sealed gold contact relays for all signal switching</li><li>All electrical and mechanical design elements maximized for absolute purist, audiophile performance</li><li>Large two color LED peak indicator</li><li>Regulated linear power supply with custom wound toroidal transformer</li><li>Highest quality metal film resistors used throughout</li><li>Five year transferable warranty on parts and labor</li>\n</ul>\n<br />'),(5336,75,1,890,'<h1>Grace Design m801mk2 High Fidelity Eight Channel Microphone Preamp</h1><i>\nAnalog-only, 8-channel mic amp: built for those who demand the very best in audio performance and reliability. \n</i><br /><br />The Grace m801mk2 eight channel mic pre features new amplifier circuitry further enhancing the top of the line features of the m801. m801mk2 significantly improves noise performance at low gains, increases low frequency bandwidth for improved phase response, improves RFI/EMI immunity for today\'s ever noisier world, and eliminates the external DC power supply. Oh, it also does all of this at a lower price than the previous version!<br /><br />In 1994 Grace Design released the Model 801 microphone preamplifier, which set a new standard of sonic quality and reliability for microphone preamplifiers, providing much better performance than the built-in circuits in the recording consoles of the day. It featured independent circuit boards for each channel, gold contact rotary gain controls wired with precision metal film resistors, a musical sounding transimpedance (current feedback) gain stage, gold contact sealed relay signal switching, and there were NO electrolytic capacitors in the signal path. (Electrolytic capacitors sound bad, and contribute to the dreaded, hard edged ‘solid state sound’. Because of this omission, Grace preamps sound impressively musical and open.)<br /><br />\n12 years later, Grace released the next generation of this preamplifier, renamed the m801,³ which refined the design features of the previous version, and added a fully differential signal path and Ribbon Mic mode, which optimized the signal path for low output ribbon microphones.<br /><br />\nNow 20 years later, the next generation is here, now named the m801mk2. Newly designed amplifier circuitry adds to the features of the previous versions while significantly improving noise performance at low gains, increasing low frequency bandwidth for improved phase response, improving RFI/EMI immunity for today’s ever noisier world,⁴and eliminating the external DC power supply for a cleaner, simpler design.⁵<br /><br />\nToday’s modern recording studio is invariably loaded with incredible sonic processing capability, making the opportunity to add great sounding color routine. But capturing the magic at the front end is still the job of skillfully designed analog hardware, for which there is no substitute. This makes our preamps more relevant than ever. If your source sounds great and your mic is plugged into the m801mk2, you’ll be rewarded with a recording of breathtaking depth and realism. If you choose to color it up from there, you’ll be starting with the best possible raw material you can get.<br /><br />\n\n<h3>Grace m801mk2 Features:</h3>\n<ul>\n<li>Fully balanced, transformerless design</li><li>All new, higher-current outputs drive even longer cable runs</li><li>Ribbon mic mode switch on each channel</li><li>Fast, musical transimpedance amplifier architecture</li><li>Precision 24 position gold contact rotary switch gain controls</li><li>48V phantom power, 20 dB pad and phase reverse</li><li>No electrolytic capacitors in the signal path</li><li>Sealed gold contact relays for all signal switching</li><li>All electrical and mechanical design elements maximized for absolute purist, audiophile performance</li><li>Large two color LED peak indicator</li><li>Regulated linear power supply with custom wound toroidal transformer</li><li>Highest quality metal film resistors used throughout</li><li>Five year transferable warranty on parts and labor</li>\n</ul>\n<br />'),(5337,85,0,890,'Grace Design m801mk2 High Fidelity Eight Channel Microphone Preamp'),(5338,85,1,890,'Grace Design m801mk2 High Fidelity Eight Channel Microphone Preamp'),(5339,76,0,890,''),(5340,76,1,890,''),(5341,75,0,891,'<h1>Grace Design m900 Portable Headphone Amp / DAC / Preamp</h1>\nThe Grace m900 is a portable, desktop friendly headphone amplifier / DAC / preamp combo designed to give audio professionals and enthusiasts musical and transparent audio playback from USB, S/PDIF or TOSLINK sources. For small DAW studio setups, portable laptop editing or mixing rigs, or just pure playback enjoyment, the m900 provides the same analog and DAC quality as Grace\'s large monitor controllers, but in a rugged, portable and surprisingly affordable unit.<br /><br />\n\nThe m900 DAC uses the latest generation AKM 4490 chip, which features 32-bit processing and supports sample rates up to 384kHz PCM or 256x DSD. The USB interface operates in asynchronous mode allowing the m900 to be the clock master which makes the system immune to USB bus jitter. S/PDIF and Toslink inputs allow the m900 to enhance to any DAW interface with true reference quality D/A conversion, headphone monitoring and stereo speaker control.<br /><br />\n\nAn intelligent power supply design allows for two power operation modes - LOW and HIGH. LOW power mode is from USB connector #1, which provides bus power along with data, allowing the m900 to operate from a single connection to your computer. HIGH power power mode is available by connecting the included 2A USB DC power supply to the USB connector #2, which provides additional power for harder to drive headphones.<br /><br />\n\nTransimpedance amplifier topology coupled to a zero ohm output impedance driver provides headphone performance that is incredibly spacious and transparent with a tight, enveloping low end. Grace\'s latest generation crossfeed circuit rounds out the design by simulating an acoustic listening environment in the headphones. Familiar tracks become new again with surprise details, while audio production tasks like tracking, mixing and editing happen faster and easier.<br /><br />\n\nAfter many years of honing DAC and headphone amplifier designs, the m900 distills the best of what Grace has learned in a compact, rugged and simple unit. Whether in the studio, on your desk or on the road, the m900 will bring you closer to the music you love.<br /><br />\n\n<h3>Grace m900 Features</h3>\n<ul>\n<li>USB, S/PDIF and Toslink digital inputs, supports up to 192kHz (Toslink up to 96kHz)</li><li>Asynchronous USB interface for jitter free computer audio playback, supports up to 384kHz PCM and 256x DSD</li><li>Dual zero ohm output impedance headphone outputs</li><li>Unbalanced level controlled outputs via RCA for connecting to a stereo monitor system</li><li>Compact, portable chassis perfect for travel, desktop or studio</li><li>Mono mode, Left minus Right mode</li><li>6 monitoring modes: stereo, L&R swapped, left in both channels, right in both channels, left channel only, right channel only</li><li>Channel balance adjustment</li><li>Low power mode via USB Bus power</li><li>High power mode via included USB 2A power supply</li><li>4 different DAC filter settings to tailor playback performance to personal preference</li><li>Simple user setup menu for setup and calibration</li><li>7 segment LED display displays level and setup menu information</li><li>Large rotary encoder for volume control and setup menu navigation</li><li>Made in Lyons, CO USA</li><li>5 year transferable Warranty</li>\n</ul>'),(5342,75,1,891,'<h1>Grace Design m900 Portable Headphone Amp / DAC / Preamp</h1>\nThe Grace m900 is a portable, desktop friendly headphone amplifier / DAC / preamp combo designed to give audio professionals and enthusiasts musical and transparent audio playback from USB, S/PDIF or TOSLINK sources. For small DAW studio setups, portable laptop editing or mixing rigs, or just pure playback enjoyment, the m900 provides the same analog and DAC quality as Grace\'s large monitor controllers, but in a rugged, portable and surprisingly affordable unit.<br /><br />\n\nThe m900 DAC uses the latest generation AKM 4490 chip, which features 32-bit processing and supports sample rates up to 384kHz PCM or 256x DSD. The USB interface operates in asynchronous mode allowing the m900 to be the clock master which makes the system immune to USB bus jitter. S/PDIF and Toslink inputs allow the m900 to enhance to any DAW interface with true reference quality D/A conversion, headphone monitoring and stereo speaker control.<br /><br />\n\nAn intelligent power supply design allows for two power operation modes - LOW and HIGH. LOW power mode is from USB connector #1, which provides bus power along with data, allowing the m900 to operate from a single connection to your computer. HIGH power power mode is available by connecting the included 2A USB DC power supply to the USB connector #2, which provides additional power for harder to drive headphones.<br /><br />\n\nTransimpedance amplifier topology coupled to a zero ohm output impedance driver provides headphone performance that is incredibly spacious and transparent with a tight, enveloping low end. Grace\'s latest generation crossfeed circuit rounds out the design by simulating an acoustic listening environment in the headphones. Familiar tracks become new again with surprise details, while audio production tasks like tracking, mixing and editing happen faster and easier.<br /><br />\n\nAfter many years of honing DAC and headphone amplifier designs, the m900 distills the best of what Grace has learned in a compact, rugged and simple unit. Whether in the studio, on your desk or on the road, the m900 will bring you closer to the music you love.<br /><br />\n\n<h3>Grace m900 Features</h3>\n<ul>\n<li>USB, S/PDIF and Toslink digital inputs, supports up to 192kHz (Toslink up to 96kHz)</li><li>Asynchronous USB interface for jitter free computer audio playback, supports up to 384kHz PCM and 256x DSD</li><li>Dual zero ohm output impedance headphone outputs</li><li>Unbalanced level controlled outputs via RCA for connecting to a stereo monitor system</li><li>Compact, portable chassis perfect for travel, desktop or studio</li><li>Mono mode, Left minus Right mode</li><li>6 monitoring modes: stereo, L&R swapped, left in both channels, right in both channels, left channel only, right channel only</li><li>Channel balance adjustment</li><li>Low power mode via USB Bus power</li><li>High power mode via included USB 2A power supply</li><li>4 different DAC filter settings to tailor playback performance to personal preference</li><li>Simple user setup menu for setup and calibration</li><li>7 segment LED display displays level and setup menu information</li><li>Large rotary encoder for volume control and setup menu navigation</li><li>Made in Lyons, CO USA</li><li>5 year transferable Warranty</li>\n</ul>'),(5343,85,0,891,'Grace Design m900 Portable Headphone Amp / DAC / Preamp'),(5344,85,1,891,'Grace Design m900 Portable Headphone Amp / DAC / Preamp'),(5345,76,0,891,''),(5346,76,1,891,''),(5347,75,0,892,'<h1>Grace Design M905 Stereo Monitor Controller</h1>\n<span style=\"font-size:16px; font-style:italic;\">The Grace M905 is Grace Design\'s second generation stereo monitor controller, engineered from the ground up to provide unrivaled sonic purity with a comprehensive and powerful feature set. Its beautifully designed controller and user interface make it easy for any engineer to use the system immediately and confidently.</span><br/><br/>\n<h3>M905 Top Features:</h3>\n<ul>\n	<li>Audio circuitry designed for completely transparent and musical playback performance</li>\n	<li>Asynchronous Class 2 USB playback supports up to 24 bit/192kHz</li>\n	<li>Mastering quality DAC circuitry with configurable de-emphasis filtering</li>\n	<li>s-lock dual-stage Phase Lock Loop for ultra low jitter clock regeneration</li>\n	<li>Hybrid RCU with hardware switches, large level encoder and graphical LCD</li>\n	<li>LCD display shows input, level, output, SPL and DAC status plus a full calibration menu</li>\n	<li>RCU includes built in microphone for talkback and onboard SPL meter</li>\n	<li>SPL meter features include level, peak, fast and slow modes, A & C weighting</li>\n	<li>Precision .5 dB step level control for speakers and headphones</li>\n	<li>Reference headphone amplifier circuitry, with outputs on both the RCU and ACU</li>\n	<li>Dedicated mono, dim, mute and sub mute switches</li>\n	<li>SUB out mode for stereo or multiple mono subwoofer outputs</li>\n	<li>DAC out mode for a fixed DAC output fed by the selected digital input</li>\n	<li>METER out mode fed by selected input signal (digital or analog), configurable with a fixed level or to follow the monitor level</li>\n	<li>Detachable RCU tilt base</li>\n</ul>\n<br/>\n<h3>Grace M905 Overview</h3>\nThe Grace Designs m905 represents a new benchmark for audio playback quality. DAC performance is on par with the finest esoteric mastering equipment available. The redesigned s-Lock™ PLL ensures ultra-low jitter clock regeneration. An asynchronous USB class 2 interface allows the m905 to act as the master clock of the computer\'s USB audio buss, effectively eliminating interface induced jitter for computer audio playback. And finally, meticulous analog circuitry measures with outstanding numbers in dynamic range, distortion and noise performance, ensuring bracingly open, detailed and musical playback of any input source.\n<br/><br/>\nAll main audio and power supply circuitry is housed in a 2U rack mount mainframe, while system control is managed by a sleek, ergonomic remote control unit. This new RCU is a combination of dedicated hardware and a color graphical LCD display. All primary monitoring features are accessed via hardware switches and a rotary encoder, while all system information is presented by the graphic LCD and illuminated switches. This hybrid design allows for the solid feel and function of traditional hardware with the added power and functionality of a graphical user interface.<br/><br/>\nNow supported is DSD 128x (5.6448MHz) via DoP v1.1 (DSD over PCM frames). DSD audio can be sourced from the AES3, S/PDIF or USB digital inputs. While still a niche playback format, DSD has held its ground over the years, and now more and more content is available via download. And playback is now supported by a number of players. DSD sounds stunningly natural, especially rendered through the rest of the playback circuitry of the m905. So If you\'re the type to seek out this kind of fidelity, we can\'t recommend it enough.<br/><br/>\nThe GUI is designed so that any engineer unfamiliar with the m905 can use the system immediately and confidently. Then with a minimal time investment, advanced functions can be accessed and controlled with ease. Additional features include: naming individual inputs and speaker outputs, calibrating level offsets of any input and output, setting preset levels, and much more. The setup menus only ever drill down one level, so the main operating screen is always one button away. And when returning to any previously visited setup menu, its previous edit status is remembered, keeping redundant navigation and editing to a minimum.\nThe m905 offers the ability to transfer up to 10 channels of digital audio (8-channels of ADAT and two of AES3, or S/PDIF or TOSLINK) over USB to a computer, making the m905 capable of operating as a standalone USB audio interface. This is an advanced feature as there are clock issues to be aware of, but it works and is documented in the owners manual.\n<br/><br/>\n<b>With stunning sonic performance and timeless design, the m905 is a mark of genuine progress in the pursuit of high quality audio production. Intuitive, reliable and beautiful, it is the perfect studio centerpiece - home base for your ears, eyes and hands.</b>'),(5348,75,1,892,'<h1>Grace Design M905 Stereo Monitor Controller</h1>\n<span style=\"font-size:16px; font-style:italic;\">The Grace M905 is Grace Design\'s second generation stereo monitor controller, engineered from the ground up to provide unrivaled sonic purity with a comprehensive and powerful feature set. Its beautifully designed controller and user interface make it easy for any engineer to use the system immediately and confidently.</span><br/><br/>\n<h3>M905 Top Features:</h3>\n<ul>\n	<li>Audio circuitry designed for completely transparent and musical playback performance</li>\n	<li>Asynchronous Class 2 USB playback supports up to 24 bit/192kHz</li>\n	<li>Mastering quality DAC circuitry with configurable de-emphasis filtering</li>\n	<li>s-lock dual-stage Phase Lock Loop for ultra low jitter clock regeneration</li>\n	<li>Hybrid RCU with hardware switches, large level encoder and graphical LCD</li>\n	<li>LCD display shows input, level, output, SPL and DAC status plus a full calibration menu</li>\n	<li>RCU includes built in microphone for talkback and onboard SPL meter</li>\n	<li>SPL meter features include level, peak, fast and slow modes, A & C weighting</li>\n	<li>Precision .5 dB step level control for speakers and headphones</li>\n	<li>Reference headphone amplifier circuitry, with outputs on both the RCU and ACU</li>\n	<li>Dedicated mono, dim, mute and sub mute switches</li>\n	<li>SUB out mode for stereo or multiple mono subwoofer outputs</li>\n	<li>DAC out mode for a fixed DAC output fed by the selected digital input</li>\n	<li>METER out mode fed by selected input signal (digital or analog), configurable with a fixed level or to follow the monitor level</li>\n	<li>Detachable RCU tilt base</li>\n</ul>\n<br/>\n<h3>Grace M905 Overview</h3>\nThe Grace Designs m905 represents a new benchmark for audio playback quality. DAC performance is on par with the finest esoteric mastering equipment available. The redesigned s-Lock™ PLL ensures ultra-low jitter clock regeneration. An asynchronous USB class 2 interface allows the m905 to act as the master clock of the computer\'s USB audio buss, effectively eliminating interface induced jitter for computer audio playback. And finally, meticulous analog circuitry measures with outstanding numbers in dynamic range, distortion and noise performance, ensuring bracingly open, detailed and musical playback of any input source.\n<br/><br/>\nAll main audio and power supply circuitry is housed in a 2U rack mount mainframe, while system control is managed by a sleek, ergonomic remote control unit. This new RCU is a combination of dedicated hardware and a color graphical LCD display. All primary monitoring features are accessed via hardware switches and a rotary encoder, while all system information is presented by the graphic LCD and illuminated switches. This hybrid design allows for the solid feel and function of traditional hardware with the added power and functionality of a graphical user interface.<br/><br/>\nNow supported is DSD 128x (5.6448MHz) via DoP v1.1 (DSD over PCM frames). DSD audio can be sourced from the AES3, S/PDIF or USB digital inputs. While still a niche playback format, DSD has held its ground over the years, and now more and more content is available via download. And playback is now supported by a number of players. DSD sounds stunningly natural, especially rendered through the rest of the playback circuitry of the m905. So If you\'re the type to seek out this kind of fidelity, we can\'t recommend it enough.<br/><br/>\nThe GUI is designed so that any engineer unfamiliar with the m905 can use the system immediately and confidently. Then with a minimal time investment, advanced functions can be accessed and controlled with ease. Additional features include: naming individual inputs and speaker outputs, calibrating level offsets of any input and output, setting preset levels, and much more. The setup menus only ever drill down one level, so the main operating screen is always one button away. And when returning to any previously visited setup menu, its previous edit status is remembered, keeping redundant navigation and editing to a minimum.\nThe m905 offers the ability to transfer up to 10 channels of digital audio (8-channels of ADAT and two of AES3, or S/PDIF or TOSLINK) over USB to a computer, making the m905 capable of operating as a standalone USB audio interface. This is an advanced feature as there are clock issues to be aware of, but it works and is documented in the owners manual.\n<br/><br/>\n<b>With stunning sonic performance and timeless design, the m905 is a mark of genuine progress in the pursuit of high quality audio production. Intuitive, reliable and beautiful, it is the perfect studio centerpiece - home base for your ears, eyes and hands.</b>'),(5349,85,0,892,'Grace Design M905 Stereo Monitor Controller'),(5350,85,1,892,'Grace Design M905 Stereo Monitor Controller'),(5351,76,0,892,''),(5352,76,1,892,''),(5353,75,0,893,'<h1>Grace Design M905 Analog Stereo Monitor Controller</h1>\n<span style=\"font-size:16px; font-style:italic;\">The Grace M905 Analog stereo monitor controller, designed so users that already have converters can still make use of the m905 reference monitor controller. </span><br /><br />\n<h3>M905 Analog Top Features:</h3>\n<ul>\n	<li>Audio circuitry designed for completely transparent and musical playback performance</li>\n	<li><span style=\"background-color: initial;\">s-lock dual-stage Phase Lock Loop for ultra low jitter clock regeneration</span></li>\n	<li>Hybrid RCU with hardware switches, large level encoder and graphical LCD</li>\n	<li>LCD display shows input, level, output, SPL and DAC status plus a full calibration menu</li>\n	<li>RCU includes built in microphone for talkback and onboard SPL meter</li>\n	<li>SPL meter features include level, peak, fast and slow modes, A & C weighting</li>\n	<li>Precision .5 dB step level control for speakers and headphones</li>\n	<li>Reference headphone amplifier circuitry, with outputs on both the RCU and ACU</li>\n	<li>Dedicated mono, dim, mute and sub mute switches</li>\n	<li>SUB out mode for stereo or multiple mono subwoofer outputs</li>\n	<li><span style=\"background-color: initial;\">METER out mode fed, configurable with a fixed level or to follow the monitor level</span></li>\n	<li>Detachable RCU tilt base</li>\n</ul>\n<br />\n<h3>Grace M905 Analog Overview</h3>\n<div>\n	The m905 Analog is configured  with a 2U mainframe Audio Control Unit (ACU) and a sleek desktop Remote Control Unit (RCU). All audio connections are made on the ACU, and all system control is from the RCU. Analog inputs include 2 balanced via XLR, one unbalanced via RCA and one balanced CUE in via XLR. Outputs include 3 balanced speaker outputs via XLR, 2 subwoofer outputs via XLR, balanced CUE output via XLR. An optional wireless remote option is also available.<br /><br />The Grace Designs m905 Analog is configured with a 2U mainframe Audio Control Unit (ACU) and a sleek desktop Remote Control Unit (RCU). All audio connections are made on the ACU, and all system control is from the RCU. Analog inputs include 2 balanced via XLR, one unbalanced via RCA and one balanced CUE in via XLR. Outputs include 3 balanced speaker outputs via XLR, 2 subwoofer outputs via XLR, balanced CUE output via XLR.\n</div>\n<span style=\"background-color: initial;\">The m905 Analog RCU is an combination of evolved ergonomics and refined industrial design. All system status is displayed clearly on the large, bright LCD operating screen, while all system control is done with hardware switches and a large level knob. All monitoring features – volume, speaker selection, dim, mono, mute, L-R, solo, subwoofer mute / solo are all accessible on the RCU\'s front panel. Level readout is done with large bright characters in .5 dB steps. A talkback feed is available with the built in microphone on the RCU or via a built in Grace Design mic preamp on the ACU. Additionally, the RCU main operating screen has a full time SPL level meter, which is sourced from the built in microphone.</span><br /><br />\nAll main audio and power supply circuitry is housed in a 2U rack mount mainframe, while system control is managed by a sleek, ergonomic remote control unit. This new RCU is a combination of dedicated hardware and a color graphical LCD display. All primary monitoring features are accessed via hardware switches and a rotary encoder, while all system information is presented by the graphic LCD and illuminated switches. This hybrid design allows for the solid feel and function of traditional hardware with the added power and functionality of a graphical user interface.<br /><br />\n<b>With stunning sonic performance and timeless design, the Grace m905 Analog is a mark of genuine progress in the pursuit of high quality audio production. Intuitive, reliable and beautiful, it is the perfect studio centerpiece - home base for your ears, eyes and hands.</b>'),(5354,75,1,893,'<h1>Grace Design M905 Analog Stereo Monitor Controller</h1>\n<span style=\"font-size:16px; font-style:italic;\">The Grace M905 Analog stereo monitor controller, designed so users that already have converters can still make use of the m905 reference monitor controller. </span><br /><br />\n<h3>M905 Analog Top Features:</h3>\n<ul>\n	<li>Audio circuitry designed for completely transparent and musical playback performance</li>\n	<li><span style=\"background-color: initial;\">s-lock dual-stage Phase Lock Loop for ultra low jitter clock regeneration</span></li>\n	<li>Hybrid RCU with hardware switches, large level encoder and graphical LCD</li>\n	<li>LCD display shows input, level, output, SPL and DAC status plus a full calibration menu</li>\n	<li>RCU includes built in microphone for talkback and onboard SPL meter</li>\n	<li>SPL meter features include level, peak, fast and slow modes, A & C weighting</li>\n	<li>Precision .5 dB step level control for speakers and headphones</li>\n	<li>Reference headphone amplifier circuitry, with outputs on both the RCU and ACU</li>\n	<li>Dedicated mono, dim, mute and sub mute switches</li>\n	<li>SUB out mode for stereo or multiple mono subwoofer outputs</li>\n	<li><span style=\"background-color: initial;\">METER out mode fed, configurable with a fixed level or to follow the monitor level</span></li>\n	<li>Detachable RCU tilt base</li>\n</ul>\n<br />\n<h3>Grace M905 Analog Overview</h3>\n<div>\n	The m905 Analog is configured  with a 2U mainframe Audio Control Unit (ACU) and a sleek desktop Remote Control Unit (RCU). All audio connections are made on the ACU, and all system control is from the RCU. Analog inputs include 2 balanced via XLR, one unbalanced via RCA and one balanced CUE in via XLR. Outputs include 3 balanced speaker outputs via XLR, 2 subwoofer outputs via XLR, balanced CUE output via XLR. An optional wireless remote option is also available.<br /><br />The Grace Designs m905 Analog is configured with a 2U mainframe Audio Control Unit (ACU) and a sleek desktop Remote Control Unit (RCU). All audio connections are made on the ACU, and all system control is from the RCU. Analog inputs include 2 balanced via XLR, one unbalanced via RCA and one balanced CUE in via XLR. Outputs include 3 balanced speaker outputs via XLR, 2 subwoofer outputs via XLR, balanced CUE output via XLR.\n</div>\n<span style=\"background-color: initial;\">The m905 Analog RCU is an combination of evolved ergonomics and refined industrial design. All system status is displayed clearly on the large, bright LCD operating screen, while all system control is done with hardware switches and a large level knob. All monitoring features – volume, speaker selection, dim, mono, mute, L-R, solo, subwoofer mute / solo are all accessible on the RCU\'s front panel. Level readout is done with large bright characters in .5 dB steps. A talkback feed is available with the built in microphone on the RCU or via a built in Grace Design mic preamp on the ACU. Additionally, the RCU main operating screen has a full time SPL level meter, which is sourced from the built in microphone.</span><br /><br />\nAll main audio and power supply circuitry is housed in a 2U rack mount mainframe, while system control is managed by a sleek, ergonomic remote control unit. This new RCU is a combination of dedicated hardware and a color graphical LCD display. All primary monitoring features are accessed via hardware switches and a rotary encoder, while all system information is presented by the graphic LCD and illuminated switches. This hybrid design allows for the solid feel and function of traditional hardware with the added power and functionality of a graphical user interface.<br /><br />\n<b>With stunning sonic performance and timeless design, the Grace m905 Analog is a mark of genuine progress in the pursuit of high quality audio production. Intuitive, reliable and beautiful, it is the perfect studio centerpiece - home base for your ears, eyes and hands.</b>'),(5355,85,0,893,'Grace Design M905 Analog Stereo Monitor Controller'),(5356,85,1,893,'Grace Design M905 Analog Stereo Monitor Controller'),(5357,76,0,893,''),(5358,76,1,893,''),(5359,75,0,894,'<h1>Grace Design M905 IR Control Option Upgrade</h1>\n	The Grace Design m905 IR Remote Option allows for wireless infrared remote control of a select set of monitoring controls via the Grace Design Remote, a standard Apple Remote, or with iOS and Android via the Logitec® Harmony Remote. (all remotes sold separately).\n<br /><br />\nThe m905 IR Remote Option is available on new or existing units (Digital and Analog) and <span style=\"background-color: initial;\">sells for $150 on new units or $250 as an upgrade for an existing m905. <br /><br />\n<b>Contact an RSPE representative to find out how the Grace m905 IR Control Option can supercharge and simplify your m905 workflow.</b></span>'),(5360,75,1,894,'<h1>Grace Design M905 IR Control Option Upgrade</h1>\n	The Grace Design m905 IR Remote Option allows for wireless infrared remote control of a select set of monitoring controls via the Grace Design Remote, a standard Apple Remote, or with iOS and Android via the Logitec® Harmony Remote. (all remotes sold separately).\n<br /><br />\nThe m905 IR Remote Option is available on new or existing units (Digital and Analog) and <span style=\"background-color: initial;\">sells for $150 on new units or $250 as an upgrade for an existing m905. <br /><br />\n<b>Contact an RSPE representative to find out how the Grace m905 IR Control Option can supercharge and simplify your m905 workflow.</b></span>'),(5361,85,0,894,'Grace Design M905 IR Control Option Upgrade'),(5362,85,1,894,'Grace Design M905 IR Control Option Upgrade'),(5363,76,0,894,''),(5364,76,1,894,''),(5365,75,0,895,'<h1>Grace Design m908 Multi-Channel Monitor Controller</h1>\n<i>\nThe world\'s finest multi-channel monitor controller, with support from 2.1 through Dolby Atmos 22.2, built-in mastering quality Digital to Analog Converters, audiophile-grade headphone amplifier and unrivaled system configuration tools.</i><br /><br />\n<div>\n	The Grace m908 Monitor Controller is a multi channel monitor controller designed for speaker systems up to 24 channels, from stereo to Dolby Atmos™ 22.2 and all formats in between. Built on our legacy of reference audio design, the m908’s audio performance delivers impeccable clarity and detail. Our latest generation AD / DA converters provide incredible dynamic range and resolution, while all new analog circuitry is designed to be effortlessly transparent and musical.\n<br /><br />\n	The m908 system consists of a mainframe audio control unit, remote control unit, and a power supply with dual-redundant universal input power modules. The remote control is based on our m905 stereo monitor controller, but scaled up to accommodate added features and playback channel count.\n<br /><br />\n	Standard features include a total of 68 digital input channels via AES3, TOSLINK, S/PDIF, ADAT Lightpipe, and USB2. Outputs include 16 balanced analog output channels and 24 digital output channels. Up to 16 channels of analog inputs are available with the addition of our optional 8 channel ADC modules, and an additional option module slot provides up to 32 additional digital I/O channels via Dante™ or DigiLink™.\n<br /><br />\n	Up to 24 input channels can be received simultaneously and routed to the 24 channel processor, and sample rates of up to 192kHz / 24bit are supported. A powerful DSP section allows for room correction EQ on every channel, comprehensive bass management features, and individual channel delay.\n<br /><br />\n	The m908 is a fully self contained plug and play monitor controller, with a full complement of monitoring features including cue channels, built in talkback mic, mono, mute and dim controls, and an exhaustive list of functions relating to surround and immersive playback systems. It is designed to enable professionals and facilities to update their workflows for immersive audio playback with a minimum of effort and cost.\n<br /><br />\n<h3>Grace m908 Features:</h3>\n<ul>\n	<li>Grace\'s latest generation of AD and DA converters, 4th generation s-Lock pll for vanishingly low jitter</li>\n	<li>Powerful DSP processor for high resolution volume control, bass management, channel delay and dowmixing</li>\n	<li>Up to 24 channels* for immersive surround formats such as ATMOS™, DTS:X™ and Auro 3D™</li>\n	<li>Manage playback systems from mono through 22.2</li>\n	<li>Full bass management capability</li><li>16 User definable input sources</li><li>Summing of up to 3 input sources</li>\n	<li>Channel level and delay calibration</li>\n	<li>Comprehensive downmix control</li>\n	<li>Analog 16 channel Out / AES3 24 channel I/O</li>\n	<li>ADAT 16 channel In / USB 24 channel In</li>\n	<li>AES3, S/PDIF, and TOSLINK Stereo In</li>\n	<li>Optional Dante™ or DigiLink™ module for 24 channel I/O</li>\n	<li>Optional ADC module for 8 or 16 channel analog Inputs**</li>\n	<li>Powerful and ergonomic remote control unit for access to all system controls</li>\n	<li>Built in SPL meter and pink noise source</li>\n	<li>Dual redundant external power supply</li>\n	<li>Reference quality headphone amplifier with cross-feed</li>\n	<li>Flexible talkback system with built-in mic on remote control and mic input for external talkback mics</li>\n	<li>Up to 3 stereo CUE outputs in addition to stereo headphone monitoring***</li>\n</ul>\n<br /></div>'),(5366,75,1,895,'<h1>Grace Design m908 Multi-Channel Monitor Controller</h1>\n<i>\nThe world\'s finest multi-channel monitor controller, with support from 2.1 through Dolby Atmos 22.2, built-in mastering quality Digital to Analog Converters, audiophile-grade headphone amplifier and unrivaled system configuration tools.</i><br /><br />\n<div>\n	The Grace m908 Monitor Controller is a multi channel monitor controller designed for speaker systems up to 24 channels, from stereo to Dolby Atmos™ 22.2 and all formats in between. Built on our legacy of reference audio design, the m908’s audio performance delivers impeccable clarity and detail. Our latest generation AD / DA converters provide incredible dynamic range and resolution, while all new analog circuitry is designed to be effortlessly transparent and musical.\n<br /><br />\n	The m908 system consists of a mainframe audio control unit, remote control unit, and a power supply with dual-redundant universal input power modules. The remote control is based on our m905 stereo monitor controller, but scaled up to accommodate added features and playback channel count.\n<br /><br />\n	Standard features include a total of 68 digital input channels via AES3, TOSLINK, S/PDIF, ADAT Lightpipe, and USB2. Outputs include 16 balanced analog output channels and 24 digital output channels. Up to 16 channels of analog inputs are available with the addition of our optional 8 channel ADC modules, and an additional option module slot provides up to 32 additional digital I/O channels via Dante™ or DigiLink™.\n<br /><br />\n	Up to 24 input channels can be received simultaneously and routed to the 24 channel processor, and sample rates of up to 192kHz / 24bit are supported. A powerful DSP section allows for room correction EQ on every channel, comprehensive bass management features, and individual channel delay.\n<br /><br />\n	The m908 is a fully self contained plug and play monitor controller, with a full complement of monitoring features including cue channels, built in talkback mic, mono, mute and dim controls, and an exhaustive list of functions relating to surround and immersive playback systems. It is designed to enable professionals and facilities to update their workflows for immersive audio playback with a minimum of effort and cost.\n<br /><br />\n<h3>Grace m908 Features:</h3>\n<ul>\n	<li>Grace\'s latest generation of AD and DA converters, 4th generation s-Lock pll for vanishingly low jitter</li>\n	<li>Powerful DSP processor for high resolution volume control, bass management, channel delay and dowmixing</li>\n	<li>Up to 24 channels* for immersive surround formats such as ATMOS™, DTS:X™ and Auro 3D™</li>\n	<li>Manage playback systems from mono through 22.2</li>\n	<li>Full bass management capability</li><li>16 User definable input sources</li><li>Summing of up to 3 input sources</li>\n	<li>Channel level and delay calibration</li>\n	<li>Comprehensive downmix control</li>\n	<li>Analog 16 channel Out / AES3 24 channel I/O</li>\n	<li>ADAT 16 channel In / USB 24 channel In</li>\n	<li>AES3, S/PDIF, and TOSLINK Stereo In</li>\n	<li>Optional Dante™ or DigiLink™ module for 24 channel I/O</li>\n	<li>Optional ADC module for 8 or 16 channel analog Inputs**</li>\n	<li>Powerful and ergonomic remote control unit for access to all system controls</li>\n	<li>Built in SPL meter and pink noise source</li>\n	<li>Dual redundant external power supply</li>\n	<li>Reference quality headphone amplifier with cross-feed</li>\n	<li>Flexible talkback system with built-in mic on remote control and mic input for external talkback mics</li>\n	<li>Up to 3 stereo CUE outputs in addition to stereo headphone monitoring***</li>\n</ul>\n<br /></div>'),(5367,85,0,895,'Grace Design m908 Surround/Multi-Channel Monitor Controller'),(5368,85,1,895,'Grace Design m908 Surround/Multi-Channel Monitor Controller'),(5369,76,0,895,''),(5370,76,1,895,''),(5371,75,0,896,'<h2>Great River PWM-501 — 500-Series Single-Chanel Compressor</h2>\n\n<span style=\"font-size:16px; font-style:italic;\">500-series compressor with ultra fast pulse-width modulation gain element, selectable feedback/feed-forward operation, and unique threshold control</span><br /><br />\n\n\nThe PWM-501 is a 500-series compressor module from Great River that owes its sonic agility to a PWM (pulse width modulator) control element and variable feedback/feed-forward operation. Rather than simply switch between feedback and feed-forward operation, the Great River PWM-501 allows you to blend the two functions for varying tonal color. Another unique design feature of the PWM-501 is its threshold control, which operates as more of a “baseline clipper” as Great River’s Dan Kennedy puts it, ignoring most frequencies below the line. And speaking of lower frequencies, the PWM-501 has variable high-pass filter that lets you filter out bass signals that might cause the PWM-501 to act sooner than musically useful. Extremely versatile, the Great River PWM-501 not only works effectively on any single sound source, its stereo link capability lets you set two PWM-501s to do anything from parallel bus compression or shave tiny peaks off your 2-bus mix. <br /><br />\n\n\n<h3>Great River PWM-501 unique features:</h3>\n<ul>\n<li>Pulse width modulated compressor/limiter</li>\n<li>Feedback/Feed-forward blend control</li>\n<li>High-pass frequency control</li>\n</ul><br />\n\n<h3>Great River PWM-501 key features:</h3>\n<ul>\n<li>Output level, threshold, ratio, attack, and release settings</li>\n<li>Stereo linkable with 2 units</li>\n<li>Designed and built in the USA</li>\n</ul><div><a href=\"http://rsperackrevolution.com/\" target=\"_blank\"><br class=\"Apple-interchange-newline\" /><img src=\"http://www.rspeaudio.com/v/vspfiles/assets/images/rackrevolution-small.png\" alt=\"\" align=\"\" border=\"0px\" /></a></div><p>Don’t forget to check out <a href=\"http://rsperackrevolution.com/\" target=\"_blank\" style=\"color: rgb(0, 0, 153); font-weight: bold;\">RSPE’s Rack Revolution</a>, a virtual 500-series rack builder that lets you custom-configure the perfect 500-series lunchbox for your studio, DAW, or mobile recording rig. RSPE carries every 500-series module imaginable, including mic preamps, compressor-limiters, equalizers, and 500 power racks.</p><br />\n\n<h3>INSIDE THE BOX — Great River PWM-501</h3>\n\nBy using a pulse width modulated gain control element, the PWM-501 gain control circuit design allows the use of modern high-speed components that can switch on and off in less than a nanosecond. The result is much greater accuracy than older FET and VCA designs, plus the elimination of unwanted audio artifacts. <br /><br />\n\nAnother unique feature of the Great River PWM-501 compressor is its variable feedback/feed-forward design. Most compressor/limiters use feedback to generate the sidechain signal. The control signal is always being modified by the action of the unit because of the previous signal. Feed-forward operation uses the input audio to generate the sidechain signal; any previous operations do not have any influence on the operation of later signals. Very generally, feed-forward is a faster, more aggressive operating mode, but it is easy to get too aggressive, especially with hot signals. Typically it is best to start working with a signal in the feedback mode, and then rotate the blend towards feed-forward while readjusting the various sidechain controls to suit. Everything is interactive, and will need attention, but it is worth it because of the versatility it imparts to the PWM-501. <br /><br />\n  \nAnd finally, to sum up the unique features of the PWM-501, there’s its threshold control. At low levels (0-50) the unit looks at all or most of the signal and acts as a compressor, at higher levels (50-100) it looks at peaks and the PWM-501 functions more as a limiter. The signal the threshold circuit is fed comes from the Feed-forward/feedback control.<br /><br />\n\nWhile not necessarily a “unique” feature, the stereo link feature of the PWM-501 also operates somewhat differently than other stereo linkable 500-series compressors. Any PWM-501’s connected via the link system will “or” their control voltages. One unit can be used to control all, or each can contribute. To defeat a unit’s contribution to the bus, turn the local Threshold and Attack all of the way up, and the Ratio all the way down. This control voltage is unique to the PWM-501 and is not compatible with other manufacturers systems, so the bus must be broken up if other units are using it in the same rack. The bus used is Pin 6 of the backplane connector.<br /><br />\n\n\n<h3>OUTSIDE THE BOX — Great River PWM-501</h3>\n\nOn the front panel of the Great River PWM-501 are the following controls and their functions:<br /><br />\n<ul>\n<li><strong>Output level control:</strong> This control sets the amount of make-up gain in the output amplifier. Use it to adjust the output signal level.</li>\n<li><strong>Threshold control:</strong> This control determines the portion of the signal that the rest of the sidechain will use to control the operation of the PWM-501. </li>\n<li><strong>Ratio control:</strong> This control sets the percentage of the control signal sent to the PWM attenuator. Fully counterclockwise divides the signal the most, giving the lowest ratio. The actual ratio is approximate, as it is dependent on the variables of the threshold, attack, and release times, as well as the setting of the feed-forward/feedback control.</li>\n<li><strong>Attack time control:</strong> This control sets the initial charging speed of the time-constant capacitor. The circuit feeding this capacitor is an absolute value peak detector, so it can be very fast. It can also generate unpleasant distortion if it is too fast for the signal content. Faster attack times are in the counterclockwise direction of the control. </li>\n<li><strong>Link switch:</strong> This switch will link the control voltage between PWM-501 units installed in a rack with the correct interconnections on the backplane bus. </li>\n<li>Release time control: This control sets the discharge speed of the time-constant capacitor. Faster release times are in the counterclockwise direction of the control.</li>\n<li><strong>Bypass switch:</strong> This is a hard-wired bypass of the entire PWM-501 when depressed. The unit is also in bypass mode when the rack is unpowered.</li>\n<li><strong>High-pass frequency control:</strong> This is a second order (12dB/octave) variable high pass filter that is inserted in the sidechain immediately after the feed-forward/feedback blend circuit. When engaged it can filter out bass signals that might otherwise influence the action of the PWM-501. </li>\n<li><strong>High-pass engage switch:</strong> The high pass filter circuit is engaged when this button is pressed.</li>\n<li>Feed-forward/feedback blend control: This control determines the source(s) and the blend of the sidechain signal. In the fully counterclockwise position the source of the sidechain signal is entirely the input audio, in the clockwise position the source is entirely the output signal.</li>\n<li><strong>Meter function, switch, and display LEDs:</strong> This switch determines the signal to the peak reading meter circuit. In the GR mode, the meter indicates 1dB of gain reduction for every LED lit. It indicates in a downward direction. In either the In or Out mode, the meter indicates the signal level at the respective signal point. All green LED’s lit indicates a signal level of +4dBu at the XLR.</li>\n	</ul><br />\n\n\n<h3>Who’s using Great River</h3>\n\n<em>I am, and have been the drummer for the band Cinderella for 22 years and am now also a composer for TV and Film. I just wanted to let you know that I just picked up a 500NV and it is without a doubt, incredible. I called Troy at RSPE \n(where I bought it) and told him 10 thumbs up!!!! I started by plugging into the DI and just turned it up. Holy cow, that was all I needed to convince me. I A/B\'ed with a couple of other top shelf pres in my lunchbox and there was no comparison. Vocals through it are ridiculous! I can\'t wait to track my 26\" kick through it. Absolutely awesome piece of gear!</em><br /><br />\n\n<strong>– Fred Coury</strong><br /><br />\n\n\n<em>When shooting out various mic pre\'s to match with a pair of vintage U67\'s to record Jerry Douglas\' dobro on the album, Glide, it was Great River mic pre\'s that WON!</em><br /><br />\n\n<strong>– Bil VornDick</strong> (Alison Krauss, Ralph Stanley, Marty Robbins, Bela Fleck, Jerry Douglas, Mark O\'Connor, Charlie Hade, Jesse Winchester)<br /><br />\n\n\n<em>Even though the combination of an MP-2NV with an EQ-2NV provides you with almost unlimited choices for sound shaping, each one is an amazing sound tool in itself. The MP-2NV is my go-to mic pre when I\'m not sure which direction I want to go with a certain mic. It provides such a wide spectrum, that I can always count on it to get the best out of any mic. The EQ-2NV is simply one of THE most musical EQ\'s I have heard and is used on every session at my studio.</em><br /><br />\n\n<strong>– Michael Wagener</strong> (Mötley Crüe, Overkill, Accept, Great White, Poison, Alice Cooper, Extreme, Megadeth, Janet Jackson, Ozzy Osbourne, Dokken, Metallica, White Lion, Skid Row)<br /><br />\n\n\n<h3>About Great River Electronics</h3>\n\nLocated on the banks of the Upper Mississippi River, Great River Electronics designs and builds handcrafted quality audio recording tools. All products undergo extensive research, development, and fine-tuning to meet and exceed the needs of audio professionals. Years of concurrent experience as an OEM manufacturer of industrial measurement and control systems for industries where safety, reliability, and quality control are critical are what give the Great River design-build team an edge. Carefully designed analog signal paths, many with digital controls, are the foundation of Great River audio recording designs.<br /><br />\n\nUsing a wide range of classically proven circuit styles, Great River continues to create a product line of audio recording tools that deliver a diverse tonal spectrum and solid sonic performance. From tracking to mastering, dual transformer-based preamps, sweet sounding EQs, and a hybrid-style summing system, all make consistent, concrete contributions to any recording studio.<br /><br />\n\n\n<h3>A unique design from Great River, the PWM-501 500-series compressor opens up a world of possibilities for dynamic control of voice, instruments, and stereo bus. For more information, call or chat with an RSPE representative today.</h3>'),(5372,75,1,896,'<h2>Great River PWM-501 — 500-Series Single-Chanel Compressor</h2>\n\n<span style=\"font-size:16px; font-style:italic;\">500-series compressor with ultra fast pulse-width modulation gain element, selectable feedback/feed-forward operation, and unique threshold control</span><br /><br />\n\n\nThe PWM-501 is a 500-series compressor module from Great River that owes its sonic agility to a PWM (pulse width modulator) control element and variable feedback/feed-forward operation. Rather than simply switch between feedback and feed-forward operation, the Great River PWM-501 allows you to blend the two functions for varying tonal color. Another unique design feature of the PWM-501 is its threshold control, which operates as more of a “baseline clipper” as Great River’s Dan Kennedy puts it, ignoring most frequencies below the line. And speaking of lower frequencies, the PWM-501 has variable high-pass filter that lets you filter out bass signals that might cause the PWM-501 to act sooner than musically useful. Extremely versatile, the Great River PWM-501 not only works effectively on any single sound source, its stereo link capability lets you set two PWM-501s to do anything from parallel bus compression or shave tiny peaks off your 2-bus mix. <br /><br />\n\n\n<h3>Great River PWM-501 unique features:</h3>\n<ul>\n<li>Pulse width modulated compressor/limiter</li>\n<li>Feedback/Feed-forward blend control</li>\n<li>High-pass frequency control</li>\n</ul><br />\n\n<h3>Great River PWM-501 key features:</h3>\n<ul>\n<li>Output level, threshold, ratio, attack, and release settings</li>\n<li>Stereo linkable with 2 units</li>\n<li>Designed and built in the USA</li>\n</ul><div><a href=\"http://rsperackrevolution.com/\" target=\"_blank\"><br class=\"Apple-interchange-newline\" /><img src=\"http://www.rspeaudio.com/v/vspfiles/assets/images/rackrevolution-small.png\" alt=\"\" align=\"\" border=\"0px\" /></a></div><p>Don’t forget to check out <a href=\"http://rsperackrevolution.com/\" target=\"_blank\" style=\"color: rgb(0, 0, 153); font-weight: bold;\">RSPE’s Rack Revolution</a>, a virtual 500-series rack builder that lets you custom-configure the perfect 500-series lunchbox for your studio, DAW, or mobile recording rig. RSPE carries every 500-series module imaginable, including mic preamps, compressor-limiters, equalizers, and 500 power racks.</p><br />\n\n<h3>INSIDE THE BOX — Great River PWM-501</h3>\n\nBy using a pulse width modulated gain control element, the PWM-501 gain control circuit design allows the use of modern high-speed components that can switch on and off in less than a nanosecond. The result is much greater accuracy than older FET and VCA designs, plus the elimination of unwanted audio artifacts. <br /><br />\n\nAnother unique feature of the Great River PWM-501 compressor is its variable feedback/feed-forward design. Most compressor/limiters use feedback to generate the sidechain signal. The control signal is always being modified by the action of the unit because of the previous signal. Feed-forward operation uses the input audio to generate the sidechain signal; any previous operations do not have any influence on the operation of later signals. Very generally, feed-forward is a faster, more aggressive operating mode, but it is easy to get too aggressive, especially with hot signals. Typically it is best to start working with a signal in the feedback mode, and then rotate the blend towards feed-forward while readjusting the various sidechain controls to suit. Everything is interactive, and will need attention, but it is worth it because of the versatility it imparts to the PWM-501. <br /><br />\n  \nAnd finally, to sum up the unique features of the PWM-501, there’s its threshold control. At low levels (0-50) the unit looks at all or most of the signal and acts as a compressor, at higher levels (50-100) it looks at peaks and the PWM-501 functions more as a limiter. The signal the threshold circuit is fed comes from the Feed-forward/feedback control.<br /><br />\n\nWhile not necessarily a “unique” feature, the stereo link feature of the PWM-501 also operates somewhat differently than other stereo linkable 500-series compressors. Any PWM-501’s connected via the link system will “or” their control voltages. One unit can be used to control all, or each can contribute. To defeat a unit’s contribution to the bus, turn the local Threshold and Attack all of the way up, and the Ratio all the way down. This control voltage is unique to the PWM-501 and is not compatible with other manufacturers systems, so the bus must be broken up if other units are using it in the same rack. The bus used is Pin 6 of the backplane connector.<br /><br />\n\n\n<h3>OUTSIDE THE BOX — Great River PWM-501</h3>\n\nOn the front panel of the Great River PWM-501 are the following controls and their functions:<br /><br />\n<ul>\n<li><strong>Output level control:</strong> This control sets the amount of make-up gain in the output amplifier. Use it to adjust the output signal level.</li>\n<li><strong>Threshold control:</strong> This control determines the portion of the signal that the rest of the sidechain will use to control the operation of the PWM-501. </li>\n<li><strong>Ratio control:</strong> This control sets the percentage of the control signal sent to the PWM attenuator. Fully counterclockwise divides the signal the most, giving the lowest ratio. The actual ratio is approximate, as it is dependent on the variables of the threshold, attack, and release times, as well as the setting of the feed-forward/feedback control.</li>\n<li><strong>Attack time control:</strong> This control sets the initial charging speed of the time-constant capacitor. The circuit feeding this capacitor is an absolute value peak detector, so it can be very fast. It can also generate unpleasant distortion if it is too fast for the signal content. Faster attack times are in the counterclockwise direction of the control. </li>\n<li><strong>Link switch:</strong> This switch will link the control voltage between PWM-501 units installed in a rack with the correct interconnections on the backplane bus. </li>\n<li>Release time control: This control sets the discharge speed of the time-constant capacitor. Faster release times are in the counterclockwise direction of the control.</li>\n<li><strong>Bypass switch:</strong> This is a hard-wired bypass of the entire PWM-501 when depressed. The unit is also in bypass mode when the rack is unpowered.</li>\n<li><strong>High-pass frequency control:</strong> This is a second order (12dB/octave) variable high pass filter that is inserted in the sidechain immediately after the feed-forward/feedback blend circuit. When engaged it can filter out bass signals that might otherwise influence the action of the PWM-501. </li>\n<li><strong>High-pass engage switch:</strong> The high pass filter circuit is engaged when this button is pressed.</li>\n<li>Feed-forward/feedback blend control: This control determines the source(s) and the blend of the sidechain signal. In the fully counterclockwise position the source of the sidechain signal is entirely the input audio, in the clockwise position the source is entirely the output signal.</li>\n<li><strong>Meter function, switch, and display LEDs:</strong> This switch determines the signal to the peak reading meter circuit. In the GR mode, the meter indicates 1dB of gain reduction for every LED lit. It indicates in a downward direction. In either the In or Out mode, the meter indicates the signal level at the respective signal point. All green LED’s lit indicates a signal level of +4dBu at the XLR.</li>\n	</ul><br />\n\n\n<h3>Who’s using Great River</h3>\n\n<em>I am, and have been the drummer for the band Cinderella for 22 years and am now also a composer for TV and Film. I just wanted to let you know that I just picked up a 500NV and it is without a doubt, incredible. I called Troy at RSPE \n(where I bought it) and told him 10 thumbs up!!!! I started by plugging into the DI and just turned it up. Holy cow, that was all I needed to convince me. I A/B\'ed with a couple of other top shelf pres in my lunchbox and there was no comparison. Vocals through it are ridiculous! I can\'t wait to track my 26\" kick through it. Absolutely awesome piece of gear!</em><br /><br />\n\n<strong>– Fred Coury</strong><br /><br />\n\n\n<em>When shooting out various mic pre\'s to match with a pair of vintage U67\'s to record Jerry Douglas\' dobro on the album, Glide, it was Great River mic pre\'s that WON!</em><br /><br />\n\n<strong>– Bil VornDick</strong> (Alison Krauss, Ralph Stanley, Marty Robbins, Bela Fleck, Jerry Douglas, Mark O\'Connor, Charlie Hade, Jesse Winchester)<br /><br />\n\n\n<em>Even though the combination of an MP-2NV with an EQ-2NV provides you with almost unlimited choices for sound shaping, each one is an amazing sound tool in itself. The MP-2NV is my go-to mic pre when I\'m not sure which direction I want to go with a certain mic. It provides such a wide spectrum, that I can always count on it to get the best out of any mic. The EQ-2NV is simply one of THE most musical EQ\'s I have heard and is used on every session at my studio.</em><br /><br />\n\n<strong>– Michael Wagener</strong> (Mötley Crüe, Overkill, Accept, Great White, Poison, Alice Cooper, Extreme, Megadeth, Janet Jackson, Ozzy Osbourne, Dokken, Metallica, White Lion, Skid Row)<br /><br />\n\n\n<h3>About Great River Electronics</h3>\n\nLocated on the banks of the Upper Mississippi River, Great River Electronics designs and builds handcrafted quality audio recording tools. All products undergo extensive research, development, and fine-tuning to meet and exceed the needs of audio professionals. Years of concurrent experience as an OEM manufacturer of industrial measurement and control systems for industries where safety, reliability, and quality control are critical are what give the Great River design-build team an edge. Carefully designed analog signal paths, many with digital controls, are the foundation of Great River audio recording designs.<br /><br />\n\nUsing a wide range of classically proven circuit styles, Great River continues to create a product line of audio recording tools that deliver a diverse tonal spectrum and solid sonic performance. From tracking to mastering, dual transformer-based preamps, sweet sounding EQs, and a hybrid-style summing system, all make consistent, concrete contributions to any recording studio.<br /><br />\n\n\n<h3>A unique design from Great River, the PWM-501 500-series compressor opens up a world of possibilities for dynamic control of voice, instruments, and stereo bus. For more information, call or chat with an RSPE representative today.</h3>'),(5373,85,0,896,'Great River PWM-501 Compressor'),(5374,85,1,896,'Great River PWM-501 Compressor'),(5375,76,0,896,''),(5376,76,1,896,''),(5377,75,0,897,'<h2>Great River Harrison 32EQ — 500-Series Equalizer </h2>\n\n<span style=\"font-size:16px; font-style:italic;\">Great River and Harrison Consoles bring the renowned Harrison 32c console EQ to life in 500-series format</span><br /><br />\n\n\nThe product of collaboration between Great River Electronics and Harrison Consoles, the Harrison 32EQ is an exacting 500-series version of the Harrison 32 Series console EQ and filters. The unimpeachable pedigree of the Harrison 32 Series not only includes Bruce Swedien sitting in the captain’s chair shaping the sound of Michael Jackson’s Thriller, but numerous other platinum albums as well. To perfect the sound of the console EQ, Dave Harrison tapped Swedien to lend his ear in the selection of the output transformers of the 32c console. The Great River Harrison 32EQ 500-series module not only incorporates the original specifications of the 32c, but was built with support from the original designers at Harrison Consoles. The collaboration between Great River and Harrison guarantees that the 500-series Harrison 32EQ maintains the prized characteristics of the original 32c console EQ.<br /><br />\n\n\n<h3>Great River 32EQ unique features:</h3>\n<ul>\n<li>The 32EQ has the full features of the 32-series console EQ</li>\n<li>An Internal jumper provides selection of the \"vintage\" feedback design, or a non-feedback option</li>\n</ul><br />\n\n<h3>Great River 32EQ key features:</h3>\n<ul>\n<li>Low, Low-Mid, Hi-Mid, and High EQ bands with Gain and Frequency controls </li>\n<li>Low- and High-band \"peaking\" switches                                    </li>\n<li>EQ in/out switch                                                         </li>\n<li>Harrison\'s renowned High- and Low-pass filters with sweepable frequency  </li>\n<li>Filter in/out switch                                                     </li>\n<li>Designed and built in the USA                                            </li>\n</ul><div><a href=\"http://rsperackrevolution.com/\" target=\"_blank\"><br class=\"Apple-interchange-newline\" /><img src=\"http://www.rspeaudio.com/v/vspfiles/assets/images/rackrevolution-small.png\" alt=\"\" align=\"\" border=\"0px\" /></a></div><p>Don’t forget to check out <a href=\"http://rsperackrevolution.com/\" target=\"_blank\" style=\"color: rgb(0, 0, 153); font-weight: bold;\">RSPE’s Rack Revolution</a>, a virtual 500-series rack builder that lets you custom-configure the perfect 500-series lunchbox for your studio, DAW, or mobile recording rig. RSPE carries every 500-series module imaginable, including mic preamps, compressor-limiters, equalizers, and 500 power racks.</p><br />\n\n\n<h3>INSIDE THE BOX – Great River - Harrison 32EQ 500-series EQ module</h3>\n\nThe Great River/Harrison 32EQ is a proprietary, four-band parametric EQ whose lineage dates back to the highly respected Harrison consoles (Bruce Swedien’s favorite desk). Like the famed Harrison 32c console EQ, the EQ32 500-series module also includes the parametric, second-order high-pass and low-pass filters. <br /><br />\n\nThe design of the EQ32’s equalization stages allows full reciprocal operation of the boost/cut controls in both frequency and phase response. The 32EQ’s continuously variable frequency selection and boost or cut amount provides proper equalization for almost any desired effect. <br /><br />\n\nThe Great River Harrison EQ32 equalizer is a unity-gain design, delivering excellent noise and headroom performance. <br /><br />\n\n\n<h3>OUTSIDE THE BOX — Great River - Harrison 32EQ 500-series EQ module</h3>\n\nOn the front panel of the 32EQ between the Harrison logo at the top and Great River logo at the bottom, are the following controls from the top down on the 32EQ:\n<ul>\n<li>High-frequency select            </li>\n<li>High-frequency shelf out, peak in</li>\n<li>High-frequency boost/cut         </li>\n<li>High mid-frequency select        </li>\n<li>High mid-frequency boost/cut     </li>\n<li>Low mid-frequency select         </li>\n<li>Low mid-frequency boost/cut      </li>\n<li>Low frequency select             </li>\n<li>Low-frequency shelf out, peak in </li>\n<li>Low frequency boost/cut          </li>\n<li>High-pass filter control         </li>\n<li>High- and low-pass enable, in    </li>\n<li>EQ selections enable, in         </li>\n<li>Low-pass filter control          </li>\n</ul><br />\n\nThe high-frequency band “HI” extends from 800Hz to 16kHz. The 32EQ’s two midrange bands (“MID”) are overlapping; one extends from 400Hz to 8kHz, while the other goes from 200Hz to 4kHz. The low range (“LO”) covers 40Hz to 800Hz. Additionally, the low and high ranges are selectable to be either shelving or peaking. The midranges are peaking. There is also an in/out switch for the four bands of boost/cut equalization.  <br /><br />\n\nThe parametric high-pass and low-pass filters have 12dB per-octave cutoff characteristics. They are of an all-electronic design and contain no inductors. The high-pass filter has a range of 25Hz to 2.75kHz and the low-pass filter extends from 160Hz to 20kHz. Continuously variable HP and LP controls allow both subtle corrections as well as special effects. There is a separate “In” switch for the filters so that they can be inserted into the signal path independently of the equalizer. <br /><br />\n\n\n<h3>Who’s using Great River</h3>\n\n<em>I am, and have been the drummer for the band Cinderella for 22 years and am now also a composer for TV and Film. I just wanted to let you know that I just picked up a 500NV and it is without a doubt, incredible. I called Troy at RSPE \n(where I bought it) and told him 10 thumbs up!!!! I started by plugging into the DI and just turned it up. Holy cow, that was all I needed to convince me. I A/B\'ed with a couple of other top shelf pres in my lunchbox and there was no comparison. Vocals through it are ridiculous! I can\'t wait to track my 26\" kick through it. Absolutely awesome piece of gear!</em><br /><br />\n\n<strong>– Fred Coury</strong><br /><br />\n\n<em>When shooting out various mic pre\'s to match with a pair of vintage U67\'s to record Jerry Douglas\' dobro on the album, Glide, it was Great River mic pre\'s that WON!</em><br /><br />\n\n<strong>– Bil VornDick</strong> (Alison Krauss, Ralph Stanley, Marty Robbins, Bela Fleck, Jerry Douglas, Mark O\'Connor, Charlie Hade, Jesse Winchester)<br /><br />\n\n\n<em>Even though the combination of an MP-2NV with an EQ-2NV provides you with almost unlimited choices for sound shaping, each one is an amazing sound tool in itself. The MP-2NV is my go-to mic pre when I\'m not sure which direction I want to go with a certain mic. It provides such a wide spectrum, that I can always count on it to get the best out of any mic. The EQ-2NV is simply one of THE most musical EQ\'s I have heard and is used on every session at my studio.</em><br /><br />\n\n<strong>– Michael Wagener</strong> (Mötley Crüe, Overkill, Accept, Great White, Poison, Alice Cooper, Extreme, Megadeth, Janet Jackson, Ozzy Osbourne, Dokken, Metallica, White Lion, Skid Row)<br /><br />\n\n\n<h3>About Great River Electronics</h3>\n\nLocated on the banks of the Upper Mississippi River, Great River Electronics designs and builds handcrafted quality audio recording tools. All products undergo extensive research, development, and fine-tuning to meet and exceed the needs of audio professionals. Years of concurrent experience as an OEM manufacturer of industrial measurement and control systems for industries where safety, reliability, and quality control are critical are what give the Great River design-build team an edge. Carefully designed analog signal paths, many with digital controls, are the foundation of Great River audio recording designs.<br /><br />\n\nUsing a wide range of classically proven circuit styles, Great River continues to create a product line of audio recording tools that deliver a diverse tonal spectrum and solid sonic performance. From tracking to mastering, dual transformer-based preamps, sweet sounding EQs, and a hybrid-style summing system, all make consistent, concrete contributions to any recording studio.<br /><br />\n\n\n<h3>Add the platinum hit-making sound of Harrison Console EQ to your 500 rack with a Great River EQ32 For more information, call or chat with an RSPE representative today.  </h3>\n	<br />\n	<br />This product is also available as part of the RSPE Demo 4 Free & Rental Program, <span class=\"colors_productprice\" style=\"font-weight: bold; text-decoration: underline;\"><a href=\"http://www.rspeaudio.com/Great_River_Great_River_32EQ_RENT_p/grt-rvr-32eq-rent.htm\" target=\"_blank\" class=\"colors_productprice\">click here</a></span> to see the rental product page.'),(5378,75,1,897,'<h2>Great River Harrison 32EQ — 500-Series Equalizer </h2>\n\n<span style=\"font-size:16px; font-style:italic;\">Great River and Harrison Consoles bring the renowned Harrison 32c console EQ to life in 500-series format</span><br /><br />\n\n\nThe product of collaboration between Great River Electronics and Harrison Consoles, the Harrison 32EQ is an exacting 500-series version of the Harrison 32 Series console EQ and filters. The unimpeachable pedigree of the Harrison 32 Series not only includes Bruce Swedien sitting in the captain’s chair shaping the sound of Michael Jackson’s Thriller, but numerous other platinum albums as well. To perfect the sound of the console EQ, Dave Harrison tapped Swedien to lend his ear in the selection of the output transformers of the 32c console. The Great River Harrison 32EQ 500-series module not only incorporates the original specifications of the 32c, but was built with support from the original designers at Harrison Consoles. The collaboration between Great River and Harrison guarantees that the 500-series Harrison 32EQ maintains the prized characteristics of the original 32c console EQ.<br /><br />\n\n\n<h3>Great River 32EQ unique features:</h3>\n<ul>\n<li>The 32EQ has the full features of the 32-series console EQ</li>\n<li>An Internal jumper provides selection of the \"vintage\" feedback design, or a non-feedback option</li>\n</ul><br />\n\n<h3>Great River 32EQ key features:</h3>\n<ul>\n<li>Low, Low-Mid, Hi-Mid, and High EQ bands with Gain and Frequency controls </li>\n<li>Low- and High-band \"peaking\" switches                                    </li>\n<li>EQ in/out switch                                                         </li>\n<li>Harrison\'s renowned High- and Low-pass filters with sweepable frequency  </li>\n<li>Filter in/out switch                                                     </li>\n<li>Designed and built in the USA                                            </li>\n</ul><div><a href=\"http://rsperackrevolution.com/\" target=\"_blank\"><br class=\"Apple-interchange-newline\" /><img src=\"http://www.rspeaudio.com/v/vspfiles/assets/images/rackrevolution-small.png\" alt=\"\" align=\"\" border=\"0px\" /></a></div><p>Don’t forget to check out <a href=\"http://rsperackrevolution.com/\" target=\"_blank\" style=\"color: rgb(0, 0, 153); font-weight: bold;\">RSPE’s Rack Revolution</a>, a virtual 500-series rack builder that lets you custom-configure the perfect 500-series lunchbox for your studio, DAW, or mobile recording rig. RSPE carries every 500-series module imaginable, including mic preamps, compressor-limiters, equalizers, and 500 power racks.</p><br />\n\n\n<h3>INSIDE THE BOX – Great River - Harrison 32EQ 500-series EQ module</h3>\n\nThe Great River/Harrison 32EQ is a proprietary, four-band parametric EQ whose lineage dates back to the highly respected Harrison consoles (Bruce Swedien’s favorite desk). Like the famed Harrison 32c console EQ, the EQ32 500-series module also includes the parametric, second-order high-pass and low-pass filters. <br /><br />\n\nThe design of the EQ32’s equalization stages allows full reciprocal operation of the boost/cut controls in both frequency and phase response. The 32EQ’s continuously variable frequency selection and boost or cut amount provides proper equalization for almost any desired effect. <br /><br />\n\nThe Great River Harrison EQ32 equalizer is a unity-gain design, delivering excellent noise and headroom performance. <br /><br />\n\n\n<h3>OUTSIDE THE BOX — Great River - Harrison 32EQ 500-series EQ module</h3>\n\nOn the front panel of the 32EQ between the Harrison logo at the top and Great River logo at the bottom, are the following controls from the top down on the 32EQ:\n<ul>\n<li>High-frequency select            </li>\n<li>High-frequency shelf out, peak in</li>\n<li>High-frequency boost/cut         </li>\n<li>High mid-frequency select        </li>\n<li>High mid-frequency boost/cut     </li>\n<li>Low mid-frequency select         </li>\n<li>Low mid-frequency boost/cut      </li>\n<li>Low frequency select             </li>\n<li>Low-frequency shelf out, peak in </li>\n<li>Low frequency boost/cut          </li>\n<li>High-pass filter control         </li>\n<li>High- and low-pass enable, in    </li>\n<li>EQ selections enable, in         </li>\n<li>Low-pass filter control          </li>\n</ul><br />\n\nThe high-frequency band “HI” extends from 800Hz to 16kHz. The 32EQ’s two midrange bands (“MID”) are overlapping; one extends from 400Hz to 8kHz, while the other goes from 200Hz to 4kHz. The low range (“LO”) covers 40Hz to 800Hz. Additionally, the low and high ranges are selectable to be either shelving or peaking. The midranges are peaking. There is also an in/out switch for the four bands of boost/cut equalization.  <br /><br />\n\nThe parametric high-pass and low-pass filters have 12dB per-octave cutoff characteristics. They are of an all-electronic design and contain no inductors. The high-pass filter has a range of 25Hz to 2.75kHz and the low-pass filter extends from 160Hz to 20kHz. Continuously variable HP and LP controls allow both subtle corrections as well as special effects. There is a separate “In” switch for the filters so that they can be inserted into the signal path independently of the equalizer. <br /><br />\n\n\n<h3>Who’s using Great River</h3>\n\n<em>I am, and have been the drummer for the band Cinderella for 22 years and am now also a composer for TV and Film. I just wanted to let you know that I just picked up a 500NV and it is without a doubt, incredible. I called Troy at RSPE \n(where I bought it) and told him 10 thumbs up!!!! I started by plugging into the DI and just turned it up. Holy cow, that was all I needed to convince me. I A/B\'ed with a couple of other top shelf pres in my lunchbox and there was no comparison. Vocals through it are ridiculous! I can\'t wait to track my 26\" kick through it. Absolutely awesome piece of gear!</em><br /><br />\n\n<strong>– Fred Coury</strong><br /><br />\n\n<em>When shooting out various mic pre\'s to match with a pair of vintage U67\'s to record Jerry Douglas\' dobro on the album, Glide, it was Great River mic pre\'s that WON!</em><br /><br />\n\n<strong>– Bil VornDick</strong> (Alison Krauss, Ralph Stanley, Marty Robbins, Bela Fleck, Jerry Douglas, Mark O\'Connor, Charlie Hade, Jesse Winchester)<br /><br />\n\n\n<em>Even though the combination of an MP-2NV with an EQ-2NV provides you with almost unlimited choices for sound shaping, each one is an amazing sound tool in itself. The MP-2NV is my go-to mic pre when I\'m not sure which direction I want to go with a certain mic. It provides such a wide spectrum, that I can always count on it to get the best out of any mic. The EQ-2NV is simply one of THE most musical EQ\'s I have heard and is used on every session at my studio.</em><br /><br />\n\n<strong>– Michael Wagener</strong> (Mötley Crüe, Overkill, Accept, Great White, Poison, Alice Cooper, Extreme, Megadeth, Janet Jackson, Ozzy Osbourne, Dokken, Metallica, White Lion, Skid Row)<br /><br />\n\n\n<h3>About Great River Electronics</h3>\n\nLocated on the banks of the Upper Mississippi River, Great River Electronics designs and builds handcrafted quality audio recording tools. All products undergo extensive research, development, and fine-tuning to meet and exceed the needs of audio professionals. Years of concurrent experience as an OEM manufacturer of industrial measurement and control systems for industries where safety, reliability, and quality control are critical are what give the Great River design-build team an edge. Carefully designed analog signal paths, many with digital controls, are the foundation of Great River audio recording designs.<br /><br />\n\nUsing a wide range of classically proven circuit styles, Great River continues to create a product line of audio recording tools that deliver a diverse tonal spectrum and solid sonic performance. From tracking to mastering, dual transformer-based preamps, sweet sounding EQs, and a hybrid-style summing system, all make consistent, concrete contributions to any recording studio.<br /><br />\n\n\n<h3>Add the platinum hit-making sound of Harrison Console EQ to your 500 rack with a Great River EQ32 For more information, call or chat with an RSPE representative today.  </h3>\n	<br />\n	<br />This product is also available as part of the RSPE Demo 4 Free & Rental Program, <span class=\"colors_productprice\" style=\"font-weight: bold; text-decoration: underline;\"><a href=\"http://www.rspeaudio.com/Great_River_Great_River_32EQ_RENT_p/grt-rvr-32eq-rent.htm\" target=\"_blank\" class=\"colors_productprice\">click here</a></span> to see the rental product page.'),(5379,85,0,897,'Great River 32EQ, Equalizer'),(5380,85,1,897,'Great River 32EQ, Equalizer'),(5381,76,0,897,''),(5382,76,1,897,''),(5383,75,0,898,'<h2>Great River MP-500NV — 500-Series Single-Chanel Compressor</h2>\n\n<span style=\"font-size:16px; font-style:italic;\">500-series microphone preamplifier designed to re-create the big-iron sound of the early 1970s large-format consoles</span><br /><br />\n\n\nIf you’re not sure which large-format console sound from the seventies the Great River MP-500NV recreates, the letters, “NV” should provide a clue (try throwing a couple of “ees” in there). While the 500-series format MP-500NV takes its cues from the vintage preamps of yore, its modern components give the MP-500NV more clarity, punch, and stable performance. In addition, features like metering before and after the major gain stages let you drive the MP-500NV hard to greatly expand your sonic options. In order to accommodate the same audio and metering circuit board found in the rackmount Great River NV series preamplifiers, the MP-500NV is designed to fit into a 500-series rack using two available slots. Plus, all specifications and performance details are identical to the NV series preamplifiers. Like all Great River products, the MP-500NV is designed and built in the USA.<br /><br />\n\n\n<h3>Great River MP-500NV unique features:</h3>\n<ul>\n<li>Hi-Z input is ideal for bass, guitar, and sound modules (FET-buffered and routed into the input transformer, a Great River exclusive)</li>\n<li>Gain stage monitoring via dual meters (also a Great River exclusive)</li>\n</ul><br />\n\n<h3>Great River MP-500NV key features:</h3>\n<ul>\n<li>“Big-iron” vintage sound from custom-wound transformers</li>\n<li>Ultra quiet noise floor for outstanding performance at any gain setting</li>\n<li>Powered by 500-series rack\'s internal power supply</li>\n<li>I/O connections: XLR balanced; Hi-Z input on front panel (disconnects mic input)</li>\n<li>Adjustable gain stages: input in 5dB steps to 60dB; output from -25 to +10dB; maximum overall gain 70dB; 2 to 3 stages of single-ended, solid-state amplifier gain blocks, depending on gain structure; high-current 70ma Class A bias on output stage</li>\n<li>Input and output meters (dual-stage metering is a Great River exclusive)</li>\n<li>Front panel switches: polarity; phantom power; input impedance (1200 / 300 ohm); output loading (600 ohm resistor across output transformer)</li>\n<li>High quality, custom wound Sowter transformers</li>\n<li>Gold-plated switching contacts</li>\n<li>3-year warranty with registration</li>\n<li>Mounts in two spaces in a 500 rack</li>\n</ul><div><a href=\"http://rsperackrevolution.com/\" target=\"_blank\"><br class=\"Apple-interchange-newline\" /><img src=\"http://www.rspeaudio.com/v/vspfiles/assets/images/rackrevolution-small.png\" alt=\"\" align=\"\" border=\"0px\" /></a></div><p>Don’t forget to check out <a href=\"http://rsperackrevolution.com/\" target=\"_blank\" style=\"color: rgb(0, 0, 153); font-weight: bold;\">RSPE’s Rack Revolution</a>, a virtual 500-series rack builder that lets you custom-configure the perfect 500-series lunchbox for your studio, DAW, or mobile recording rig. RSPE carries every 500-series module imaginable, including mic preamps, compressor-limiters, equalizers, and 500 power racks.</p><br />\n\n\n<h3>INSIDE THE BOX — Great River MP-500NV</h3>\n\nFront-panel DI\nWhile the idea of a front-panel DI is not exactly unique, Great River’s implementation is. The MP-500NV is equipped with a HI-Z instrument jack that has its own input amplifier specifically designed for “DI” applications. The Hi-Z or Direct Injection (DI) jack presents approximately 1.2M-ohm impedance and utilizes a unique FET/Bipolar buffer amplifier to drive the input transformer. This presents the proper input load to an instrument, yet allows tonal shaping by changing the load on the input buffer with the impedance switch.<br /><br />\n\nMany instruments will benefit from the added coloration of this input. More coloration will happen sooner with the impedance button in. This is an “instrument” level input, not “line” level, so putting a full “+4dBu” signal into it is likely to distort on peaks. <br /><br />\n \nDual gain staging\nThe NV Series preamplifiers offer comprehensive gain staging capabilities controlled by two knobs on the front panel. The large gain knob adds an increment of 5dB gain with each step, while the small output knob delivers continuous adjustment of the output level. The input range of the large knob is 0dB to 60dB and the output range of the small knob is approximately -22dB to +10dB relative to the \"CAL\" marking on the front panel. The overall maximum gain of the MP-500NV is 70dB in the 1200-ohm input impedance mode.<br /><br />\n\nGenerally, the signal will be affected the least by keeping the large knob turned down and the small one up. More coloration occurs when the input stage does most of the work, so cranking the large knob and trimming back the output control will tend towards a thicker sound. When the input stage clips, it gets ugly, so keep an eye on it.<br /><br />\n\nOutput Transformer Loading: This button controls the output termination relay. When in the out position, the output transformer is unloaded. When pushed in, a 600-ohm resistor is connected across the secondary. \nThe output transformer has an inherent resonant peak that affects the frequency response at high frequencies. This peak is at approximately 50kHz, is about 6db up from flat, and is cable and load dependent. For optimal flatness in both frequency and phase response, the amplifier is designed to take a 600-ohm load, but some interesting effects happen when un-terminated. A gentle high-frequency lift, like an “air band” EQ and a bit grittier midrange are the effects you should hear when the Loading button is out. <br /><br />\n\n<h3>OUTSIDE THE BOX — Great River MP-500NV</h3>\n\nThe MP-500NV front panel controls include:\n<ul>\n<li>Input Gain: 12-position gold-plated switch, +5dB to +60dB (5dB steps) </li>\n<li>Output Level: Continuous control, -25dB to +10dB                      </li>\n<li>Loading In/Out: Output transformer loading gold-plated relay          </li>\n<li>Input Impedance Selector: 300/1200 ohm: gold-plated relay w/LED       </li>\n<li>Phantom power: +48 Volts DC w/LED                                     </li>\n<li>Output signal polarity: gold-plated relay w/LED Metering:             </li>\n<li>Input meter: 6-LED ladder                                             </li>\n<li>Output meter: 6-LED ladder                                            </li>\n</ul><br />\n\n<h3>Who’s using Great River</h3>\n\n<em>I am, and have been the drummer for the band Cinderella for 22 years and am now also a composer for TV and Film. I just wanted to let you know that I just picked up a 500NV and it is without a doubt, incredible. I called Troy at RSPE \n(where I bought it) and told him 10 thumbs up!!!! I started by plugging into the DI and just turned it up. Holy cow, that was all I needed to convince me. I A/B\'ed with a couple of other top shelf pres in my lunchbox and there was no comparison. Vocals through it are ridiculous! I can\'t wait to track my 26\" kick through it. Absolutely awesome piece of gear!</em><br /><br />\n\n<strong>– Fred Coury</strong><br /><br />\n\n<em>When shooting out various mic pre\'s to match with a pair of vintage U67\'s to record Jerry Douglas\' dobro on the album, Glide, it was Great River mic pre\'s that WON!</em><br /><br />\n\n<strong>– Bil VornDick</strong> (Alison Krauss, Ralph Stanley, Marty Robbins, Bela Fleck, Jerry Douglas, Mark O\'Connor, Charlie Hade, Jesse Winchester)<br /><br />\n\n\n<em>Even though the combination of an MP-2NV with an EQ-2NV provides you with almost unlimited choices for sound shaping, each one is an amazing sound tool in itself. The MP-2NV is my go-to mic pre when I\'m not sure which direction I want to go with a certain mic. It provides such a wide spectrum, that I can always count on it to get the best out of any mic. The EQ-2NV is simply one of THE most musical EQ\'s I have heard and is used on every session at my studio.</em><br /><br />\n\n<strong>– Michael Wagener</strong> (Mötley Crüe, Overkill, Accept, Great White, Poison, Alice Cooper, Extreme, Megadeth, Janet Jackson, Ozzy Osbourne, Dokken, Metallica, White Lion, Skid Row)<br /><br />\n\n\n<h3>About Great River Electronics</h3>\n\nLocated on the banks of the Upper Mississippi River, Great River Electronics designs and builds handcrafted quality audio recording tools. All products undergo extensive research, development, and fine-tuning to meet and exceed the needs of audio professionals. Years of concurrent experience as an OEM manufacturer of industrial measurement and control systems for industries where safety, reliability, and quality control are critical are what give the Great River design-build team an edge. Carefully designed analog signal paths, many with digital controls, are the foundation of Great River audio recording designs.<br /><br />\n\nUsing a wide range of classically proven circuit styles, Great River continues to create a product line of audio recording tools that deliver a diverse tonal spectrum and solid sonic performance. From tracking to mastering, dual transformer-based preamps, sweet sounding EQs, and a hybrid-style summing system, all make consistent, concrete contributions to any recording studio.<br /><br />\n\n\n<h3>The Great River NV-series big-iron sound of the seventies comes to the 500 format in the MP-500NV. For more information, call or chat with an RSPE representative today. </h3>\n<br />\n<br />This product is also available as part of the RSPE Demo 4 Free & Rental Program, <span class=\"colors_productprice\" style=\"font-weight: bold; text-decoration: underline;\"><a href=\"http://www.rspeaudio.com/Great_River_MP_500NV_Single_Channel_Preamp_RENT_p/grt-rvr-mp500nv-rent.htm\" target=\"_blank\" class=\"colors_productprice\">click here</a></span> to see the rental product page.'),(5384,75,1,898,'<h2>Great River MP-500NV — 500-Series Single-Chanel Compressor</h2>\n\n<span style=\"font-size:16px; font-style:italic;\">500-series microphone preamplifier designed to re-create the big-iron sound of the early 1970s large-format consoles</span><br /><br />\n\n\nIf you’re not sure which large-format console sound from the seventies the Great River MP-500NV recreates, the letters, “NV” should provide a clue (try throwing a couple of “ees” in there). While the 500-series format MP-500NV takes its cues from the vintage preamps of yore, its modern components give the MP-500NV more clarity, punch, and stable performance. In addition, features like metering before and after the major gain stages let you drive the MP-500NV hard to greatly expand your sonic options. In order to accommodate the same audio and metering circuit board found in the rackmount Great River NV series preamplifiers, the MP-500NV is designed to fit into a 500-series rack using two available slots. Plus, all specifications and performance details are identical to the NV series preamplifiers. Like all Great River products, the MP-500NV is designed and built in the USA.<br /><br />\n\n\n<h3>Great River MP-500NV unique features:</h3>\n<ul>\n<li>Hi-Z input is ideal for bass, guitar, and sound modules (FET-buffered and routed into the input transformer, a Great River exclusive)</li>\n<li>Gain stage monitoring via dual meters (also a Great River exclusive)</li>\n</ul><br />\n\n<h3>Great River MP-500NV key features:</h3>\n<ul>\n<li>“Big-iron” vintage sound from custom-wound transformers</li>\n<li>Ultra quiet noise floor for outstanding performance at any gain setting</li>\n<li>Powered by 500-series rack\'s internal power supply</li>\n<li>I/O connections: XLR balanced; Hi-Z input on front panel (disconnects mic input)</li>\n<li>Adjustable gain stages: input in 5dB steps to 60dB; output from -25 to +10dB; maximum overall gain 70dB; 2 to 3 stages of single-ended, solid-state amplifier gain blocks, depending on gain structure; high-current 70ma Class A bias on output stage</li>\n<li>Input and output meters (dual-stage metering is a Great River exclusive)</li>\n<li>Front panel switches: polarity; phantom power; input impedance (1200 / 300 ohm); output loading (600 ohm resistor across output transformer)</li>\n<li>High quality, custom wound Sowter transformers</li>\n<li>Gold-plated switching contacts</li>\n<li>3-year warranty with registration</li>\n<li>Mounts in two spaces in a 500 rack</li>\n</ul><div><a href=\"http://rsperackrevolution.com/\" target=\"_blank\"><br class=\"Apple-interchange-newline\" /><img src=\"http://www.rspeaudio.com/v/vspfiles/assets/images/rackrevolution-small.png\" alt=\"\" align=\"\" border=\"0px\" /></a></div><p>Don’t forget to check out <a href=\"http://rsperackrevolution.com/\" target=\"_blank\" style=\"color: rgb(0, 0, 153); font-weight: bold;\">RSPE’s Rack Revolution</a>, a virtual 500-series rack builder that lets you custom-configure the perfect 500-series lunchbox for your studio, DAW, or mobile recording rig. RSPE carries every 500-series module imaginable, including mic preamps, compressor-limiters, equalizers, and 500 power racks.</p><br />\n\n\n<h3>INSIDE THE BOX — Great River MP-500NV</h3>\n\nFront-panel DI\nWhile the idea of a front-panel DI is not exactly unique, Great River’s implementation is. The MP-500NV is equipped with a HI-Z instrument jack that has its own input amplifier specifically designed for “DI” applications. The Hi-Z or Direct Injection (DI) jack presents approximately 1.2M-ohm impedance and utilizes a unique FET/Bipolar buffer amplifier to drive the input transformer. This presents the proper input load to an instrument, yet allows tonal shaping by changing the load on the input buffer with the impedance switch.<br /><br />\n\nMany instruments will benefit from the added coloration of this input. More coloration will happen sooner with the impedance button in. This is an “instrument” level input, not “line” level, so putting a full “+4dBu” signal into it is likely to distort on peaks. <br /><br />\n \nDual gain staging\nThe NV Series preamplifiers offer comprehensive gain staging capabilities controlled by two knobs on the front panel. The large gain knob adds an increment of 5dB gain with each step, while the small output knob delivers continuous adjustment of the output level. The input range of the large knob is 0dB to 60dB and the output range of the small knob is approximately -22dB to +10dB relative to the \"CAL\" marking on the front panel. The overall maximum gain of the MP-500NV is 70dB in the 1200-ohm input impedance mode.<br /><br />\n\nGenerally, the signal will be affected the least by keeping the large knob turned down and the small one up. More coloration occurs when the input stage does most of the work, so cranking the large knob and trimming back the output control will tend towards a thicker sound. When the input stage clips, it gets ugly, so keep an eye on it.<br /><br />\n\nOutput Transformer Loading: This button controls the output termination relay. When in the out position, the output transformer is unloaded. When pushed in, a 600-ohm resistor is connected across the secondary. \nThe output transformer has an inherent resonant peak that affects the frequency response at high frequencies. This peak is at approximately 50kHz, is about 6db up from flat, and is cable and load dependent. For optimal flatness in both frequency and phase response, the amplifier is designed to take a 600-ohm load, but some interesting effects happen when un-terminated. A gentle high-frequency lift, like an “air band” EQ and a bit grittier midrange are the effects you should hear when the Loading button is out. <br /><br />\n\n<h3>OUTSIDE THE BOX — Great River MP-500NV</h3>\n\nThe MP-500NV front panel controls include:\n<ul>\n<li>Input Gain: 12-position gold-plated switch, +5dB to +60dB (5dB steps) </li>\n<li>Output Level: Continuous control, -25dB to +10dB                      </li>\n<li>Loading In/Out: Output transformer loading gold-plated relay          </li>\n<li>Input Impedance Selector: 300/1200 ohm: gold-plated relay w/LED       </li>\n<li>Phantom power: +48 Volts DC w/LED                                     </li>\n<li>Output signal polarity: gold-plated relay w/LED Metering:             </li>\n<li>Input meter: 6-LED ladder                                             </li>\n<li>Output meter: 6-LED ladder                                            </li>\n</ul><br />\n\n<h3>Who’s using Great River</h3>\n\n<em>I am, and have been the drummer for the band Cinderella for 22 years and am now also a composer for TV and Film. I just wanted to let you know that I just picked up a 500NV and it is without a doubt, incredible. I called Troy at RSPE \n(where I bought it) and told him 10 thumbs up!!!! I started by plugging into the DI and just turned it up. Holy cow, that was all I needed to convince me. I A/B\'ed with a couple of other top shelf pres in my lunchbox and there was no comparison. Vocals through it are ridiculous! I can\'t wait to track my 26\" kick through it. Absolutely awesome piece of gear!</em><br /><br />\n\n<strong>– Fred Coury</strong><br /><br />\n\n<em>When shooting out various mic pre\'s to match with a pair of vintage U67\'s to record Jerry Douglas\' dobro on the album, Glide, it was Great River mic pre\'s that WON!</em><br /><br />\n\n<strong>– Bil VornDick</strong> (Alison Krauss, Ralph Stanley, Marty Robbins, Bela Fleck, Jerry Douglas, Mark O\'Connor, Charlie Hade, Jesse Winchester)<br /><br />\n\n\n<em>Even though the combination of an MP-2NV with an EQ-2NV provides you with almost unlimited choices for sound shaping, each one is an amazing sound tool in itself. The MP-2NV is my go-to mic pre when I\'m not sure which direction I want to go with a certain mic. It provides such a wide spectrum, that I can always count on it to get the best out of any mic. The EQ-2NV is simply one of THE most musical EQ\'s I have heard and is used on every session at my studio.</em><br /><br />\n\n<strong>– Michael Wagener</strong> (Mötley Crüe, Overkill, Accept, Great White, Poison, Alice Cooper, Extreme, Megadeth, Janet Jackson, Ozzy Osbourne, Dokken, Metallica, White Lion, Skid Row)<br /><br />\n\n\n<h3>About Great River Electronics</h3>\n\nLocated on the banks of the Upper Mississippi River, Great River Electronics designs and builds handcrafted quality audio recording tools. All products undergo extensive research, development, and fine-tuning to meet and exceed the needs of audio professionals. Years of concurrent experience as an OEM manufacturer of industrial measurement and control systems for industries where safety, reliability, and quality control are critical are what give the Great River design-build team an edge. Carefully designed analog signal paths, many with digital controls, are the foundation of Great River audio recording designs.<br /><br />\n\nUsing a wide range of classically proven circuit styles, Great River continues to create a product line of audio recording tools that deliver a diverse tonal spectrum and solid sonic performance. From tracking to mastering, dual transformer-based preamps, sweet sounding EQs, and a hybrid-style summing system, all make consistent, concrete contributions to any recording studio.<br /><br />\n\n\n<h3>The Great River NV-series big-iron sound of the seventies comes to the 500 format in the MP-500NV. For more information, call or chat with an RSPE representative today. </h3>\n<br />\n<br />This product is also available as part of the RSPE Demo 4 Free & Rental Program, <span class=\"colors_productprice\" style=\"font-weight: bold; text-decoration: underline;\"><a href=\"http://www.rspeaudio.com/Great_River_MP_500NV_Single_Channel_Preamp_RENT_p/grt-rvr-mp500nv-rent.htm\" target=\"_blank\" class=\"colors_productprice\">click here</a></span> to see the rental product page.'),(5385,85,0,898,'Great River MP-500NV Single Channel Preamp Module'),(5386,85,1,898,'Great River MP-500NV Single Channel Preamp Module'),(5387,76,0,898,''),(5388,76,1,898,''),(5389,75,0,899,'<h2>Guzauski-Swist GS-3a Active Studio Monitor Stereo System</h2>\n<span style=\"font-size:16px; font-style:italic;\">With advanced DSP processing, the GS-3a system is easily configured for recording, mastering, and production studios..</span><br /><br />\n<div>\n	The Guzauski-Swist GS-3a 3-way studio monitor system is designed for professionals to take the punishment of a tracking or writing session as well as provide the extreme accuracy and translation required for mixing. “No compromises.”  That’s the Guzauski-Swist motto. The Guzauski-Swist GS-3a Studio Monitor Systems are a perfect example of quality craftsmanship and over 40 years of research and development.\n</div>\n<div>\n	<br />\n</div>\n<div>\n	The Guzauski-Swist Audio Systems GS-3a Studio Monitor System consists of the finest state-of-the-art components currently available. Delivering accurate full bandwidth frequency response and wide dynamic capability are hallmarks of this system. The Guzauski-Swist Audio Systems GS-3a studio monitor system’s innovative design minimizes ear fatigue while delivering superb sonic accuracy for near-field or mid-field monitoring. The Guzuaski-Swist Audio Systems GS-3a Monitor System is available in a variety of configurations.\n	<br />\n</div>\n<br />\n<h3>Available Guzauski-Swist Audio Systems GS-3a Studio Monitor System Configurations:</h3>\n<ul>\n<li>2.0 – Entry level Guzauski-Swist system offers a 3-way stereo pair with pristine sound and accuracy</li>\n<li>2.1 – 3-way stereo configuration with added 15” low end driver, the XED-15 sub woofer, delivering flawless sound</li>\n<li>5.1 – The complete GS-3a Studio Monitor System for Surround Sound with optional GS-3ac center channel monitor and 2 XED-15 subwoofers</li>\n</ul><br />\n<h3>Guzauski-Swist GS-A3 Amplifier Module:</h3>\nProduces over 3.5 kilowatts per stereo pair. The Class D power amplifier circuits utilized are approximately 85% efficient and produce much less heat than older Class AB circuit designs. You could roast a pig on the heat sinks required on an AB amplifier producing similar power output as the Guzauski-Swist GS-A3 Amplifier Module.<br /><br />\n\n<h3>Guzauski-Swist GS-XD4080 DSP Processing Module:</h3>\nThe Guzauski-Swist GS-XD4080 DSP Processing Module is a primary component to the GS-3a System delivering the end user a high degree of room frequency compensation through its front end. The Guzauski-Swist GS-XD4080 DSP Processing Module is shipped with a special PC Graphic User Interface (GUI) software application referred to in the software application as the “Guzauski-Swist DSP Processor GUI” or as the “G-S DSP “.<br /><br />\n\nThe Guzauski-Swist “G-S DSP” software application gives your computer user an option to control the unit from a remote PC. The Guzauski-Swist DSP  “G-S DSP”, software application is designed to easily control and monitor the Guzauski-Swist GS-XD4080 DSP control module device, allowing the user to get the whole picture on one screen. Programs can be recalled and stored from and to your PCʼs hard drive, thus expanding the storage to become virtually limitless. The Guzauski-Swist DSP  “G-S DSP” comes with a wide array of presets configured for precise integration into the acoustical environment in which it is installed.<br /><br />\n\n<h3>Guzauski-Swist Audio Systems GS-3a Studio Monitor System specifications:</h3>\n<ul>Active 3-Way\n<li>2 Cubic Foot Sealed Enclosure</li>\n<li>12″ Woofer</li>\n<li>3″ Dome Mid-range</li>\n<li>1″ Dome Tweeter</li>\n<li>Freq. Response: 28Hz-18KHz +/- 2dB</li>\n<li>Inputs: Analog and Digital (AES)</li>\n<li>Size: 14.5″H x 23.5″W x 15.5″D</li>\n<li>Weight: 70 lbs</li>\nvAmp Chassis: 2U 18″ Deep\n<li>Processor Chassis: 1U 14″ Deepv\n</li><li>Current Draw: 12 Amps</li>\n</ul><br />\n<h3>Guzauski-Swist Studio Monitor system features:</h3>\n<ul>\n<li>12″ low resonance, long excursion driver in a sealed cabinet eliminating port turbulence noise</li>\n<li>3″ Dome ATC mid range capable of high power handing and extended bandwidth which keeps the vocal frequency range away from crossover points</li>\n<li>1″ Morel Soft dome Tweeter known for smooth and extended frequency response with exceptional power handling</li>\n<li>3700 Watts of class D amplification in a separate rack chassis</li>\n<li>Rugged high current multi-pin Speakon™ connectors</li>\n<li>Enclosure design also allows both vertical and horizontal driver alignments</li>\n<li>Digital processor contains the very best AD/DA converters and analog components available today</li>\n<li>Integrated DSP with user definable room compensation equalization and delay</li>\n<li>AES Digital and analog inputs</li>\n</ul><br />\n\n<h3>The complete Guzauski-Swist GS-3a Studio Monitor System (2.0 Configuration) is comprised of the components listed below.</h3>\n<ul>\n<li>Low Frequency Driver Enclosure</li>\n<li>Mid/High Frequency Driver Enclosure w/ Integrated Acoustical Decoupling System</li>\n<li>Mounting Bracket for Mid/High Frequency Enclosure</li>\n<li>GS-A3 Power Amplifier Module</li>\n<li>GS-XD4080 DSP Processor Module</li>\n<li>DB-25 Connector w/ XLR Breakout (1)</li>\n<li>8-Pin Speakon Loudspeaker Cables (2)</li>\n<li>4-Pin Speakon Mid & High Frequency Driver Wiring Harness (2)</li>\n</ul><br />\n\n<h3>Guzauski-Swist GS-3a Iso-Bracket System:</h3>\nThe Guzauski-Swist Iso-Mounting Bracket System (patent pending) is the result of countless hours “behind the console”, studio design and acoustic measurement. Larry Swist has designed many of the worlds finest and most notable recording facilities. Mick Guzauski can be found in the credits of countless hits and multi-platinum releases from the top labels around the globe. As Mick and Larry have been contributing to the professional audio and recording industry for over 40 years they have designed an innovative isolation system coupled with a bracket to deliver the ultimate monitoring experience while minimizing ear fatigue for those late nights and sessions that can go on for hours.<br /><br />\n\n<h3>Guzuaski-Swist GS-3a Studio Monitor system crossover points:</h3>\n<ul>\n<li>3 kHz and 380Hz at 20dB/Octave</li>\n<li>Speaker Component Power Ratings:</li>\n<li>Tweeter = 350w @ 8 ohms</li>\n<li>Midrange = 200w @ 16 ohms</li>\n<li>Woofer = 1000w @ 4 ohms</li></ul><br />\nGuzauski-Swist professional studio monitor and pro audio systems are made in the U.S.A. with no compromises.  Guzauski-Swist pro audio systems, studio monitors and accessories are made with precision components and the highest quality of craftsmanship and design.'),(5390,75,1,899,'<h2>Guzauski-Swist GS-3a Active Studio Monitor Stereo System</h2>\n<span style=\"font-size:16px; font-style:italic;\">With advanced DSP processing, the GS-3a system is easily configured for recording, mastering, and production studios..</span><br /><br />\n<div>\n	The Guzauski-Swist GS-3a 3-way studio monitor system is designed for professionals to take the punishment of a tracking or writing session as well as provide the extreme accuracy and translation required for mixing. “No compromises.”  That’s the Guzauski-Swist motto. The Guzauski-Swist GS-3a Studio Monitor Systems are a perfect example of quality craftsmanship and over 40 years of research and development.\n</div>\n<div>\n	<br />\n</div>\n<div>\n	The Guzauski-Swist Audio Systems GS-3a Studio Monitor System consists of the finest state-of-the-art components currently available. Delivering accurate full bandwidth frequency response and wide dynamic capability are hallmarks of this system. The Guzauski-Swist Audio Systems GS-3a studio monitor system’s innovative design minimizes ear fatigue while delivering superb sonic accuracy for near-field or mid-field monitoring. The Guzuaski-Swist Audio Systems GS-3a Monitor System is available in a variety of configurations.\n	<br />\n</div>\n<br />\n<h3>Available Guzauski-Swist Audio Systems GS-3a Studio Monitor System Configurations:</h3>\n<ul>\n<li>2.0 – Entry level Guzauski-Swist system offers a 3-way stereo pair with pristine sound and accuracy</li>\n<li>2.1 – 3-way stereo configuration with added 15” low end driver, the XED-15 sub woofer, delivering flawless sound</li>\n<li>5.1 – The complete GS-3a Studio Monitor System for Surround Sound with optional GS-3ac center channel monitor and 2 XED-15 subwoofers</li>\n</ul><br />\n<h3>Guzauski-Swist GS-A3 Amplifier Module:</h3>\nProduces over 3.5 kilowatts per stereo pair. The Class D power amplifier circuits utilized are approximately 85% efficient and produce much less heat than older Class AB circuit designs. You could roast a pig on the heat sinks required on an AB amplifier producing similar power output as the Guzauski-Swist GS-A3 Amplifier Module.<br /><br />\n\n<h3>Guzauski-Swist GS-XD4080 DSP Processing Module:</h3>\nThe Guzauski-Swist GS-XD4080 DSP Processing Module is a primary component to the GS-3a System delivering the end user a high degree of room frequency compensation through its front end. The Guzauski-Swist GS-XD4080 DSP Processing Module is shipped with a special PC Graphic User Interface (GUI) software application referred to in the software application as the “Guzauski-Swist DSP Processor GUI” or as the “G-S DSP “.<br /><br />\n\nThe Guzauski-Swist “G-S DSP” software application gives your computer user an option to control the unit from a remote PC. The Guzauski-Swist DSP  “G-S DSP”, software application is designed to easily control and monitor the Guzauski-Swist GS-XD4080 DSP control module device, allowing the user to get the whole picture on one screen. Programs can be recalled and stored from and to your PCʼs hard drive, thus expanding the storage to become virtually limitless. The Guzauski-Swist DSP  “G-S DSP” comes with a wide array of presets configured for precise integration into the acoustical environment in which it is installed.<br /><br />\n\n<h3>Guzauski-Swist Audio Systems GS-3a Studio Monitor System specifications:</h3>\n<ul>Active 3-Way\n<li>2 Cubic Foot Sealed Enclosure</li>\n<li>12″ Woofer</li>\n<li>3″ Dome Mid-range</li>\n<li>1″ Dome Tweeter</li>\n<li>Freq. Response: 28Hz-18KHz +/- 2dB</li>\n<li>Inputs: Analog and Digital (AES)</li>\n<li>Size: 14.5″H x 23.5″W x 15.5″D</li>\n<li>Weight: 70 lbs</li>\nvAmp Chassis: 2U 18″ Deep\n<li>Processor Chassis: 1U 14″ Deepv\n</li><li>Current Draw: 12 Amps</li>\n</ul><br />\n<h3>Guzauski-Swist Studio Monitor system features:</h3>\n<ul>\n<li>12″ low resonance, long excursion driver in a sealed cabinet eliminating port turbulence noise</li>\n<li>3″ Dome ATC mid range capable of high power handing and extended bandwidth which keeps the vocal frequency range away from crossover points</li>\n<li>1″ Morel Soft dome Tweeter known for smooth and extended frequency response with exceptional power handling</li>\n<li>3700 Watts of class D amplification in a separate rack chassis</li>\n<li>Rugged high current multi-pin Speakon™ connectors</li>\n<li>Enclosure design also allows both vertical and horizontal driver alignments</li>\n<li>Digital processor contains the very best AD/DA converters and analog components available today</li>\n<li>Integrated DSP with user definable room compensation equalization and delay</li>\n<li>AES Digital and analog inputs</li>\n</ul><br />\n\n<h3>The complete Guzauski-Swist GS-3a Studio Monitor System (2.0 Configuration) is comprised of the components listed below.</h3>\n<ul>\n<li>Low Frequency Driver Enclosure</li>\n<li>Mid/High Frequency Driver Enclosure w/ Integrated Acoustical Decoupling System</li>\n<li>Mounting Bracket for Mid/High Frequency Enclosure</li>\n<li>GS-A3 Power Amplifier Module</li>\n<li>GS-XD4080 DSP Processor Module</li>\n<li>DB-25 Connector w/ XLR Breakout (1)</li>\n<li>8-Pin Speakon Loudspeaker Cables (2)</li>\n<li>4-Pin Speakon Mid & High Frequency Driver Wiring Harness (2)</li>\n</ul><br />\n\n<h3>Guzauski-Swist GS-3a Iso-Bracket System:</h3>\nThe Guzauski-Swist Iso-Mounting Bracket System (patent pending) is the result of countless hours “behind the console”, studio design and acoustic measurement. Larry Swist has designed many of the worlds finest and most notable recording facilities. Mick Guzauski can be found in the credits of countless hits and multi-platinum releases from the top labels around the globe. As Mick and Larry have been contributing to the professional audio and recording industry for over 40 years they have designed an innovative isolation system coupled with a bracket to deliver the ultimate monitoring experience while minimizing ear fatigue for those late nights and sessions that can go on for hours.<br /><br />\n\n<h3>Guzuaski-Swist GS-3a Studio Monitor system crossover points:</h3>\n<ul>\n<li>3 kHz and 380Hz at 20dB/Octave</li>\n<li>Speaker Component Power Ratings:</li>\n<li>Tweeter = 350w @ 8 ohms</li>\n<li>Midrange = 200w @ 16 ohms</li>\n<li>Woofer = 1000w @ 4 ohms</li></ul><br />\nGuzauski-Swist professional studio monitor and pro audio systems are made in the U.S.A. with no compromises.  Guzauski-Swist pro audio systems, studio monitors and accessories are made with precision components and the highest quality of craftsmanship and design.'),(5391,85,0,899,'Guzauski-Swist GS-3a Active Studio Monitor 2.0 System'),(5392,85,1,899,'Guzauski-Swist GS-3a Active Studio Monitor 2.0 System'),(5393,76,0,899,''),(5394,76,1,899,''),(5395,75,0,900,'<h2>Guzauski-Swist GS-3a Active Studio Monitor 5.1 Surround System System</h2>\n<span style=\"font-size:16px; font-style:italic;\">With advanced DSP processing, the GS-3a system is easily configured for recording, mastering, and production studios..</span><br /><br />\nLooking for More, Mix in 5.1 with the Guzuaski-Swist GS-3a Surround/5.1 Mixing configuration. The Guzauski-Swist GS-3a Surround/5.1 Studio Monitor System is the ideal solution for high end recording studios, mastering facilities, film, broadcast and educational audio mixing and production facilities. Configured with the optional Guzauski-Swist Sub Woofer GS-3a XED-15 and Center Channel GS-3ac Studio Monitor are designed for superior high-end surround/5.1 mixing.<br /><br /><h3>GS-3a Active Studio Monitor</h3>\n<div>\n	The Guzauski-Swist GS-3a 3-way studio monitor system is designed for professionals to take the punishment of a tracking or writing session as well as provide the extreme accuracy and translation required for mixing. “No compromises.”  That’s the Guzauski-Swist motto. The Guzauski-Swist GS-3a Studio Monitor Systems are a perfect example of quality craftsmanship and over 40 years of research and development.</div>\n<div>\n	The Guzauski-Swist Audio Systems GS-3a Studio Monitor System consists of the finest state-of-the-art components currently available. Delivering accurate full bandwidth frequency response and wide dynamic capability are hallmarks of this system. The Guzauski-Swist Audio Systems GS-3a studio monitor system’s innovative design minimizes ear fatigue while delivering superb sonic accuracy for near-field or mid-field monitoring. The Guzuaski-Swist Audio Systems GS-3a Monitor System is available in a variety of configurations.\n<br />	<br />\n</div>\n<h3>Guzauski-Swist Audio Systems GS-3a 5.1 System Components:</h3>\nThe complete Guzauski-Swist GS-3a Studio Monitor System (5.1 Configuration) is comprised of\nthe components listed below.\n<ul>\n	<li>Low Frequency Driver Enclosure</li>\n	<li>Mid/High Frequency Driver Enclosure w/ Integrated Acoustical Decoupling System</li>\n	<li>Mounting Bracket for Mid/High Frequency Enclosure</li>\n	<li>GS-3ac Center Channel Monitor</li>\n	<li>XED-15 Sub woofer</li>\n	<li>GS-A3 Power Amplifier Module</li>\n	<li>GS-XD4080 DSP Processor Module</li>\n	<li>DB-25 Connector w/ XLR Breakout (1)</li>\n	<li>8-Pin Speakon Loudspeaker Cables (2)</li>\n	<li>4-Pin Speakon Mid & High Frequency Driver Wiring Harness (2)</li>\n</ul><br />\n<h3>Available Guzauski-Swist Audio Systems GS-3a Studio Monitor System Configurations:</h3>\n<ul>\n	<li>2.0 – Entry level Guzauski-Swist system offers a 3-way stereo pair with pristine sound and accuracy</li>\n	<li>2.1 – 3-way stereo configuration with added 15” low end driver, the XED-15 sub woofer, delivering flawless sound</li>\n	<li>5.1 – The complete GS-3a Studio Monitor System for Surround Sound with optional GS-3ac center channel monitor and 2 XED-15 subwoofers</li>\n</ul>\n<br />\n<h3>Guzauski-Swist GS-A3 Amplifier Module:</h3>\nProduces over 3.5 kilowatts per stereo pair. The Class D power amplifier circuits utilized are approximately 85% efficient and produce much less heat than older Class AB circuit designs. You could roast a pig on the heat sinks required on an AB amplifier producing similar power output as the Guzauski-Swist GS-A3 Amplifier Module. For more information on the Guzauski-Swist GS-A3 Amplifier Module please click here.\n<br /><br />\n<h3>Guzauski-Swist GS-XD4080 DSP Processing Module:</h3>\nThe Guzauski-Swist GS-XD4080 DSP Processing Module is a primary component to the GS-3a System delivering the end user a high degree of room frequency compensation through its front end. The Guzauski-Swist GS-XD4080 DSP Processing Module is shipped with a special PC Graphic User Interface (GUI) software application referred to in the software application as the “Guzauski-Swist DSP Processor GUI” or as the “G-S DSP “.\n<br /><br />\nThe Guzauski-Swist “G-S DSP” software application gives your computer user an option to control the unit from a remote PC. The Guzauski-Swist DSP  “G-S DSP”, software application is designed to easily control and monitor the Guzauski-Swist GS-XD4080 DSP control module device, allowing the user to get the whole picture on one screen. Programs can be recalled and stored from and to your PCʼs hard drive, thus expanding the storage to become virtually limitless. The Guzauski-Swist DSP  “G-S DSP” comes with a wide array of presets configured for precise integration into the acoustical environment in which it is installed.<br /><br />\n<h3>Guzauski-Swist Audio Systems GS-3a Studio Monitor System specifications:</h3>\n<ul><li>Active 3-Way</li><li>2 Cubic Foot Sealed Enclosure</li>\n	<li>12″ Woofer</li>\n	<li>3″ Dome Mid-range</li>\n	<li>1″ Dome Tweeter</li>\n	<li>Freq. Response: 28Hz-18KHz +/- 2dB</li>\n	<li>Inputs: Analog and Digital (AES)</li>\n	<li>Size: 14.5″H x 23.5″W x 15.5″D</li>\n	<li>Weight: 70 lbs</li>\n<li>vAmp Chassis: 2U 18″ Deep</li><li>Processor Chassis: 1U 14″ Deepv\n	</li>\n	<li>Current Draw: 12 Amps</li>\n</ul>\n<br />\n<h3>Guzauski-Swist Studio Monitor system features:</h3>\n<ul>\n	<li>12″ low resonance, long excursion driver in a sealed cabinet eliminating port turbulence noise</li>\n	<li>3″ Dome ATC mid range capable of high power handing and extended bandwidth which keeps the vocal frequency range away from crossover points</li>\n	<li>1″ Morel Soft dome Tweeter known for smooth and extended frequency response with exceptional power handling</li>\n	<li>3700 Watts of class D amplification in a separate rack chassis</li>\n	<li>Rugged high current multi-pin Speakon™ connectors</li>\n	<li>Enclosure design also allows both vertical and horizontal driver alignments</li>\n	<li>Digital processor contains the very best AD/DA converters and analog components available today</li>\n	<li>Integrated DSP with user definable room compensation equalization and delay</li>\n	<li>AES Digital and analog inputs</li>\n</ul>\n<br />\n<h3>Guzauski-Swist GS-3a Iso-Bracket System:</h3>\nThe Guzauski-Swist Iso-Mounting Bracket System (patent pending) is the result of countless hours “behind the console”, studio design and acoustic measurement. Larry Swist has designed many of the worlds finest and most notable recording facilities. Mick Guzauski can be found in the credits of countless hits and multi-platinum releases from the top labels around the globe. As Mick and Larry have been contributing to the professional audio and recording industry for over 40 years they have designed an innovative isolation system coupled with a bracket to deliver the ultimate monitoring experience while minimizing ear fatigue for those late nights and sessions that can go on for hours.\n<br /><br />\n<h3>Guzuaski-Swist GS-3a Studio Monitor system crossover points:</h3>\n<ul>\n	<li>3 kHz and 380Hz at 20dB/Octave</li>\n	<li>Speaker Component Power Ratings:</li>\n	<li>Tweeter = 350w @ 8 ohms</li>\n	<li>Midrange = 200w @ 16 ohms</li>\n	<li>Woofer = 1000w @ 4 ohms</li>\n</ul>\n<br />\nGuzauski-Swist professional studio monitor and pro audio systems are made in the U.S.A. with no compromises.  Guzauski-Swist pro audio systems, studio monitors and accessories are made with precision components and the highest quality of craftsmanship and design.'),(5396,75,1,900,'<h2>Guzauski-Swist GS-3a Active Studio Monitor 5.1 Surround System System</h2>\n<span style=\"font-size:16px; font-style:italic;\">With advanced DSP processing, the GS-3a system is easily configured for recording, mastering, and production studios..</span><br /><br />\nLooking for More, Mix in 5.1 with the Guzuaski-Swist GS-3a Surround/5.1 Mixing configuration. The Guzauski-Swist GS-3a Surround/5.1 Studio Monitor System is the ideal solution for high end recording studios, mastering facilities, film, broadcast and educational audio mixing and production facilities. Configured with the optional Guzauski-Swist Sub Woofer GS-3a XED-15 and Center Channel GS-3ac Studio Monitor are designed for superior high-end surround/5.1 mixing.<br /><br /><h3>GS-3a Active Studio Monitor</h3>\n<div>\n	The Guzauski-Swist GS-3a 3-way studio monitor system is designed for professionals to take the punishment of a tracking or writing session as well as provide the extreme accuracy and translation required for mixing. “No compromises.”  That’s the Guzauski-Swist motto. The Guzauski-Swist GS-3a Studio Monitor Systems are a perfect example of quality craftsmanship and over 40 years of research and development.</div>\n<div>\n	The Guzauski-Swist Audio Systems GS-3a Studio Monitor System consists of the finest state-of-the-art components currently available. Delivering accurate full bandwidth frequency response and wide dynamic capability are hallmarks of this system. The Guzauski-Swist Audio Systems GS-3a studio monitor system’s innovative design minimizes ear fatigue while delivering superb sonic accuracy for near-field or mid-field monitoring. The Guzuaski-Swist Audio Systems GS-3a Monitor System is available in a variety of configurations.\n<br />	<br />\n</div>\n<h3>Guzauski-Swist Audio Systems GS-3a 5.1 System Components:</h3>\nThe complete Guzauski-Swist GS-3a Studio Monitor System (5.1 Configuration) is comprised of\nthe components listed below.\n<ul>\n	<li>Low Frequency Driver Enclosure</li>\n	<li>Mid/High Frequency Driver Enclosure w/ Integrated Acoustical Decoupling System</li>\n	<li>Mounting Bracket for Mid/High Frequency Enclosure</li>\n	<li>GS-3ac Center Channel Monitor</li>\n	<li>XED-15 Sub woofer</li>\n	<li>GS-A3 Power Amplifier Module</li>\n	<li>GS-XD4080 DSP Processor Module</li>\n	<li>DB-25 Connector w/ XLR Breakout (1)</li>\n	<li>8-Pin Speakon Loudspeaker Cables (2)</li>\n	<li>4-Pin Speakon Mid & High Frequency Driver Wiring Harness (2)</li>\n</ul><br />\n<h3>Available Guzauski-Swist Audio Systems GS-3a Studio Monitor System Configurations:</h3>\n<ul>\n	<li>2.0 – Entry level Guzauski-Swist system offers a 3-way stereo pair with pristine sound and accuracy</li>\n	<li>2.1 – 3-way stereo configuration with added 15” low end driver, the XED-15 sub woofer, delivering flawless sound</li>\n	<li>5.1 – The complete GS-3a Studio Monitor System for Surround Sound with optional GS-3ac center channel monitor and 2 XED-15 subwoofers</li>\n</ul>\n<br />\n<h3>Guzauski-Swist GS-A3 Amplifier Module:</h3>\nProduces over 3.5 kilowatts per stereo pair. The Class D power amplifier circuits utilized are approximately 85% efficient and produce much less heat than older Class AB circuit designs. You could roast a pig on the heat sinks required on an AB amplifier producing similar power output as the Guzauski-Swist GS-A3 Amplifier Module. For more information on the Guzauski-Swist GS-A3 Amplifier Module please click here.\n<br /><br />\n<h3>Guzauski-Swist GS-XD4080 DSP Processing Module:</h3>\nThe Guzauski-Swist GS-XD4080 DSP Processing Module is a primary component to the GS-3a System delivering the end user a high degree of room frequency compensation through its front end. The Guzauski-Swist GS-XD4080 DSP Processing Module is shipped with a special PC Graphic User Interface (GUI) software application referred to in the software application as the “Guzauski-Swist DSP Processor GUI” or as the “G-S DSP “.\n<br /><br />\nThe Guzauski-Swist “G-S DSP” software application gives your computer user an option to control the unit from a remote PC. The Guzauski-Swist DSP  “G-S DSP”, software application is designed to easily control and monitor the Guzauski-Swist GS-XD4080 DSP control module device, allowing the user to get the whole picture on one screen. Programs can be recalled and stored from and to your PCʼs hard drive, thus expanding the storage to become virtually limitless. The Guzauski-Swist DSP  “G-S DSP” comes with a wide array of presets configured for precise integration into the acoustical environment in which it is installed.<br /><br />\n<h3>Guzauski-Swist Audio Systems GS-3a Studio Monitor System specifications:</h3>\n<ul><li>Active 3-Way</li><li>2 Cubic Foot Sealed Enclosure</li>\n	<li>12″ Woofer</li>\n	<li>3″ Dome Mid-range</li>\n	<li>1″ Dome Tweeter</li>\n	<li>Freq. Response: 28Hz-18KHz +/- 2dB</li>\n	<li>Inputs: Analog and Digital (AES)</li>\n	<li>Size: 14.5″H x 23.5″W x 15.5″D</li>\n	<li>Weight: 70 lbs</li>\n<li>vAmp Chassis: 2U 18″ Deep</li><li>Processor Chassis: 1U 14″ Deepv\n	</li>\n	<li>Current Draw: 12 Amps</li>\n</ul>\n<br />\n<h3>Guzauski-Swist Studio Monitor system features:</h3>\n<ul>\n	<li>12″ low resonance, long excursion driver in a sealed cabinet eliminating port turbulence noise</li>\n	<li>3″ Dome ATC mid range capable of high power handing and extended bandwidth which keeps the vocal frequency range away from crossover points</li>\n	<li>1″ Morel Soft dome Tweeter known for smooth and extended frequency response with exceptional power handling</li>\n	<li>3700 Watts of class D amplification in a separate rack chassis</li>\n	<li>Rugged high current multi-pin Speakon™ connectors</li>\n	<li>Enclosure design also allows both vertical and horizontal driver alignments</li>\n	<li>Digital processor contains the very best AD/DA converters and analog components available today</li>\n	<li>Integrated DSP with user definable room compensation equalization and delay</li>\n	<li>AES Digital and analog inputs</li>\n</ul>\n<br />\n<h3>Guzauski-Swist GS-3a Iso-Bracket System:</h3>\nThe Guzauski-Swist Iso-Mounting Bracket System (patent pending) is the result of countless hours “behind the console”, studio design and acoustic measurement. Larry Swist has designed many of the worlds finest and most notable recording facilities. Mick Guzauski can be found in the credits of countless hits and multi-platinum releases from the top labels around the globe. As Mick and Larry have been contributing to the professional audio and recording industry for over 40 years they have designed an innovative isolation system coupled with a bracket to deliver the ultimate monitoring experience while minimizing ear fatigue for those late nights and sessions that can go on for hours.\n<br /><br />\n<h3>Guzuaski-Swist GS-3a Studio Monitor system crossover points:</h3>\n<ul>\n	<li>3 kHz and 380Hz at 20dB/Octave</li>\n	<li>Speaker Component Power Ratings:</li>\n	<li>Tweeter = 350w @ 8 ohms</li>\n	<li>Midrange = 200w @ 16 ohms</li>\n	<li>Woofer = 1000w @ 4 ohms</li>\n</ul>\n<br />\nGuzauski-Swist professional studio monitor and pro audio systems are made in the U.S.A. with no compromises.  Guzauski-Swist pro audio systems, studio monitors and accessories are made with precision components and the highest quality of craftsmanship and design.'),(5397,85,0,900,'Guzauski-Swist GS-3a Active Studio Monitor 5.1 Surround System'),(5398,85,1,900,'Guzauski-Swist GS-3a Active Studio Monitor 5.1 Surround System'),(5399,76,0,900,''),(5400,76,1,900,''),(5401,75,0,901,'<h2>Guzauski-Swist GS-XED15 Sub System</h2>\n<span style=\"font-size:16px; font-style:italic;\">The GS-XED15 Sub Woofer System will take you GS3A Stereo System to the next level...</span><br /><br />\n\n	The Guzauski-Swist GS-XED15 is comprised of the high-powered 15\" sub woofer and the GS-A3i power amplifier, delivering up to 880w at 4 ohms. The GS-XED15 system is designed for those who want to upgrade their <a href=\"http://www.rspeaudio.com/Guzauski-Swist-GS-3a-Stereo-System-p/gs-gs3a.htm\" target=\"_blank\">Guzaski-Swist 2. 0 Stereo System</a> to a 2.1 or 5.1 system. \n	<br /><br />A single Guzauski Swist GS-A3i Power Amplifier can power up to TWO of the XED15 Subwoofer modules. You can add an additional <a href=\"http://www.rspeaudio.com/Guzauski-Swist-GS-XED15-Sub-p/gs-xed15-sub-only.htm\" target=\"_blank\">Guzauski-Swist XED15 (sub only)</a> to create a 2.2 or 5.2 configuration.<br /><br />\n\n<h3>GS-XED15 Sub System Features</h3>\n\n<ul>\n	<li>A single GS-A3i Amplifier powers up to 2 x XED15\'s</li>\n	<li>Converts a 2.0 system into 2.1 or a 5.1 system into a 5.2 system</li>\n</ul><br />\nGuzauski-Swist professional studio monitor and pro audio systems are made in the U.S.A. with no compromises.  Guzauski-Swist pro audio systems, studio monitors and accessories are made with precision components and the highest quality of craftsmanship and design.'),(5402,75,1,901,'<h2>Guzauski-Swist GS-XED15 Sub System</h2>\n<span style=\"font-size:16px; font-style:italic;\">The GS-XED15 Sub Woofer System will take you GS3A Stereo System to the next level...</span><br /><br />\n\n	The Guzauski-Swist GS-XED15 is comprised of the high-powered 15\" sub woofer and the GS-A3i power amplifier, delivering up to 880w at 4 ohms. The GS-XED15 system is designed for those who want to upgrade their <a href=\"http://www.rspeaudio.com/Guzauski-Swist-GS-3a-Stereo-System-p/gs-gs3a.htm\" target=\"_blank\">Guzaski-Swist 2. 0 Stereo System</a> to a 2.1 or 5.1 system. \n	<br /><br />A single Guzauski Swist GS-A3i Power Amplifier can power up to TWO of the XED15 Subwoofer modules. You can add an additional <a href=\"http://www.rspeaudio.com/Guzauski-Swist-GS-XED15-Sub-p/gs-xed15-sub-only.htm\" target=\"_blank\">Guzauski-Swist XED15 (sub only)</a> to create a 2.2 or 5.2 configuration.<br /><br />\n\n<h3>GS-XED15 Sub System Features</h3>\n\n<ul>\n	<li>A single GS-A3i Amplifier powers up to 2 x XED15\'s</li>\n	<li>Converts a 2.0 system into 2.1 or a 5.1 system into a 5.2 system</li>\n</ul><br />\nGuzauski-Swist professional studio monitor and pro audio systems are made in the U.S.A. with no compromises.  Guzauski-Swist pro audio systems, studio monitors and accessories are made with precision components and the highest quality of craftsmanship and design.'),(5403,85,0,901,'Guzauski-Swist GS-XED15 Sub System'),(5404,85,1,901,'Guzauski-Swist GS-XED15 Sub System'),(5405,76,0,901,''),(5406,76,1,901,''),(5407,75,0,902,'<h2>Guzauski-Swist GS-XED15 Sub (Sub Only)</h2>\n<span style=\"font-size:16px; font-style:italic;\">Double the power of your Guzauski-Swist Sub System!</span><br /><br />\n\n	The Guzauski-Swist GS-XED15 sub is designed for those who want to add an extra sub to their <a href=\"http://www.rspeaudio.com/Guzauski-Swist-GS-XED15-Sub-System-p/gs-xed15.htm\" target=\"_blank\">GS-XED15 Sub System</a>, taking their system from 2.1 to 2.2 or 5.1 to 5.2 configuration.<div><br /></div>\n\n<h3>GS-XED15 Sub Features</h3>\n\n<ul>\n	<li>Must be used with GS-A1 power amplifier found in  GS-XED15 sub system</li>\n	<li>Converts a 2.1 system into 2.2 or a 5.1 system into a 5.2 system</li>\n</ul><br />\nGuzauski-Swist professional studio monitor and pro audio systems are made in the U.S.A. with no compromises.  Guzauski-Swist pro audio systems, studio monitors and accessories are made with precision components and the highest quality of craftsmanship and design.'),(5408,75,1,902,'<h2>Guzauski-Swist GS-XED15 Sub (Sub Only)</h2>\n<span style=\"font-size:16px; font-style:italic;\">Double the power of your Guzauski-Swist Sub System!</span><br /><br />\n\n	The Guzauski-Swist GS-XED15 sub is designed for those who want to add an extra sub to their <a href=\"http://www.rspeaudio.com/Guzauski-Swist-GS-XED15-Sub-System-p/gs-xed15.htm\" target=\"_blank\">GS-XED15 Sub System</a>, taking their system from 2.1 to 2.2 or 5.1 to 5.2 configuration.<div><br /></div>\n\n<h3>GS-XED15 Sub Features</h3>\n\n<ul>\n	<li>Must be used with GS-A1 power amplifier found in  GS-XED15 sub system</li>\n	<li>Converts a 2.1 system into 2.2 or a 5.1 system into a 5.2 system</li>\n</ul><br />\nGuzauski-Swist professional studio monitor and pro audio systems are made in the U.S.A. with no compromises.  Guzauski-Swist pro audio systems, studio monitors and accessories are made with precision components and the highest quality of craftsmanship and design.'),(5409,85,0,902,'Guzauski-Swist GS-XED15 Sub'),(5410,85,1,902,'Guzauski-Swist GS-XED15 Sub'),(5411,76,0,902,''),(5412,76,1,902,''),(5413,75,0,903,'<h2>G-Technology G-RAID with Thunderbolt 8TB Hard Drive Storage Solution</h2><font class=\"Apple-style-span\" size=\"3\"><i>Professional High-Performance Dual-Drive Storage System.</i></font><br /><br /><div><div>G-RAID with Thunderbolt, designed specifically for professional content creation applications, features the most powerful, flexible I/O technology ever. At double the data transfer rates of USB 3.0 and over 12 times faster than Firewire® 800, no other PC I/O interface can match the raw speed of Thunderbolt now available in G-Technology\'s leading RAID solution.</div><div><br /></div><div>The G-Technology team has built its reputation and business on serving creative professionals and prosumers that demand performance, capacity and quality. To continue its tradition of serving this market, we\'ve worked with Intel and Apple to enable Thunderbolt on its product line. Leveraging the strengths of our Enterprise storage experience, our AV expertise and the capabilities of Thunderbolt, the G-Technology team is delivering the future of rich media now.</div></div><br />\n\n<h3>G-Technology G-Dock ev with Thunderbolt Specs:</h3>\n<ul>\n<li>Capacity: 8TB</li>\n<li>Transfer Rate 327MB/s</li>\n<li>Thunderbolt technology for fastest data transfer- up to 10Gb/s</li><li>Compatible with Mac and Windows</li><li>Stylish aluminum design</li><li>Kensington Slot</li><li>All cables included</li>\n<li>3 Year Industry Leading Warranty</li>\n</ul>'),(5414,75,1,903,'<h2>G-Technology G-RAID with Thunderbolt 8TB Hard Drive Storage Solution</h2><font class=\"Apple-style-span\" size=\"3\"><i>Professional High-Performance Dual-Drive Storage System.</i></font><br /><br /><div><div>G-RAID with Thunderbolt, designed specifically for professional content creation applications, features the most powerful, flexible I/O technology ever. At double the data transfer rates of USB 3.0 and over 12 times faster than Firewire® 800, no other PC I/O interface can match the raw speed of Thunderbolt now available in G-Technology\'s leading RAID solution.</div><div><br /></div><div>The G-Technology team has built its reputation and business on serving creative professionals and prosumers that demand performance, capacity and quality. To continue its tradition of serving this market, we\'ve worked with Intel and Apple to enable Thunderbolt on its product line. Leveraging the strengths of our Enterprise storage experience, our AV expertise and the capabilities of Thunderbolt, the G-Technology team is delivering the future of rich media now.</div></div><br />\n\n<h3>G-Technology G-Dock ev with Thunderbolt Specs:</h3>\n<ul>\n<li>Capacity: 8TB</li>\n<li>Transfer Rate 327MB/s</li>\n<li>Thunderbolt technology for fastest data transfer- up to 10Gb/s</li><li>Compatible with Mac and Windows</li><li>Stylish aluminum design</li><li>Kensington Slot</li><li>All cables included</li>\n<li>3 Year Industry Leading Warranty</li>\n</ul>'),(5415,85,0,903,'G-Technology G-RAID with Thunderbolt 8TB Hard Drive Storage Solution'),(5416,85,1,903,'G-Technology G-RAID with Thunderbolt 8TB Hard Drive Storage Solution'),(5417,76,0,903,''),(5418,76,1,903,''),(5419,75,0,904,'<h2>G-Technology G-RAID with Thunderbolt 4TB Hard Drive Storage Solution</h2><font class=\"Apple-style-span\" size=\"3\"><i>Professional High-Performance Dual-Drive Storage System.</i></font><br /><br /><div><div>G-RAID with Thunderbolt, designed specifically for professional content creation applications, features the most powerful, flexible I/O technology ever. At double the data transfer rates of USB 3.0 and over 12 times faster than Firewire® 800, no other PC I/O interface can match the raw speed of Thunderbolt now available in G-Technology\'s leading RAID solution.</div><div><br /></div><div>The G-Technology team has built its reputation and business on serving creative professionals and prosumers that demand performance, capacity and quality. To continue its tradition of serving this market, we\'ve worked with Intel and Apple to enable Thunderbolt on its product line. Leveraging the strengths of our Enterprise storage experience, our AV expertise and the capabilities of Thunderbolt, the G-Technology team is delivering the future of rich media now.</div></div><br />\n\n<h3>G-Technology G-Dock ev with Thunderbolt Specs:</h3>\n<ul>\n<li>Capacity: 4TB</li>\n<li>Transfer Rate 327MB/s</li>\n<li>Thunderbolt technology for fastest data transfer- up to 10Gb/s</li><li>Compatible with Mac and Windows</li><li>Stylish aluminum design</li><li>Kensington Slot</li><li>All cables included</li>\n<li>3 Year Industry Leading Warranty  </li>\n</ul>'),(5420,75,1,904,'<h2>G-Technology G-RAID with Thunderbolt 4TB Hard Drive Storage Solution</h2><font class=\"Apple-style-span\" size=\"3\"><i>Professional High-Performance Dual-Drive Storage System.</i></font><br /><br /><div><div>G-RAID with Thunderbolt, designed specifically for professional content creation applications, features the most powerful, flexible I/O technology ever. At double the data transfer rates of USB 3.0 and over 12 times faster than Firewire® 800, no other PC I/O interface can match the raw speed of Thunderbolt now available in G-Technology\'s leading RAID solution.</div><div><br /></div><div>The G-Technology team has built its reputation and business on serving creative professionals and prosumers that demand performance, capacity and quality. To continue its tradition of serving this market, we\'ve worked with Intel and Apple to enable Thunderbolt on its product line. Leveraging the strengths of our Enterprise storage experience, our AV expertise and the capabilities of Thunderbolt, the G-Technology team is delivering the future of rich media now.</div></div><br />\n\n<h3>G-Technology G-Dock ev with Thunderbolt Specs:</h3>\n<ul>\n<li>Capacity: 4TB</li>\n<li>Transfer Rate 327MB/s</li>\n<li>Thunderbolt technology for fastest data transfer- up to 10Gb/s</li><li>Compatible with Mac and Windows</li><li>Stylish aluminum design</li><li>Kensington Slot</li><li>All cables included</li>\n<li>3 Year Industry Leading Warranty  </li>\n</ul>'),(5421,85,0,904,'G-Technology G-RAID with Thunderbolt 4TB Hard Drive Storage Solution'),(5422,85,1,904,'G-Technology G-RAID with Thunderbolt 4TB Hard Drive Storage Solution'),(5423,76,0,904,''),(5424,76,1,904,''),(5425,75,0,905,'<h2>G-Technology G-Dock ev with Thunderbolt 2TB External Dual-Hard Drive Storage Solution</h2><span class=\"Apple-style-span\" style=\"font-style: italic; font-size: 16px; \">An expandable storage solution with two </span><span class=\"Apple-style-span\" style=\"font-style: italic; font-size: 16px; \">hot-swappable hard drives</span><span style=\"font-size: 16px; font-style: italic; \">.<br /></span><br /><div>The G-DOCK ev with Thunderbolt storage solution is a two bay, swappable drive system with user configurable RAID 0,1 and is designed to optimize the digital content workflow. Part of the Evolution Series, G-DOCK ev ships with two hot-swappable USB 3.0 G-DRIVE ev hard drives for convenience and portability. Pop in any combination of G-DRIVE ev hard drives into the G-DOCK ev for ultimate flexibility.</div>The Evolution Series includes not only the G-DOCK ev, but also G-DRIVE ev. Designed for speed and flexibility, G-DRIVE ev offers transfer speeds up to 136MB/s, features USB 3.0 for use as a single direct attached drive and a SATA connector for use in the G-DOCK ev.<br /><br />\n\n<h3>G-Technology G-Dock ev with Thunderbolt Specs:</h3>\n<ul>\n<li>Capacity: 2TB</li>\n<li>Transfer Rates up to 136MB/s</li>\n<li>Thunderbolt technology for fastest data transfer- up to 10Gb/s</li><li>Compatible with Mac and Windows</li><li>Maximum flexibility: Works with any Evolution Series G-DRIVE ev products</li><li>Selectable RAID mode</li><li>All cables included</li>\n<li>3 Year Industry Leading Warranty  </li>\n</ul>'),(5426,75,1,905,'<h2>G-Technology G-Dock ev with Thunderbolt 2TB External Dual-Hard Drive Storage Solution</h2><span class=\"Apple-style-span\" style=\"font-style: italic; font-size: 16px; \">An expandable storage solution with two </span><span class=\"Apple-style-span\" style=\"font-style: italic; font-size: 16px; \">hot-swappable hard drives</span><span style=\"font-size: 16px; font-style: italic; \">.<br /></span><br /><div>The G-DOCK ev with Thunderbolt storage solution is a two bay, swappable drive system with user configurable RAID 0,1 and is designed to optimize the digital content workflow. Part of the Evolution Series, G-DOCK ev ships with two hot-swappable USB 3.0 G-DRIVE ev hard drives for convenience and portability. Pop in any combination of G-DRIVE ev hard drives into the G-DOCK ev for ultimate flexibility.</div>The Evolution Series includes not only the G-DOCK ev, but also G-DRIVE ev. Designed for speed and flexibility, G-DRIVE ev offers transfer speeds up to 136MB/s, features USB 3.0 for use as a single direct attached drive and a SATA connector for use in the G-DOCK ev.<br /><br />\n\n<h3>G-Technology G-Dock ev with Thunderbolt Specs:</h3>\n<ul>\n<li>Capacity: 2TB</li>\n<li>Transfer Rates up to 136MB/s</li>\n<li>Thunderbolt technology for fastest data transfer- up to 10Gb/s</li><li>Compatible with Mac and Windows</li><li>Maximum flexibility: Works with any Evolution Series G-DRIVE ev products</li><li>Selectable RAID mode</li><li>All cables included</li>\n<li>3 Year Industry Leading Warranty  </li>\n</ul>'),(5427,85,0,905,'G-Technology G-Dock ev with Thunderbolt 2TB External Dual-Hard Drive Storage Solution'),(5428,85,1,905,'G-Technology G-Dock ev with Thunderbolt 2TB External Dual-Hard Drive Storage Solution'),(5429,76,0,905,''),(5430,76,1,905,''),(5431,75,0,906,'<h2>G-Technology Atomos Master Caddy 4K (1 TB)</h2><font class=\"Apple-style-span\" size=\"3\"><i>Ready-to-use, fast and reliable storage for ATOMOS® 4K video workflows <br /></i></font><br />The Atomos Master Caddy by G-Technology makes quick, cable-free work of \ntransferring footage into main project storage, creating backups, and \nquickly turning around formatted media.<br /><br />Atomos® creates easy-to-use solutions that merge recording, monitoring, and playback into a single touchscreen device to enable faster, higher-quality, more affordable video production, but the trip from recorder to editing can vex video professionals on tight production deadlines. The Atomos Master Caddy® by G-Technology® streamlines the Atomos workflow. <br /><br />With SSD configurations achieving transfer rates surpassing 500 MB/s (ideal for 4K, HDR and other demanding content formats), the Atomos Master Caddy inserts directly into any Atomos-compatible recorder. The caddy then slides into the ev Series Reader Atomos Master Caddy Edition, which slips into any G-DOCK ev® or ev Series Bay Adapter. <br /><br /><h3>G-Technology Atomos Master Caddy 4K Specs:</h3><ul><li>\nIntegration with Evolution Series ecosystem </li><li><span class=\"fact-title\">Compatible with Atomos Recorders</span></li><li><span class=\"fact-title\">Ultra-reliable SSD media</span></li><li><span class=\"fact-title\"><span class=\"fact-title\">Capacities up to 1TB</span></span><span class=\"fact-title\"></span></li><li><span class=\"fact-title\">Ready to use, no assembly required</span></li><li>Transfer rates up to 500 MB/s </li><li>Interface: SATA 6Gbps</li></ul>'),(5432,75,1,906,'<h2>G-Technology Atomos Master Caddy 4K (1 TB)</h2><font class=\"Apple-style-span\" size=\"3\"><i>Ready-to-use, fast and reliable storage for ATOMOS® 4K video workflows <br /></i></font><br />The Atomos Master Caddy by G-Technology makes quick, cable-free work of \ntransferring footage into main project storage, creating backups, and \nquickly turning around formatted media.<br /><br />Atomos® creates easy-to-use solutions that merge recording, monitoring, and playback into a single touchscreen device to enable faster, higher-quality, more affordable video production, but the trip from recorder to editing can vex video professionals on tight production deadlines. The Atomos Master Caddy® by G-Technology® streamlines the Atomos workflow. <br /><br />With SSD configurations achieving transfer rates surpassing 500 MB/s (ideal for 4K, HDR and other demanding content formats), the Atomos Master Caddy inserts directly into any Atomos-compatible recorder. The caddy then slides into the ev Series Reader Atomos Master Caddy Edition, which slips into any G-DOCK ev® or ev Series Bay Adapter. <br /><br /><h3>G-Technology Atomos Master Caddy 4K Specs:</h3><ul><li>\nIntegration with Evolution Series ecosystem </li><li><span class=\"fact-title\">Compatible with Atomos Recorders</span></li><li><span class=\"fact-title\">Ultra-reliable SSD media</span></li><li><span class=\"fact-title\"><span class=\"fact-title\">Capacities up to 1TB</span></span><span class=\"fact-title\"></span></li><li><span class=\"fact-title\">Ready to use, no assembly required</span></li><li>Transfer rates up to 500 MB/s </li><li>Interface: SATA 6Gbps</li></ul>'),(5433,85,0,906,'G-Technology Atomos Master Caddy 4K (1 TB) Hard Drive Storage Solution'),(5434,85,1,906,'G-Technology Atomos Master Caddy 4K (1 TB) Hard Drive Storage Solution'),(5435,76,0,906,''),(5436,76,1,906,''),(5437,75,0,907,'<h2>G-Technology Atomos Master Caddy 4K (256 GB)</h2><font class=\"Apple-style-span\" size=\"3\"><i>Ready-to-use, fast and reliable storage for ATOMOS® 4K video workflows <br /></i></font><br />The Atomos Master Caddy by G-Technology makes quick, cable-free work of \ntransferring footage into main project storage, creating backups, and \nquickly turning around formatted media.<br /><br />Atomos® creates easy-to-use solutions that merge recording, monitoring, and playback into a single touchscreen device to enable faster, higher-quality, more affordable video production, but the trip from recorder to editing can vex video professionals on tight production deadlines. The Atomos Master Caddy® by G-Technology® streamlines the Atomos workflow. <br /><br />With SSD configurations achieving transfer rates surpassing 500 MB/s (ideal for 4K, HDR and other demanding content formats), the Atomos Master Caddy inserts directly into any Atomos-compatible recorder. The caddy then slides into the ev Series Reader Atomos Master Caddy Edition, which slips into any G-DOCK ev® or ev Series Bay Adapter. <br /><br /><h3>G-Technology Atomos Master Caddy 4K Specs:</h3><ul><li>\nIntegration with Evolution Series ecosystem </li><li><span class=\"fact-title\">Compatible with Atomos Recorders</span></li><li><span class=\"fact-title\">Ultra-reliable SSD media</span></li><li><span class=\"fact-title\"><span class=\"fact-title\">Capacities up to 1TB</span></span><span class=\"fact-title\"></span></li><li><span class=\"fact-title\">Ready to use, no assembly required</span></li><li>Transfer rates up to 500 MB/s </li><li>Interface: SATA 6Gbps</li></ul>'),(5438,75,1,907,'<h2>G-Technology Atomos Master Caddy 4K (256 GB)</h2><font class=\"Apple-style-span\" size=\"3\"><i>Ready-to-use, fast and reliable storage for ATOMOS® 4K video workflows <br /></i></font><br />The Atomos Master Caddy by G-Technology makes quick, cable-free work of \ntransferring footage into main project storage, creating backups, and \nquickly turning around formatted media.<br /><br />Atomos® creates easy-to-use solutions that merge recording, monitoring, and playback into a single touchscreen device to enable faster, higher-quality, more affordable video production, but the trip from recorder to editing can vex video professionals on tight production deadlines. The Atomos Master Caddy® by G-Technology® streamlines the Atomos workflow. <br /><br />With SSD configurations achieving transfer rates surpassing 500 MB/s (ideal for 4K, HDR and other demanding content formats), the Atomos Master Caddy inserts directly into any Atomos-compatible recorder. The caddy then slides into the ev Series Reader Atomos Master Caddy Edition, which slips into any G-DOCK ev® or ev Series Bay Adapter. <br /><br /><h3>G-Technology Atomos Master Caddy 4K Specs:</h3><ul><li>\nIntegration with Evolution Series ecosystem </li><li><span class=\"fact-title\">Compatible with Atomos Recorders</span></li><li><span class=\"fact-title\">Ultra-reliable SSD media</span></li><li><span class=\"fact-title\"><span class=\"fact-title\">Capacities up to 1TB</span></span><span class=\"fact-title\"></span></li><li><span class=\"fact-title\">Ready to use, no assembly required</span></li><li>Transfer rates up to 500 MB/s </li><li>Interface: SATA 6Gbps</li></ul>'),(5439,85,0,907,'G-Technology Atomos Master Caddy 4K (256 GB) Hard Drive Storage Solution'),(5440,85,1,907,'G-Technology Atomos Master Caddy 4K (256 GB) Hard Drive Storage Solution'),(5441,76,0,907,''),(5442,76,1,907,''),(5443,75,0,908,'<h2>G-Technology Atomos Master Caddy 4K (512 GB)</h2><font class=\"Apple-style-span\" size=\"3\"><i>Ready-to-use, fast and reliable storage for ATOMOS® 4K video workflows <br /></i></font><br />The Atomos Master Caddy by G-Technology makes quick, cable-free work of \ntransferring footage into main project storage, creating backups, and \nquickly turning around formatted media.<br /><br />Atomos® creates easy-to-use solutions that merge recording, monitoring, and playback into a single touchscreen device to enable faster, higher-quality, more affordable video production, but the trip from recorder to editing can vex video professionals on tight production deadlines. The Atomos Master Caddy® by G-Technology® streamlines the Atomos workflow. <br /><br />With SSD configurations achieving transfer rates surpassing 500 MB/s (ideal for 4K, HDR and other demanding content formats), the Atomos Master Caddy inserts directly into any Atomos-compatible recorder. The caddy then slides into the ev Series Reader Atomos Master Caddy Edition, which slips into any G-DOCK ev® or ev Series Bay Adapter. <br /><br /><h3>G-Technology Atomos Master Caddy 4K Specs:</h3><ul><li>\nIntegration with Evolution Series ecosystem </li><li><span class=\"fact-title\">Compatible with Atomos Recorders</span></li><li><span class=\"fact-title\">Ultra-reliable SSD media</span></li><li><span class=\"fact-title\"><span class=\"fact-title\">Capacities up to 1TB</span></span><span class=\"fact-title\"></span></li><li><span class=\"fact-title\">Ready to use, no assembly required</span></li><li>Transfer rates up to 500 MB/s </li><li>Interface: SATA 6Gbps</li></ul>'),(5444,75,1,908,'<h2>G-Technology Atomos Master Caddy 4K (512 GB)</h2><font class=\"Apple-style-span\" size=\"3\"><i>Ready-to-use, fast and reliable storage for ATOMOS® 4K video workflows <br /></i></font><br />The Atomos Master Caddy by G-Technology makes quick, cable-free work of \ntransferring footage into main project storage, creating backups, and \nquickly turning around formatted media.<br /><br />Atomos® creates easy-to-use solutions that merge recording, monitoring, and playback into a single touchscreen device to enable faster, higher-quality, more affordable video production, but the trip from recorder to editing can vex video professionals on tight production deadlines. The Atomos Master Caddy® by G-Technology® streamlines the Atomos workflow. <br /><br />With SSD configurations achieving transfer rates surpassing 500 MB/s (ideal for 4K, HDR and other demanding content formats), the Atomos Master Caddy inserts directly into any Atomos-compatible recorder. The caddy then slides into the ev Series Reader Atomos Master Caddy Edition, which slips into any G-DOCK ev® or ev Series Bay Adapter. <br /><br /><h3>G-Technology Atomos Master Caddy 4K Specs:</h3><ul><li>\nIntegration with Evolution Series ecosystem </li><li><span class=\"fact-title\">Compatible with Atomos Recorders</span></li><li><span class=\"fact-title\">Ultra-reliable SSD media</span></li><li><span class=\"fact-title\"><span class=\"fact-title\">Capacities up to 1TB</span></span><span class=\"fact-title\"></span></li><li><span class=\"fact-title\">Ready to use, no assembly required</span></li><li>Transfer rates up to 500 MB/s </li><li>Interface: SATA 6Gbps</li></ul>'),(5445,85,0,908,'G-Technology Atomos Master Caddy 4K (512 GB) Hard Drive Storage Solution'),(5446,85,1,908,'G-Technology Atomos Master Caddy 4K (512 GB) Hard Drive Storage Solution'),(5447,76,0,908,''),(5448,76,1,908,''),(5449,75,0,909,'<h2>G-Technology Atomos Master Caddy HD </h2><font class=\"Apple-style-span\" size=\"3\"><i>Get captured Atomos video into production, faster.</i></font><br /><br /><div><div>The Atomos Master Caddy HD inserts directly into any Atomos-compatible recorder. The caddy then slides into the ev Series Reader Atomos Master Caddy Edition, which slips into any G-DOCK ev® or ev Series Bay Adapter for quick, cable-free transferring of footage into your main project storage, for creating backups, and for quickly turning around formatted media.<br /><br />So get rid of the heartburn and headaches you usually experience and instead optimize for a new level of performance (and simplicity) with our new-generation caddies from G-Technology (including the Atomos Master Caddy 4K), designed in collaboration with Atomos.</div></div>In your business, time is indeed money when it comes to your video \nworkflow – on production sets and on location video shoots. Atomos® \ncreates easy-to-use solutions that merge recording, monitoring, and \nplayback into a single touchscreen device, enabling faster, \nhigher-quality, more affordable video production. \n\n<br /><br /><p>Yet if the video ingestion trip from recorder to editing is causing \nyou workflow ‘indigestion’, streamline the captured-video-to-production \nprocess with the Atomos Master Caddy HD from G-Technology. This \nmust-have, high-performance 7200RPM hard disk drive device – part of our\n modular, future-friendly ev Series ecosystem – can make all the \ndifference to your workflows.</p>\n\n<h3>G-Technology Atomos Master Caddy HD Specs:</h3>\n<ul><li>Guaranteed compatibility with all Atomos reader devices</li><li>Ultra-reliable hard drives with a capacity up to 1TB</li><li>Cable-free simplicity from Atomos reader to ingestion/editing system</li><li>Ample bandwidth for current and next-generation high-bandwidth content</li><li>Transfer rates up to 136MB/s</li><li>Outstanding 3-year limited warranty</li></ul>'),(5450,75,1,909,'<h2>G-Technology Atomos Master Caddy HD </h2><font class=\"Apple-style-span\" size=\"3\"><i>Get captured Atomos video into production, faster.</i></font><br /><br /><div><div>The Atomos Master Caddy HD inserts directly into any Atomos-compatible recorder. The caddy then slides into the ev Series Reader Atomos Master Caddy Edition, which slips into any G-DOCK ev® or ev Series Bay Adapter for quick, cable-free transferring of footage into your main project storage, for creating backups, and for quickly turning around formatted media.<br /><br />So get rid of the heartburn and headaches you usually experience and instead optimize for a new level of performance (and simplicity) with our new-generation caddies from G-Technology (including the Atomos Master Caddy 4K), designed in collaboration with Atomos.</div></div>In your business, time is indeed money when it comes to your video \nworkflow – on production sets and on location video shoots. Atomos® \ncreates easy-to-use solutions that merge recording, monitoring, and \nplayback into a single touchscreen device, enabling faster, \nhigher-quality, more affordable video production. \n\n<br /><br /><p>Yet if the video ingestion trip from recorder to editing is causing \nyou workflow ‘indigestion’, streamline the captured-video-to-production \nprocess with the Atomos Master Caddy HD from G-Technology. This \nmust-have, high-performance 7200RPM hard disk drive device – part of our\n modular, future-friendly ev Series ecosystem – can make all the \ndifference to your workflows.</p>\n\n<h3>G-Technology Atomos Master Caddy HD Specs:</h3>\n<ul><li>Guaranteed compatibility with all Atomos reader devices</li><li>Ultra-reliable hard drives with a capacity up to 1TB</li><li>Cable-free simplicity from Atomos reader to ingestion/editing system</li><li>Ample bandwidth for current and next-generation high-bandwidth content</li><li>Transfer rates up to 136MB/s</li><li>Outstanding 3-year limited warranty</li></ul>'),(5451,85,0,909,'G-Technology Atomos Master Caddy HD Hard Drive Storage Solution'),(5452,85,1,909,'G-Technology Atomos Master Caddy HD Hard Drive Storage Solution'),(5453,76,0,909,''),(5454,76,1,909,''),(5455,75,0,910,'<h1>HEDD Type 20 3-Way Active Studio Monitor</h1>\n<span style=\"color: rgb(48, 56, 71); font-size: 16px; font-weight: normal; font-style: italic;\">Compact, 3-way active studio monitor designed for near and midfield applications</span>\n<br/><br/>\nThe HEDD Type 20 is a full 3-way active studio monitor that features HEDD\'s Honeycomb-sandwich woofers, 7-inch for the bass and 4-inch for the midrange, plus the HEDD Air Motion Transformer tweeter for the most alive and accurate high frequency reproduction. All of this is packed into a compact, strong, rubber-coated cabinet. It gives you the best of both monitoring worlds: compact dimensions to easily fit the speakers into smaller recording, mastering, or home studio and the full-range of a 3-way midfield monitoring system.\n<br/><br/>Three 300W Class-D ICEpower modules work in the amp section of these analog speakers. The sound of this ultra-compact monitor is just magic: pristine, powerful and effortless with all the advantages you get from a dedicated 3-way-system. The Type 20 can be noted for its wonderful clarity in the midrange, offering better dynamics and an increased three-dimensionality across its sound stage. With a frequency spectrum ranging from 50kHz all the way down to 32Hz, the Type 20 can manage the most complex and challenging audio situations. It offers you analog monitoring with digital expansion at the highest level.\n<br/><br/>\nThe Type 20 incorporates the versatlile HEDD Bridge system. Besides standard analog connections (XLR/RCA), you can insert optional input-cards for AES3-, USB2-, and even Dante / AES67-functionality into the free slot on the backpanel of the speaker.\n<br/>\n<br/>\n<h3>HEDD Type 20 Features:</h3>\n<ul>\n	<li class=\"style6\">Frequency response: 32Hz – 50kHz (Crossover: 250Hz / 2500Hz)</li>\n	<li class=\"style6\">3x 300W ICEpower amps from Denmark</li>\n	<li class=\"style6\">Max. SPL: ≥120dB</li>\n	<li class=\"style6\">XLR & RCA inputs</li>\n	<li class=\"style6\">HEDD Bridge modular inputcard-system for digital connectivity ( AES3, Dante / AES67)</li>\n	<li class=\"style6\">Solid unibody-like cabinet with a modern matt-black rubber finish</li>\n	<li class=\"style6\">Input Gain -30dB … +6dB / ±4dB)</li>\n	<li class=\"style6\">High (±4dB at 20kHz) and Low (±4dB at 50Hz) shelf controls</li>\n	<li class=\"style6\">Universal Mains (85V – 265V)</li>\n	<li class=\"style6\">W: 358mm x H: 280mm x D: 338mm</li>\n	<li class=\"style6\">Weight: 15kg</li>\n	<li class=\"style6\">Made in Germany </li>\n</ul>\n<br/>\n<h3>The HEDD type 20 packs big power and a full 3-Way monitor into a compact and sleek cabinet, perfect for any professional commercial or home studio. Call or chat with\n a RSPE representative today for more information.\n</h3>'),(5456,75,1,910,'<h1>HEDD Type 20 3-Way Active Studio Monitor</h1>\n<span style=\"color: rgb(48, 56, 71); font-size: 16px; font-weight: normal; font-style: italic;\">Compact, 3-way active studio monitor designed for near and midfield applications</span>\n<br/><br/>\nThe HEDD Type 20 is a full 3-way active studio monitor that features HEDD\'s Honeycomb-sandwich woofers, 7-inch for the bass and 4-inch for the midrange, plus the HEDD Air Motion Transformer tweeter for the most alive and accurate high frequency reproduction. All of this is packed into a compact, strong, rubber-coated cabinet. It gives you the best of both monitoring worlds: compact dimensions to easily fit the speakers into smaller recording, mastering, or home studio and the full-range of a 3-way midfield monitoring system.\n<br/><br/>Three 300W Class-D ICEpower modules work in the amp section of these analog speakers. The sound of this ultra-compact monitor is just magic: pristine, powerful and effortless with all the advantages you get from a dedicated 3-way-system. The Type 20 can be noted for its wonderful clarity in the midrange, offering better dynamics and an increased three-dimensionality across its sound stage. With a frequency spectrum ranging from 50kHz all the way down to 32Hz, the Type 20 can manage the most complex and challenging audio situations. It offers you analog monitoring with digital expansion at the highest level.\n<br/><br/>\nThe Type 20 incorporates the versatlile HEDD Bridge system. Besides standard analog connections (XLR/RCA), you can insert optional input-cards for AES3-, USB2-, and even Dante / AES67-functionality into the free slot on the backpanel of the speaker.\n<br/>\n<br/>\n<h3>HEDD Type 20 Features:</h3>\n<ul>\n	<li class=\"style6\">Frequency response: 32Hz – 50kHz (Crossover: 250Hz / 2500Hz)</li>\n	<li class=\"style6\">3x 300W ICEpower amps from Denmark</li>\n	<li class=\"style6\">Max. SPL: ≥120dB</li>\n	<li class=\"style6\">XLR & RCA inputs</li>\n	<li class=\"style6\">HEDD Bridge modular inputcard-system for digital connectivity ( AES3, Dante / AES67)</li>\n	<li class=\"style6\">Solid unibody-like cabinet with a modern matt-black rubber finish</li>\n	<li class=\"style6\">Input Gain -30dB … +6dB / ±4dB)</li>\n	<li class=\"style6\">High (±4dB at 20kHz) and Low (±4dB at 50Hz) shelf controls</li>\n	<li class=\"style6\">Universal Mains (85V – 265V)</li>\n	<li class=\"style6\">W: 358mm x H: 280mm x D: 338mm</li>\n	<li class=\"style6\">Weight: 15kg</li>\n	<li class=\"style6\">Made in Germany </li>\n</ul>\n<br/>\n<h3>The HEDD type 20 packs big power and a full 3-Way monitor into a compact and sleek cabinet, perfect for any professional commercial or home studio. Call or chat with\n a RSPE representative today for more information.\n</h3>'),(5457,85,0,910,''),(5458,85,1,910,''),(5459,76,0,910,''),(5460,76,1,910,''),(5461,75,0,911,'<h1>Humanscale Liberty Ergonomic Task Chair</h1>\nThe Humanscale Liberty Task chair is an intelligent mesh task chair engineered to provide automatic lumbar support for every user, as well offering simplicity and complete ease of use. Liberty was designed to offer a unique, minimal aesthetic and to provide custom comfort for every person who sits in it. Like Humanscale’s Diffrient Smart and Diffrient World chairs, Liberty uses Humanscale’s revolutionary Form-Sensing Mesh Technology and mechanism-free recline for perfect support and unprecedented comfort.<br /><br />With a minimal aesthetic that complements any space, the Liberty chair is the ideal seating solution for the modern work environment. With advanced features, including automatic, weight-sensitive recline, arm rests that are attached to the back of the chair for constant support and an innovative tri-panel mesh backrest, Liberty combines performance, simplicity and beauty. With fewer parts than traditional task chairs, Liberty is a timeless and environmentally friendly design.<br /><br />\n\n<h3>Effortless Recline</h3>\nLiberty’s intelligent mechanism-free recline uses the laws of physics and the sitter’s weight to automatically provide the perfect amount of support through the full range of recline. Without manual controls to adjust, the user can change postures effortlessly throughout the day.<br /><br />\n \n<h3>Custom Fit</h3>\nLiberty’s mesh back is formed by combining three panels of non-stretch mesh material in the same way a tailor combines multiple pieces of fabric to create a shirt. Its contours are made to custom fit and support each individual sitter throughout the day.<br /><br />\n \n<h3>Encourages Movement</h3>\nLiberty was engineered to automatically adjust to whoever sits in it, instantly accommodating each user regardless of size and weight. Because it has no manual adjustments and features Humanscale’s weight-sensitive recline, the user can move easily and without restrictions.<br /><br />'),(5462,75,1,911,'<h1>Humanscale Liberty Ergonomic Task Chair</h1>\nThe Humanscale Liberty Task chair is an intelligent mesh task chair engineered to provide automatic lumbar support for every user, as well offering simplicity and complete ease of use. Liberty was designed to offer a unique, minimal aesthetic and to provide custom comfort for every person who sits in it. Like Humanscale’s Diffrient Smart and Diffrient World chairs, Liberty uses Humanscale’s revolutionary Form-Sensing Mesh Technology and mechanism-free recline for perfect support and unprecedented comfort.<br /><br />With a minimal aesthetic that complements any space, the Liberty chair is the ideal seating solution for the modern work environment. With advanced features, including automatic, weight-sensitive recline, arm rests that are attached to the back of the chair for constant support and an innovative tri-panel mesh backrest, Liberty combines performance, simplicity and beauty. With fewer parts than traditional task chairs, Liberty is a timeless and environmentally friendly design.<br /><br />\n\n<h3>Effortless Recline</h3>\nLiberty’s intelligent mechanism-free recline uses the laws of physics and the sitter’s weight to automatically provide the perfect amount of support through the full range of recline. Without manual controls to adjust, the user can change postures effortlessly throughout the day.<br /><br />\n \n<h3>Custom Fit</h3>\nLiberty’s mesh back is formed by combining three panels of non-stretch mesh material in the same way a tailor combines multiple pieces of fabric to create a shirt. Its contours are made to custom fit and support each individual sitter throughout the day.<br /><br />\n \n<h3>Encourages Movement</h3>\nLiberty was engineered to automatically adjust to whoever sits in it, instantly accommodating each user regardless of size and weight. Because it has no manual adjustments and features Humanscale’s weight-sensitive recline, the user can move easily and without restrictions.<br /><br />'),(5463,85,0,911,''),(5464,85,1,911,''),(5465,76,0,911,''),(5466,76,1,911,''),(5467,75,0,912,'<style type=\"text/css\">\n#lightbox-wrap {\n	width: 50%!important;\n	  height: 75%!important;\n}\n#lightbox-content {\n	width: 100%!important;\n	  height: 100%!important;\n	  overflow: auto;\n	  padding:20px;\n  }\n#lightbox-content div{\n	  	width: 99.5%!important;\n	  	  height: 100%!important;\n	  	  overflow: none;\n		  	  }\n</style>\n<h2>IsoAcoustics Aperta - Sculpted Aluminum Speaker Stands (Pair)</h2>\n<i><span style=\"font-size: 16px;\">Patented IsoAcoustics isolation in a beautiful sculpted aluminum finish</span></i><br/><br/>\n<div>\n	IsoAcoustics Aperta, the stylish and sleek new line of sculpted aluminum acoustic isolation stands designed for medium-sized professional studio monitors and speakers. Aperta, &lt;Á-pair-tah,&gt; the Italian word for \"open,\" describes the stands\' stylized design that creates open space and compliments its surroundings, as well as the spatial openness in sound and the crystal clarity in music that they deliver.\n	<br/><br/>\n	The artistically designed Aperta stands raise the bar to set a new standard for remarkable acoustic isolation and performance. As with all IsoAcoustics award-winning isolation stands, Aperta provides an aesthetically pleasing and cost-effective means to markedly enhance the sound clarity and transparency of medium sized speakers, using the patented \"floating design\"\" that this company has become famous for.<br/><br/>\n	The new IsoAcoustics Aperta stands feature a unique integrated tilt adjustment that enables the user to dial-in the optimum tilt angle, with fine gradation markings provided to ensure the precision of the angle adjustments. With an overall size of 6.1\"(w) x 7.5\"(d), the Aperta stands complement medium size studio monitors and speakers weighing up to 35 lbs.<br/><br/>\n	<a href=\"http://www.isoacoustics.com/calculator/?key=bc83f0db-c938-4d11-94be-b9488dc9f6db#/\" target=\"_blank\"><img src=\"/v/vspfiles/assets/images/iso-calculator.jpg\"/></a><br/><br/>\n	<h3>IsoAcoustics Adjustable Speaker Stand Design</h3>\nIsoAcoustic\'s unique patented design provides superior audio performance by supporting the PIF Principles in acoustic design.\n	<br/><br/>\n	<strong>Placement –</strong> proximity to adjacent and nearby surfaces. ISO-L8R audio stands raise the audio speakers or studio monitors off the supporting surface and away from adjacent surfaces to reduce reflections.<br/><br/>\n	<strong>Isolation –</strong> from supporting surfaces. Decoupling the audio speakers or studio monitors from the supporting surface reduces the energy from exciting other objects, and allows the speaker and enclosure to float independently.<br/><br/>\n	<strong>Focus –</strong> Raising and tilting the audio speakers and studio monitors creates an ideal listening position by forming an equilateral triangle from the speaker to the listener, with tweeters tilted to the listener\'s exact ear level.<br/><br/>\n	<strong>Height Adjustment </strong>\n	An important aspect of the speaker stand design is the ability to adjust the height and tilt angle of the supported speaker enclosure to optimize its position relative to the listener. Two lengths of tubing along with 2 sets of end-plug pairs provide 14 steps of height adjustment as the combinations are used to tilt the speaker up and down. The stand can be assembled and reconfigured repeatedly to establish the ideal position off the supporting surface and focused towards the listener.<br/><br/>\n	In a typical Desktop Audio Workstation (DAW) configuration, the listener is positioned 3 to 4 feet from the monitors with ear level approximately 20\" above the work surface. An enclosure containing an 8\" speaker may position the high frequency driver 12\" from the bottom while an enclosure with a 6\" speaker may position the high frequency driver only 8\" from the bottom. Raising and tilting these examples to their optimum position can easily be achieved with this speaker stand design. This speaker stand configuration is also suited for applications over longer distances such as in large recording studios or with consumer products where home stereo speakers may ideally need to be raised 6\" off the floor and tilted up 8 degrees.<br/><br/>\n	<strong>Tilt Adjustment </strong><br/>\n	The tube lengths and end-caps combinations provide a simple means to establish optimal adjustment of large and small monitors over the typical 36 to 48 inch listening distance for mixing and evaluation.<br/><br/>\n	<h3>IsoAcoustics Speaker Stand Design Concept</h3>\n	<strong>Isolators </strong><br/>\n	The isolation and response of the audio stand is a function of the isolator\'s shape and its volume and durometer (hardness and density). Its opening, internal taper and concave end (void) result in a compliant element to contain the supporting tubes or rods. This allows the supporting tubes to move fore and aft, while resisting lateral and secondary movements and oscillations. As the speaker cone moves forward, the speaker enclosure tends to move back, as predicted by Newton\'s third law of reciprocating motion. Transducers, enclosure and upper stand section therefore move in a direction sympathetic to the sound source.<br/><br/>\n	<strong>Speaker Stand Shape </strong><br/>\n	Both top and bottom elements provide torsional rigidity for the overall speaker stand design while lending an attractive look. A definite rectangular shape helps define the front and back of the stand and aligns the polarized isolators with the speaker drivers.<br/><br/>\n	<strong>Speaker Stand Bottom Element </strong><br/>\n	The bottom element is the most visible part of the design, as longer tubes may be used to raise the upper element and speaker, while exposing the top surface of the element below. This frame, shelf or body section anchors the assembly with a strong, secure base. The isolators are inserted from the bottom, or unfinished side, with a complimentary shape in the molding so it can be inserted only in the correct elongated direction. The lower element sits on the isolator\'s shoulder and lower flange lip, with the collar protruding through the topside. This lower element does not come in contact with the supporting surface of the desk below. An elongated octagonal shape of the isolator is designed to establish the correct orientation with the speaker\'s drivers when inserted, as well as maintain the optimal mass of the resilient material around the tube opening.<br/><br/>\n	<strong>Speaker Stand Upper Element </strong><br/>\n	Isolators are inserted from the top, or finished side, with the flange and lip protruding from the upper element. Speakers sit on top of these flanges with their weight carried through the isolator, down the tubing, and into a lower section and flange of the bottom isolator, resting on the supporting surface. A cup shape of the flanges contributes to the compliance of the isolators while in compression, as well as providing a \'suction-cup” effect that resists movement or slipping of the stand and speaker. This is especially important when the upper section is tilted to optimize the speaker\'s orientation towards the listener.<br/><br/>\n	<h3>About IsoAcoustics</h3>\nIsoAcoustics speaker stands are built with a unique, patented isolation technology that allows your speakers to \"float\" in free space, letting you hear authentic, uncolored sound.\n	<br/><br/>\n	These ultimate speaker stands effectively eliminate energy transfer to surrounding surfaces. Bass becomes tighter. Overall imaging is enhanced. Your speakers perform to their full potential. And because ISO-L8R200 speaker stands also allow you to raise and tilt your speakers, tweeters are always at ear level, providing the optimal listening position.<br/><br/>\n	<h3>Whether you\'re a pro mixing in the studio - a musician creating in a home project environment - or an audiophile who appreciates every nuance of music and sound - you\'ll hear and appreciate the difference with the Aperta audio speaker stand. It\'s simply the best investment you can make for superior audio</h3>\n</div>'),(5468,75,1,912,'<style type=\"text/css\">\n#lightbox-wrap {\n	width: 50%!important;\n	  height: 75%!important;\n}\n#lightbox-content {\n	width: 100%!important;\n	  height: 100%!important;\n	  overflow: auto;\n	  padding:20px;\n  }\n#lightbox-content div{\n	  	width: 99.5%!important;\n	  	  height: 100%!important;\n	  	  overflow: none;\n		  	  }\n</style>\n<h2>IsoAcoustics Aperta - Sculpted Aluminum Speaker Stands (Pair)</h2>\n<i><span style=\"font-size: 16px;\">Patented IsoAcoustics isolation in a beautiful sculpted aluminum finish</span></i><br/><br/>\n<div>\n	IsoAcoustics Aperta, the stylish and sleek new line of sculpted aluminum acoustic isolation stands designed for medium-sized professional studio monitors and speakers. Aperta, &lt;Á-pair-tah,&gt; the Italian word for \"open,\" describes the stands\' stylized design that creates open space and compliments its surroundings, as well as the spatial openness in sound and the crystal clarity in music that they deliver.\n	<br/><br/>\n	The artistically designed Aperta stands raise the bar to set a new standard for remarkable acoustic isolation and performance. As with all IsoAcoustics award-winning isolation stands, Aperta provides an aesthetically pleasing and cost-effective means to markedly enhance the sound clarity and transparency of medium sized speakers, using the patented \"floating design\"\" that this company has become famous for.<br/><br/>\n	The new IsoAcoustics Aperta stands feature a unique integrated tilt adjustment that enables the user to dial-in the optimum tilt angle, with fine gradation markings provided to ensure the precision of the angle adjustments. With an overall size of 6.1\"(w) x 7.5\"(d), the Aperta stands complement medium size studio monitors and speakers weighing up to 35 lbs.<br/><br/>\n	<a href=\"http://www.isoacoustics.com/calculator/?key=bc83f0db-c938-4d11-94be-b9488dc9f6db#/\" target=\"_blank\"><img src=\"/v/vspfiles/assets/images/iso-calculator.jpg\"/></a><br/><br/>\n	<h3>IsoAcoustics Adjustable Speaker Stand Design</h3>\nIsoAcoustic\'s unique patented design provides superior audio performance by supporting the PIF Principles in acoustic design.\n	<br/><br/>\n	<strong>Placement –</strong> proximity to adjacent and nearby surfaces. ISO-L8R audio stands raise the audio speakers or studio monitors off the supporting surface and away from adjacent surfaces to reduce reflections.<br/><br/>\n	<strong>Isolation –</strong> from supporting surfaces. Decoupling the audio speakers or studio monitors from the supporting surface reduces the energy from exciting other objects, and allows the speaker and enclosure to float independently.<br/><br/>\n	<strong>Focus –</strong> Raising and tilting the audio speakers and studio monitors creates an ideal listening position by forming an equilateral triangle from the speaker to the listener, with tweeters tilted to the listener\'s exact ear level.<br/><br/>\n	<strong>Height Adjustment </strong>\n	An important aspect of the speaker stand design is the ability to adjust the height and tilt angle of the supported speaker enclosure to optimize its position relative to the listener. Two lengths of tubing along with 2 sets of end-plug pairs provide 14 steps of height adjustment as the combinations are used to tilt the speaker up and down. The stand can be assembled and reconfigured repeatedly to establish the ideal position off the supporting surface and focused towards the listener.<br/><br/>\n	In a typical Desktop Audio Workstation (DAW) configuration, the listener is positioned 3 to 4 feet from the monitors with ear level approximately 20\" above the work surface. An enclosure containing an 8\" speaker may position the high frequency driver 12\" from the bottom while an enclosure with a 6\" speaker may position the high frequency driver only 8\" from the bottom. Raising and tilting these examples to their optimum position can easily be achieved with this speaker stand design. This speaker stand configuration is also suited for applications over longer distances such as in large recording studios or with consumer products where home stereo speakers may ideally need to be raised 6\" off the floor and tilted up 8 degrees.<br/><br/>\n	<strong>Tilt Adjustment </strong><br/>\n	The tube lengths and end-caps combinations provide a simple means to establish optimal adjustment of large and small monitors over the typical 36 to 48 inch listening distance for mixing and evaluation.<br/><br/>\n	<h3>IsoAcoustics Speaker Stand Design Concept</h3>\n	<strong>Isolators </strong><br/>\n	The isolation and response of the audio stand is a function of the isolator\'s shape and its volume and durometer (hardness and density). Its opening, internal taper and concave end (void) result in a compliant element to contain the supporting tubes or rods. This allows the supporting tubes to move fore and aft, while resisting lateral and secondary movements and oscillations. As the speaker cone moves forward, the speaker enclosure tends to move back, as predicted by Newton\'s third law of reciprocating motion. Transducers, enclosure and upper stand section therefore move in a direction sympathetic to the sound source.<br/><br/>\n	<strong>Speaker Stand Shape </strong><br/>\n	Both top and bottom elements provide torsional rigidity for the overall speaker stand design while lending an attractive look. A definite rectangular shape helps define the front and back of the stand and aligns the polarized isolators with the speaker drivers.<br/><br/>\n	<strong>Speaker Stand Bottom Element </strong><br/>\n	The bottom element is the most visible part of the design, as longer tubes may be used to raise the upper element and speaker, while exposing the top surface of the element below. This frame, shelf or body section anchors the assembly with a strong, secure base. The isolators are inserted from the bottom, or unfinished side, with a complimentary shape in the molding so it can be inserted only in the correct elongated direction. The lower element sits on the isolator\'s shoulder and lower flange lip, with the collar protruding through the topside. This lower element does not come in contact with the supporting surface of the desk below. An elongated octagonal shape of the isolator is designed to establish the correct orientation with the speaker\'s drivers when inserted, as well as maintain the optimal mass of the resilient material around the tube opening.<br/><br/>\n	<strong>Speaker Stand Upper Element </strong><br/>\n	Isolators are inserted from the top, or finished side, with the flange and lip protruding from the upper element. Speakers sit on top of these flanges with their weight carried through the isolator, down the tubing, and into a lower section and flange of the bottom isolator, resting on the supporting surface. A cup shape of the flanges contributes to the compliance of the isolators while in compression, as well as providing a \'suction-cup” effect that resists movement or slipping of the stand and speaker. This is especially important when the upper section is tilted to optimize the speaker\'s orientation towards the listener.<br/><br/>\n	<h3>About IsoAcoustics</h3>\nIsoAcoustics speaker stands are built with a unique, patented isolation technology that allows your speakers to \"float\" in free space, letting you hear authentic, uncolored sound.\n	<br/><br/>\n	These ultimate speaker stands effectively eliminate energy transfer to surrounding surfaces. Bass becomes tighter. Overall imaging is enhanced. Your speakers perform to their full potential. And because ISO-L8R200 speaker stands also allow you to raise and tilt your speakers, tweeters are always at ear level, providing the optimal listening position.<br/><br/>\n	<h3>Whether you\'re a pro mixing in the studio - a musician creating in a home project environment - or an audiophile who appreciates every nuance of music and sound - you\'ll hear and appreciate the difference with the Aperta audio speaker stand. It\'s simply the best investment you can make for superior audio</h3>\n</div>'),(5469,85,0,912,'IsoAcoustics ISO-L8R155 - Medium Home and Studio Speaker Stands'),(5470,85,1,912,'IsoAcoustics ISO-L8R155 - Medium Home and Studio Speaker Stands'),(5471,76,0,912,''),(5472,76,1,912,''),(5473,75,0,913,'<style type=\"text/css\">\n#lightbox-wrap {\n    width: 50%!important;\n      height: 75%!important;\n}\n#lightbox-content {\n    width: 100%!important;\n      height: 100%!important;\n      overflow: auto;\n      padding:20px;\n  }\n#lightbox-content div{\n          width: 99.5%!important;\n            height: 100%!important;\n            overflow: none;\n                }\n</style>\n<h2>IsoAcoustics ISO-L8R130 - 5.1\" x 6\" Small Home and Studio Speaker Stands</h2>\n<span style=\"font-size:16px; font-style:italic;\">The only audio speaker stands that address the PIF Principles - the three elements affecting sound</span><br/><br/>\nThe IsoAcoustics ISO-LSR130 Isolating Speaker Stands are designed to greatly improve the sound of your speakers by addressing the PIF principals of sound: placement, isolation, and focus. The results are tighter, more extended bass and more solid stereo imaging without having to upgrade your speakers.<br/><br/>\n<a href=\"http://www.isoacoustics.com/calculator/?key=bc83f0db-c938-4d11-94be-b9488dc9f6db#/\" target=\"_blank\"><img src=\"/v/vspfiles/assets/images/iso-calculator.jpg\"/></a><br/><br/>\n<h3>ISO-L8R Adjustable Speaker Stand Design</h3>\nIsoAcoustic\'s unique patented design provides superior audio performance by supporting the PIF Principles in acoustic design.\n<br/><br/>\n<strong>Placement –</strong> proximity to adjacent and nearby surfaces. ISO-L8R audio stands raise the audio speakers or studio monitors off the supporting surface and away from adjacent surfaces to reduce reflections.<br/><br/>\n<strong>Isolation –</strong> from supporting surfaces. Decoupling the audio speakers or studio monitors from the supporting surface reduces the energy from exciting other objects, and allows the speaker and enclosure to float independently.<br/><br/>\n<strong>Focus –</strong> Raising and tilting the audio speakers and studio monitors creates an ideal listening position by forming an equilateral triangle from the speaker to the listener, with tweeters tilted to the listener\'s exact ear level.<br/><br/>\n<strong>Height Adjustment </strong>\nAn important aspect of the speaker stand design is the ability to adjust the height and tilt angle of the supported speaker enclosure to optimize its position relative to the listener. Two lengths of tubing along with 2 sets of end-plug pairs provide 14 steps of height adjustment as the combinations are used to tilt the speaker up and down. The stand can be assembled and reconfigured repeatedly to establish the ideal position off the supporting surface and focused towards the listener.<br/><br/>\nIn a typical Desktop Audio Workstation (DAW) configuration, the listener is positioned 3 to 4 feet from the monitors with ear level approximately 20\" above the work surface. An enclosure containing an 8\" speaker may position the high frequency driver 12\" from the bottom while an enclosure with a 6\" speaker may position the high frequency driver only 8\" from the bottom. Raising and tilting these examples to their optimum position can easily be achieved with this speaker stand design. This speaker stand configuration is also suited for applications over longer distances such as in large recording studios or with consumer products where home stereo speakers may ideally need to be raised 6\" off the floor and tilted up 8 degrees.<br/><br/>\n<strong>Tilt Adjustment </strong><br/>\nThe tube lengths and end-caps combinations provide a simple means to establish optimal adjustment of large and small monitors over the typical 36 to 48 inch listening distance for mixing and evaluation.<br/><br/>\n<h3>ISO-L8R Speaker Stand Design Concept</h3>\n<strong>Isolators </strong><br/>\nThe isolation and response of the audio stand is a function of the isolator\'s shape and its volume and durometer (hardness and density). Its opening, internal taper and concave end (void) result in a compliant element to contain the supporting tubes or rods. This allows the supporting tubes to move fore and aft, while resisting lateral and secondary movements and oscillations. As the speaker cone moves forward, the speaker enclosure tends to move back, as predicted by Newton\'s third law of reciprocating motion. Transducers, enclosure and upper stand section therefore move in a direction sympathetic to the sound source.<br/><br/>\n<strong>Speaker Stand Shape </strong><br/>\nBoth top and bottom elements provide torsional rigidity for the overall speaker stand design while lending an attractive look. A definite rectangular shape helps define the front and back of the stand and aligns the polarized isolators with the speaker drivers.<br/><br/>\n<strong>Speaker Stand Bottom Element </strong><br/>\nThe bottom element is the most visible part of the design, as longer tubes may be used to raise the upper element and speaker, while exposing the top surface of the element below. This frame, shelf or body section anchors the assembly with a strong, secure base. The isolators are inserted from the bottom, or unfinished side, with a complimentary shape in the molding so it can be inserted only in the correct elongated direction. The lower element sits on the isolator\'s shoulder and lower flange lip, with the collar protruding through the topside. This lower element does not come in contact with the supporting surface of the desk below. An elongated octagonal shape of the isolator is designed to establish the correct orientation with the speaker\'s drivers when inserted, as well as maintain the optimal mass of the resilient material around the tube opening.<br/><br/>\n<strong>Speaker Stand Upper Element </strong><br/>\nIsolators are inserted from the top, or finished side, with the flange and lip protruding from the upper element. Speakers sit on top of these flanges with their weight carried through the isolator, down the tubing, and into a lower section and flange of the bottom isolator, resting on the supporting surface. A cup shape of the flanges contributes to the compliance of the isolators while in compression, as well as providing a \'suction-cup” effect that resists movement or slipping of the stand and speaker. This is especially important when the upper section is tilted to optimize the speaker\'s orientation towards the listener.<br/><br/>\n<h3>Choose your set-up:</h3>\nISO-L8R130 Short\nIn this case, the audio speaker stand is configured for 3\" in height. Speaker can also be tilted for optimal listening angle. Usually speakers will be situated on a desktop or table.\n<br/><br/>\nISO-L8R130 Long\nSpeaker stand is configured for 8\" in height. Speaker can also be tilted up or down for exact listening angle. Can also be used for floor applications.\n<br/><br/>\n<h3>Choose your model:</h3>\nIsoAcoustics has a speaker stand for virtually every high quality speaker available. Refer to \n<a href=\"/v/vspfiles/assets/images/chart_isoacoustics.pdf\" target=\"blank\" style=\"color:#000099; font-weight:bold; text-decoration:underline;\">this chart</a> to find the stand for you. Note: If you do not see your speaker listed, please measure and use dimensions to choose your model of stand. Or contact RSPE and we\'ll be happy to advise.<br/>\n<br/>\n<blockquote>\n	 *Please not your monitor make and model when placing an order.\n</blockquote>\n<br/>\n<h3>About IsoAcoustics</h3>\nIsoAcoustics speaker stands are built with a unique, patented isolation technology that allows your speakers to \"float\" in free space, letting you hear authentic, uncolored sound.\n<br/><br/>\nThese ultimate speaker stands effectively eliminate energy transfer to surrounding surfaces. Bass becomes tighter. Overall imaging is enhanced. Your speakers perform to their full potential. And because ISO-L8R200 speaker stands also allow you to raise and tilt your speakers, tweeters are always at ear level, providing the optimal listening position.<br/><br/>\n<h3>Whether you\'re a pro mixing in the studio - a musician creating in a home project environment - or an audiophile who appreciates every nuance of music and sound - you\'ll hear and appreciate the difference with the ISO-L8R130 audio speaker stand. It\'s simply the best investment you can make for superior audio</h3>'),(5474,75,1,913,'<style type=\"text/css\">\n#lightbox-wrap {\n    width: 50%!important;\n      height: 75%!important;\n}\n#lightbox-content {\n    width: 100%!important;\n      height: 100%!important;\n      overflow: auto;\n      padding:20px;\n  }\n#lightbox-content div{\n          width: 99.5%!important;\n            height: 100%!important;\n            overflow: none;\n                }\n</style>\n<h2>IsoAcoustics ISO-L8R130 - 5.1\" x 6\" Small Home and Studio Speaker Stands</h2>\n<span style=\"font-size:16px; font-style:italic;\">The only audio speaker stands that address the PIF Principles - the three elements affecting sound</span><br/><br/>\nThe IsoAcoustics ISO-LSR130 Isolating Speaker Stands are designed to greatly improve the sound of your speakers by addressing the PIF principals of sound: placement, isolation, and focus. The results are tighter, more extended bass and more solid stereo imaging without having to upgrade your speakers.<br/><br/>\n<a href=\"http://www.isoacoustics.com/calculator/?key=bc83f0db-c938-4d11-94be-b9488dc9f6db#/\" target=\"_blank\"><img src=\"/v/vspfiles/assets/images/iso-calculator.jpg\"/></a><br/><br/>\n<h3>ISO-L8R Adjustable Speaker Stand Design</h3>\nIsoAcoustic\'s unique patented design provides superior audio performance by supporting the PIF Principles in acoustic design.\n<br/><br/>\n<strong>Placement –</strong> proximity to adjacent and nearby surfaces. ISO-L8R audio stands raise the audio speakers or studio monitors off the supporting surface and away from adjacent surfaces to reduce reflections.<br/><br/>\n<strong>Isolation –</strong> from supporting surfaces. Decoupling the audio speakers or studio monitors from the supporting surface reduces the energy from exciting other objects, and allows the speaker and enclosure to float independently.<br/><br/>\n<strong>Focus –</strong> Raising and tilting the audio speakers and studio monitors creates an ideal listening position by forming an equilateral triangle from the speaker to the listener, with tweeters tilted to the listener\'s exact ear level.<br/><br/>\n<strong>Height Adjustment </strong>\nAn important aspect of the speaker stand design is the ability to adjust the height and tilt angle of the supported speaker enclosure to optimize its position relative to the listener. Two lengths of tubing along with 2 sets of end-plug pairs provide 14 steps of height adjustment as the combinations are used to tilt the speaker up and down. The stand can be assembled and reconfigured repeatedly to establish the ideal position off the supporting surface and focused towards the listener.<br/><br/>\nIn a typical Desktop Audio Workstation (DAW) configuration, the listener is positioned 3 to 4 feet from the monitors with ear level approximately 20\" above the work surface. An enclosure containing an 8\" speaker may position the high frequency driver 12\" from the bottom while an enclosure with a 6\" speaker may position the high frequency driver only 8\" from the bottom. Raising and tilting these examples to their optimum position can easily be achieved with this speaker stand design. This speaker stand configuration is also suited for applications over longer distances such as in large recording studios or with consumer products where home stereo speakers may ideally need to be raised 6\" off the floor and tilted up 8 degrees.<br/><br/>\n<strong>Tilt Adjustment </strong><br/>\nThe tube lengths and end-caps combinations provide a simple means to establish optimal adjustment of large and small monitors over the typical 36 to 48 inch listening distance for mixing and evaluation.<br/><br/>\n<h3>ISO-L8R Speaker Stand Design Concept</h3>\n<strong>Isolators </strong><br/>\nThe isolation and response of the audio stand is a function of the isolator\'s shape and its volume and durometer (hardness and density). Its opening, internal taper and concave end (void) result in a compliant element to contain the supporting tubes or rods. This allows the supporting tubes to move fore and aft, while resisting lateral and secondary movements and oscillations. As the speaker cone moves forward, the speaker enclosure tends to move back, as predicted by Newton\'s third law of reciprocating motion. Transducers, enclosure and upper stand section therefore move in a direction sympathetic to the sound source.<br/><br/>\n<strong>Speaker Stand Shape </strong><br/>\nBoth top and bottom elements provide torsional rigidity for the overall speaker stand design while lending an attractive look. A definite rectangular shape helps define the front and back of the stand and aligns the polarized isolators with the speaker drivers.<br/><br/>\n<strong>Speaker Stand Bottom Element </strong><br/>\nThe bottom element is the most visible part of the design, as longer tubes may be used to raise the upper element and speaker, while exposing the top surface of the element below. This frame, shelf or body section anchors the assembly with a strong, secure base. The isolators are inserted from the bottom, or unfinished side, with a complimentary shape in the molding so it can be inserted only in the correct elongated direction. The lower element sits on the isolator\'s shoulder and lower flange lip, with the collar protruding through the topside. This lower element does not come in contact with the supporting surface of the desk below. An elongated octagonal shape of the isolator is designed to establish the correct orientation with the speaker\'s drivers when inserted, as well as maintain the optimal mass of the resilient material around the tube opening.<br/><br/>\n<strong>Speaker Stand Upper Element </strong><br/>\nIsolators are inserted from the top, or finished side, with the flange and lip protruding from the upper element. Speakers sit on top of these flanges with their weight carried through the isolator, down the tubing, and into a lower section and flange of the bottom isolator, resting on the supporting surface. A cup shape of the flanges contributes to the compliance of the isolators while in compression, as well as providing a \'suction-cup” effect that resists movement or slipping of the stand and speaker. This is especially important when the upper section is tilted to optimize the speaker\'s orientation towards the listener.<br/><br/>\n<h3>Choose your set-up:</h3>\nISO-L8R130 Short\nIn this case, the audio speaker stand is configured for 3\" in height. Speaker can also be tilted for optimal listening angle. Usually speakers will be situated on a desktop or table.\n<br/><br/>\nISO-L8R130 Long\nSpeaker stand is configured for 8\" in height. Speaker can also be tilted up or down for exact listening angle. Can also be used for floor applications.\n<br/><br/>\n<h3>Choose your model:</h3>\nIsoAcoustics has a speaker stand for virtually every high quality speaker available. Refer to \n<a href=\"/v/vspfiles/assets/images/chart_isoacoustics.pdf\" target=\"blank\" style=\"color:#000099; font-weight:bold; text-decoration:underline;\">this chart</a> to find the stand for you. Note: If you do not see your speaker listed, please measure and use dimensions to choose your model of stand. Or contact RSPE and we\'ll be happy to advise.<br/>\n<br/>\n<blockquote>\n	 *Please not your monitor make and model when placing an order.\n</blockquote>\n<br/>\n<h3>About IsoAcoustics</h3>\nIsoAcoustics speaker stands are built with a unique, patented isolation technology that allows your speakers to \"float\" in free space, letting you hear authentic, uncolored sound.\n<br/><br/>\nThese ultimate speaker stands effectively eliminate energy transfer to surrounding surfaces. Bass becomes tighter. Overall imaging is enhanced. Your speakers perform to their full potential. And because ISO-L8R200 speaker stands also allow you to raise and tilt your speakers, tweeters are always at ear level, providing the optimal listening position.<br/><br/>\n<h3>Whether you\'re a pro mixing in the studio - a musician creating in a home project environment - or an audiophile who appreciates every nuance of music and sound - you\'ll hear and appreciate the difference with the ISO-L8R130 audio speaker stand. It\'s simply the best investment you can make for superior audio</h3>'),(5475,85,0,913,'IsoAcoustics ISO-L8R130 - Small Home and Studio Speaker Stands'),(5476,85,1,913,'IsoAcoustics ISO-L8R130 - Small Home and Studio Speaker Stands'),(5477,76,0,913,''),(5478,76,1,913,''),(5479,75,0,914,'<style type=\"text/css\">\n#lightbox-wrap {\n    width: 50%!important;\n      height: 75%!important;\n}\n#lightbox-content {\n    width: 100%!important;\n      height: 100%!important;\n      overflow: auto;\n      padding:20px;\n  }\n#lightbox-content div{\n          width: 99.5%!important;\n            height: 100%!important;\n            overflow: none;\n                }\n</style>\n<h2>IsoAcoustics ISO-L8R155 - 6.1\" x 7.5\" Medium Home and Studio Speaker Stands</h2>\n<span style=\"font-size:16px; font-style:italic;\">The only audio speaker stands that address the PIF Principles - the three elements affecting sound</span><br/><br/>\nThe IsoAcoustics ISO-LSR155 Isolating Speaker Stands are designed to greatly improve the sound of your speakers by addressing the PIF principals of sound: placement, isolation, and focus. The results are tighter, more extended bass and more solid stereo imaging without having to upgrade your speakers.<br/><br/>\n<a href=\"http://www.isoacoustics.com/calculator/?key=bc83f0db-c938-4d11-94be-b9488dc9f6db#/\" target=\"_blank\"><img src=\"/v/vspfiles/assets/images/iso-calculator.jpg\"/></a><br/><br/>\n<h3>ISO-L8R Adjustable Speaker Stand Design</h3>\nIsoAcoustic\'s unique patented design provides superior audio performance by supporting the PIF Principles in acoustic design.\n<br/><br/>\n<strong>Placement –</strong> proximity to adjacent and nearby surfaces. ISO-L8R audio stands raise the audio speakers or studio monitors off the supporting surface and away from adjacent surfaces to reduce reflections.<br/><br/>\n<strong>Isolation –</strong> from supporting surfaces. Decoupling the audio speakers or studio monitors from the supporting surface reduces the energy from exciting other objects, and allows the speaker and enclosure to float independently.<br/><br/>\n<strong>Focus –</strong> Raising and tilting the audio speakers and studio monitors creates an ideal listening position by forming an equilateral triangle from the speaker to the listener, with tweeters tilted to the listener\'s exact ear level.<br/><br/>\n<strong>Height Adjustment </strong>\nAn important aspect of the speaker stand design is the ability to adjust the height and tilt angle of the supported speaker enclosure to optimize its position relative to the listener. Two lengths of tubing along with 2 sets of end-plug pairs provide 14 steps of height adjustment as the combinations are used to tilt the speaker up and down. The stand can be assembled and reconfigured repeatedly to establish the ideal position off the supporting surface and focused towards the listener.<br/><br/>\nIn a typical Desktop Audio Workstation (DAW) configuration, the listener is positioned 3 to 4 feet from the monitors with ear level approximately 20\" above the work surface. An enclosure containing an 8\" speaker may position the high frequency driver 12\" from the bottom while an enclosure with a 6\" speaker may position the high frequency driver only 8\" from the bottom. Raising and tilting these examples to their optimum position can easily be achieved with this speaker stand design. This speaker stand configuration is also suited for applications over longer distances such as in large recording studios or with consumer products where home stereo speakers may ideally need to be raised 6\" off the floor and tilted up 8 degrees.<br/><br/>\n<strong>Tilt Adjustment </strong><br/>\nThe tube lengths and end-caps combinations provide a simple means to establish optimal adjustment of large and small monitors over the typical 36 to 48 inch listening distance for mixing and evaluation.<br/><br/>\n<h3>ISO-L8R Speaker Stand Design Concept</h3>\n<strong>Isolators </strong><br/>\nThe isolation and response of the audio stand is a function of the isolator\'s shape and its volume and durometer (hardness and density). Its opening, internal taper and concave end (void) result in a compliant element to contain the supporting tubes or rods. This allows the supporting tubes to move fore and aft, while resisting lateral and secondary movements and oscillations. As the speaker cone moves forward, the speaker enclosure tends to move back, as predicted by Newton\'s third law of reciprocating motion. Transducers, enclosure and upper stand section therefore move in a direction sympathetic to the sound source.<br/><br/>\n<strong>Speaker Stand Shape </strong><br/>\nBoth top and bottom elements provide torsional rigidity for the overall speaker stand design while lending an attractive look. A definite rectangular shape helps define the front and back of the stand and aligns the polarized isolators with the speaker drivers.<br/><br/>\n<strong>Speaker Stand Bottom Element </strong><br/>\nThe bottom element is the most visible part of the design, as longer tubes may be used to raise the upper element and speaker, while exposing the top surface of the element below. This frame, shelf or body section anchors the assembly with a strong, secure base. The isolators are inserted from the bottom, or unfinished side, with a complimentary shape in the molding so it can be inserted only in the correct elongated direction. The lower element sits on the isolator\'s shoulder and lower flange lip, with the collar protruding through the topside. This lower element does not come in contact with the supporting surface of the desk below. An elongated octagonal shape of the isolator is designed to establish the correct orientation with the speaker\'s drivers when inserted, as well as maintain the optimal mass of the resilient material around the tube opening.<br/><br/>\n<strong>Speaker Stand Upper Element </strong><br/>\nIsolators are inserted from the top, or finished side, with the flange and lip protruding from the upper element. Speakers sit on top of these flanges with their weight carried through the isolator, down the tubing, and into a lower section and flange of the bottom isolator, resting on the supporting surface. A cup shape of the flanges contributes to the compliance of the isolators while in compression, as well as providing a \'suction-cup” effect that resists movement or slipping of the stand and speaker. This is especially important when the upper section is tilted to optimize the speaker\'s orientation towards the listener.<br/><br/>\n<h3>Choose your set-up:</h3>\nISO-L8R155 Short\nIn this case, the audio speaker stand is configured for 3\" in height. Speaker can also be tilted for optimal listening angle. Usually speakers will be situated on a desktop or table.\n<br/><br/>\nISO-L8R155 Long\nSpeaker stand is configured for 8\" in height. Speaker can also be tilted up or down for exact listening angle. Can also be used for floor applications.\n<br/><br/>\n<h3>Choose your model:</h3>\nIsoAcoustics has a speaker stand for virtually every high quality speaker available. Refer to \n<a href=\"/v/vspfiles/assets/images/chart_isoacoustics.pdf\" target=\"blank\" style=\"color:#000099; font-weight:bold; text-decoration:underline;\">this chart</a> to find the stand for you. Note: If you do not see your speaker listed, please measure and use dimensions to choose your model of stand. Or contact RSPE and we\'ll be happy to advise.<br/>\n<br/>\n<blockquote>\n	 *Please not your monitor make and model when placing an order.\n</blockquote>\n<br/>\n<h3>About IsoAcoustics</h3>\nIsoAcoustics speaker stands are built with a unique, patented isolation technology that allows your speakers to \"float\" in free space, letting you hear authentic, uncolored sound.\n<br/><br/>\nThese ultimate speaker stands effectively eliminate energy transfer to surrounding surfaces. Bass becomes tighter. Overall imaging is enhanced. Your speakers perform to their full potential. And because ISO-L8R200 speaker stands also allow you to raise and tilt your speakers, tweeters are always at ear level, providing the optimal listening position.<br/><br/>\n<h3>Whether you\'re a pro mixing in the studio - a musician creating in a home project environment - or an audiophile who appreciates every nuance of music and sound - you\'ll hear and appreciate the difference with the ISO-L8R155 audio speaker stand. It\'s simply the best investment you can make for superior audio</h3>'),(5480,75,1,914,'<style type=\"text/css\">\n#lightbox-wrap {\n    width: 50%!important;\n      height: 75%!important;\n}\n#lightbox-content {\n    width: 100%!important;\n      height: 100%!important;\n      overflow: auto;\n      padding:20px;\n  }\n#lightbox-content div{\n          width: 99.5%!important;\n            height: 100%!important;\n            overflow: none;\n                }\n</style>\n<h2>IsoAcoustics ISO-L8R155 - 6.1\" x 7.5\" Medium Home and Studio Speaker Stands</h2>\n<span style=\"font-size:16px; font-style:italic;\">The only audio speaker stands that address the PIF Principles - the three elements affecting sound</span><br/><br/>\nThe IsoAcoustics ISO-LSR155 Isolating Speaker Stands are designed to greatly improve the sound of your speakers by addressing the PIF principals of sound: placement, isolation, and focus. The results are tighter, more extended bass and more solid stereo imaging without having to upgrade your speakers.<br/><br/>\n<a href=\"http://www.isoacoustics.com/calculator/?key=bc83f0db-c938-4d11-94be-b9488dc9f6db#/\" target=\"_blank\"><img src=\"/v/vspfiles/assets/images/iso-calculator.jpg\"/></a><br/><br/>\n<h3>ISO-L8R Adjustable Speaker Stand Design</h3>\nIsoAcoustic\'s unique patented design provides superior audio performance by supporting the PIF Principles in acoustic design.\n<br/><br/>\n<strong>Placement –</strong> proximity to adjacent and nearby surfaces. ISO-L8R audio stands raise the audio speakers or studio monitors off the supporting surface and away from adjacent surfaces to reduce reflections.<br/><br/>\n<strong>Isolation –</strong> from supporting surfaces. Decoupling the audio speakers or studio monitors from the supporting surface reduces the energy from exciting other objects, and allows the speaker and enclosure to float independently.<br/><br/>\n<strong>Focus –</strong> Raising and tilting the audio speakers and studio monitors creates an ideal listening position by forming an equilateral triangle from the speaker to the listener, with tweeters tilted to the listener\'s exact ear level.<br/><br/>\n<strong>Height Adjustment </strong>\nAn important aspect of the speaker stand design is the ability to adjust the height and tilt angle of the supported speaker enclosure to optimize its position relative to the listener. Two lengths of tubing along with 2 sets of end-plug pairs provide 14 steps of height adjustment as the combinations are used to tilt the speaker up and down. The stand can be assembled and reconfigured repeatedly to establish the ideal position off the supporting surface and focused towards the listener.<br/><br/>\nIn a typical Desktop Audio Workstation (DAW) configuration, the listener is positioned 3 to 4 feet from the monitors with ear level approximately 20\" above the work surface. An enclosure containing an 8\" speaker may position the high frequency driver 12\" from the bottom while an enclosure with a 6\" speaker may position the high frequency driver only 8\" from the bottom. Raising and tilting these examples to their optimum position can easily be achieved with this speaker stand design. This speaker stand configuration is also suited for applications over longer distances such as in large recording studios or with consumer products where home stereo speakers may ideally need to be raised 6\" off the floor and tilted up 8 degrees.<br/><br/>\n<strong>Tilt Adjustment </strong><br/>\nThe tube lengths and end-caps combinations provide a simple means to establish optimal adjustment of large and small monitors over the typical 36 to 48 inch listening distance for mixing and evaluation.<br/><br/>\n<h3>ISO-L8R Speaker Stand Design Concept</h3>\n<strong>Isolators </strong><br/>\nThe isolation and response of the audio stand is a function of the isolator\'s shape and its volume and durometer (hardness and density). Its opening, internal taper and concave end (void) result in a compliant element to contain the supporting tubes or rods. This allows the supporting tubes to move fore and aft, while resisting lateral and secondary movements and oscillations. As the speaker cone moves forward, the speaker enclosure tends to move back, as predicted by Newton\'s third law of reciprocating motion. Transducers, enclosure and upper stand section therefore move in a direction sympathetic to the sound source.<br/><br/>\n<strong>Speaker Stand Shape </strong><br/>\nBoth top and bottom elements provide torsional rigidity for the overall speaker stand design while lending an attractive look. A definite rectangular shape helps define the front and back of the stand and aligns the polarized isolators with the speaker drivers.<br/><br/>\n<strong>Speaker Stand Bottom Element </strong><br/>\nThe bottom element is the most visible part of the design, as longer tubes may be used to raise the upper element and speaker, while exposing the top surface of the element below. This frame, shelf or body section anchors the assembly with a strong, secure base. The isolators are inserted from the bottom, or unfinished side, with a complimentary shape in the molding so it can be inserted only in the correct elongated direction. The lower element sits on the isolator\'s shoulder and lower flange lip, with the collar protruding through the topside. This lower element does not come in contact with the supporting surface of the desk below. An elongated octagonal shape of the isolator is designed to establish the correct orientation with the speaker\'s drivers when inserted, as well as maintain the optimal mass of the resilient material around the tube opening.<br/><br/>\n<strong>Speaker Stand Upper Element </strong><br/>\nIsolators are inserted from the top, or finished side, with the flange and lip protruding from the upper element. Speakers sit on top of these flanges with their weight carried through the isolator, down the tubing, and into a lower section and flange of the bottom isolator, resting on the supporting surface. A cup shape of the flanges contributes to the compliance of the isolators while in compression, as well as providing a \'suction-cup” effect that resists movement or slipping of the stand and speaker. This is especially important when the upper section is tilted to optimize the speaker\'s orientation towards the listener.<br/><br/>\n<h3>Choose your set-up:</h3>\nISO-L8R155 Short\nIn this case, the audio speaker stand is configured for 3\" in height. Speaker can also be tilted for optimal listening angle. Usually speakers will be situated on a desktop or table.\n<br/><br/>\nISO-L8R155 Long\nSpeaker stand is configured for 8\" in height. Speaker can also be tilted up or down for exact listening angle. Can also be used for floor applications.\n<br/><br/>\n<h3>Choose your model:</h3>\nIsoAcoustics has a speaker stand for virtually every high quality speaker available. Refer to \n<a href=\"/v/vspfiles/assets/images/chart_isoacoustics.pdf\" target=\"blank\" style=\"color:#000099; font-weight:bold; text-decoration:underline;\">this chart</a> to find the stand for you. Note: If you do not see your speaker listed, please measure and use dimensions to choose your model of stand. Or contact RSPE and we\'ll be happy to advise.<br/>\n<br/>\n<blockquote>\n	 *Please not your monitor make and model when placing an order.\n</blockquote>\n<br/>\n<h3>About IsoAcoustics</h3>\nIsoAcoustics speaker stands are built with a unique, patented isolation technology that allows your speakers to \"float\" in free space, letting you hear authentic, uncolored sound.\n<br/><br/>\nThese ultimate speaker stands effectively eliminate energy transfer to surrounding surfaces. Bass becomes tighter. Overall imaging is enhanced. Your speakers perform to their full potential. And because ISO-L8R200 speaker stands also allow you to raise and tilt your speakers, tweeters are always at ear level, providing the optimal listening position.<br/><br/>\n<h3>Whether you\'re a pro mixing in the studio - a musician creating in a home project environment - or an audiophile who appreciates every nuance of music and sound - you\'ll hear and appreciate the difference with the ISO-L8R155 audio speaker stand. It\'s simply the best investment you can make for superior audio</h3>'),(5481,85,0,914,'IsoAcoustics ISO-L8R155 - Medium Home and Studio Speaker Stands'),(5482,85,1,914,'IsoAcoustics ISO-L8R155 - Medium Home and Studio Speaker Stands'),(5483,76,0,914,''),(5484,76,1,914,''),(5485,75,0,915,'<style type=\"text/css\">\n#lightbox-wrap {\n    width: 50%!important;\n      height: 75%!important;\n}\n#lightbox-content {\n    width: 100%!important;\n      height: 100%!important;\n      overflow: auto;\n      padding:20px;\n  }\n#lightbox-content div{\n          width: 99.5%!important;\n            height: 100%!important;\n            overflow: none;\n                }\n</style>\n<h2>IsoAcoustics ISO-L8R200 - 7.8\" x 10\" Large Home and Studio Speaker Stands</h2>\n<span style=\"font-size:16px; font-style:italic;\">The only audio speaker stands that address the PIF Principles - the three elements affecting sound</span><br/><br/>\nThe IsoAcoustics ISO-LSR200 Isolating Speaker Stands are designed to greatly improve the sound of your speakers by addressing the PIF principals of sound: placement, isolation, and focus. The results are tighter, more extended bass and more solid stereo imaging without having to upgrade your speakers.<br/><br/>\n<a href=\"http://www.isoacoustics.com/calculator/?key=bc83f0db-c938-4d11-94be-b9488dc9f6db#/\" target=\"_blank\"><img src=\"/v/vspfiles/assets/images/iso-calculator.jpg\"/></a><br/><br/>\n<h3>ISO-L8R Adjustable Speaker Stand Design</h3>\nIsoAcoustic\'s unique patented design provides superior audio performance by supporting the PIF Principles in acoustic design.\n<br/><br/>\n<strong>Placement –</strong> proximity to adjacent and nearby surfaces. ISO-L8R audio stands raise the audio speakers or studio monitors off the supporting surface and away from adjacent surfaces to reduce reflections.<br/><br/>\n<strong>Isolation –</strong> from supporting surfaces. Decoupling the audio speakers or studio monitors from the supporting surface reduces the energy from exciting other objects, and allows the speaker and enclosure to float independently.<br/><br/>\n<strong>Focus –</strong> Raising and tilting the audio speakers and studio monitors creates an ideal listening position by forming an equilateral triangle from the speaker to the listener, with tweeters tilted to the listener\'s exact ear level.<br/><br/>\n<strong>Height Adjustment </strong>\nAn important aspect of the speaker stand design is the ability to adjust the height and tilt angle of the supported speaker enclosure to optimize its position relative to the listener. Two lengths of tubing along with 2 sets of end-plug pairs provide 14 steps of height adjustment as the combinations are used to tilt the speaker up and down. The stand can be assembled and reconfigured repeatedly to establish the ideal position off the supporting surface and focused towards the listener.<br/><br/>\nIn a typical Desktop Audio Workstation (DAW) configuration, the listener is positioned 3 to 4 feet from the monitors with ear level approximately 20\" above the work surface. An enclosure containing an 8\" speaker may position the high frequency driver 12\" from the bottom while an enclosure with a 6\" speaker may position the high frequency driver only 8\" from the bottom. Raising and tilting these examples to their optimum position can easily be achieved with this speaker stand design. This speaker stand configuration is also suited for applications over longer distances such as in large recording studios or with consumer products where home stereo speakers may ideally need to be raised 6\" off the floor and tilted up 8 degrees.<br/><br/>\n<strong>Tilt Adjustment </strong><br/>\nThe tube lengths and end-caps combinations provide a simple means to establish optimal adjustment of large and small monitors over the typical 36 to 48 inch listening distance for mixing and evaluation.<br/><br/>\n<h3>ISO-L8R Speaker Stand Design Concept</h3>\n<strong>Isolators </strong><br/>\nThe isolation and response of the audio stand is a function of the isolator\'s shape and its volume and durometer (hardness and density). Its opening, internal taper and concave end (void) result in a compliant element to contain the supporting tubes or rods. This allows the supporting tubes to move fore and aft, while resisting lateral and secondary movements and oscillations. As the speaker cone moves forward, the speaker enclosure tends to move back, as predicted by Newton\'s third law of reciprocating motion. Transducers, enclosure and upper stand section therefore move in a direction sympathetic to the sound source.<br/><br/>\n<strong>Speaker Stand Shape </strong><br/>\nBoth top and bottom elements provide torsional rigidity for the overall speaker stand design while lending an attractive look. A definite rectangular shape helps define the front and back of the stand and aligns the polarized isolators with the speaker drivers.<br/><br/>\n<strong>Speaker Stand Bottom Element </strong><br/>\nThe bottom element is the most visible part of the design, as longer tubes may be used to raise the upper element and speaker, while exposing the top surface of the element below. This frame, shelf or body section anchors the assembly with a strong, secure base. The isolators are inserted from the bottom, or unfinished side, with a complimentary shape in the molding so it can be inserted only in the correct elongated direction. The lower element sits on the isolator\'s shoulder and lower flange lip, with the collar protruding through the topside. This lower element does not come in contact with the supporting surface of the desk below. An elongated octagonal shape of the isolator is designed to establish the correct orientation with the speaker\'s drivers when inserted, as well as maintain the optimal mass of the resilient material around the tube opening.<br/><br/>\n<strong>Speaker Stand Upper Element </strong><br/>\nIsolators are inserted from the top, or finished side, with the flange and lip protruding from the upper element. Speakers sit on top of these flanges with their weight carried through the isolator, down the tubing, and into a lower section and flange of the bottom isolator, resting on the supporting surface. A cup shape of the flanges contributes to the compliance of the isolators while in compression, as well as providing a \'suction-cup” effect that resists movement or slipping of the stand and speaker. This is especially important when the upper section is tilted to optimize the speaker\'s orientation towards the listener.<br/><br/>\n<h3>Choose your set-up:</h3>\nISO-L8R200 Short\nIn this case, the audio speaker stand is configured for 3\" in height. Speaker can also be tilted for optimal listening angle. Usually speakers will be situated on a desktop or table.\n<br/><br/>\nISO-L8R200 Long\nSpeaker stand is configured for 8\" in height. Speaker can also be tilted up or down for exact listening angle. Can also be used for floor applications.\n<br/><br/>\n<h3>Choose your model:</h3>\nIsoAcoustics has a speaker stand for virtually every high quality speaker available. Refer to \n<a href=\"/v/vspfiles/assets/images/chart_isoacoustics.pdf\" target=\"blank\" style=\"color:#000099; font-weight:bold; text-decoration:underline;\">this chart</a> to find the stand for you. Note: If you do not see your speaker listed, please measure and use dimensions to choose your model of stand. Or contact RSPE and we\'ll be happy to advise.<br/>\n<br/>\n<blockquote>\n	 *Please not your monitor make and model when placing an order.\n</blockquote>\n<br/>\n<h3>About IsoAcoustics</h3>\nIsoAcoustics speaker stands are built with a unique, patented isolation technology that allows your speakers to \"float\" in free space, letting you hear authentic, uncolored sound.\n<br/><br/>\nThese ultimate speaker stands effectively eliminate energy transfer to surrounding surfaces. Bass becomes tighter. Overall imaging is enhanced. Your speakers perform to their full potential. And because ISO-L8R200 speaker stands also allow you to raise and tilt your speakers, tweeters are always at ear level, providing the optimal listening position.<br/><br/>\n<h3>Whether you\'re a pro mixing in the studio - a musician creating in a home project environment - or an audiophile who appreciates every nuance of music and sound - you\'ll hear and appreciate the difference with the ISO-L8R200 audio speaker stand. It\'s simply the best investment you can make for superior audio</h3>'),(5486,75,1,915,'<style type=\"text/css\">\n#lightbox-wrap {\n    width: 50%!important;\n      height: 75%!important;\n}\n#lightbox-content {\n    width: 100%!important;\n      height: 100%!important;\n      overflow: auto;\n      padding:20px;\n  }\n#lightbox-content div{\n          width: 99.5%!important;\n            height: 100%!important;\n            overflow: none;\n                }\n</style>\n<h2>IsoAcoustics ISO-L8R200 - 7.8\" x 10\" Large Home and Studio Speaker Stands</h2>\n<span style=\"font-size:16px; font-style:italic;\">The only audio speaker stands that address the PIF Principles - the three elements affecting sound</span><br/><br/>\nThe IsoAcoustics ISO-LSR200 Isolating Speaker Stands are designed to greatly improve the sound of your speakers by addressing the PIF principals of sound: placement, isolation, and focus. The results are tighter, more extended bass and more solid stereo imaging without having to upgrade your speakers.<br/><br/>\n<a href=\"http://www.isoacoustics.com/calculator/?key=bc83f0db-c938-4d11-94be-b9488dc9f6db#/\" target=\"_blank\"><img src=\"/v/vspfiles/assets/images/iso-calculator.jpg\"/></a><br/><br/>\n<h3>ISO-L8R Adjustable Speaker Stand Design</h3>\nIsoAcoustic\'s unique patented design provides superior audio performance by supporting the PIF Principles in acoustic design.\n<br/><br/>\n<strong>Placement –</strong> proximity to adjacent and nearby surfaces. ISO-L8R audio stands raise the audio speakers or studio monitors off the supporting surface and away from adjacent surfaces to reduce reflections.<br/><br/>\n<strong>Isolation –</strong> from supporting surfaces. Decoupling the audio speakers or studio monitors from the supporting surface reduces the energy from exciting other objects, and allows the speaker and enclosure to float independently.<br/><br/>\n<strong>Focus –</strong> Raising and tilting the audio speakers and studio monitors creates an ideal listening position by forming an equilateral triangle from the speaker to the listener, with tweeters tilted to the listener\'s exact ear level.<br/><br/>\n<strong>Height Adjustment </strong>\nAn important aspect of the speaker stand design is the ability to adjust the height and tilt angle of the supported speaker enclosure to optimize its position relative to the listener. Two lengths of tubing along with 2 sets of end-plug pairs provide 14 steps of height adjustment as the combinations are used to tilt the speaker up and down. The stand can be assembled and reconfigured repeatedly to establish the ideal position off the supporting surface and focused towards the listener.<br/><br/>\nIn a typical Desktop Audio Workstation (DAW) configuration, the listener is positioned 3 to 4 feet from the monitors with ear level approximately 20\" above the work surface. An enclosure containing an 8\" speaker may position the high frequency driver 12\" from the bottom while an enclosure with a 6\" speaker may position the high frequency driver only 8\" from the bottom. Raising and tilting these examples to their optimum position can easily be achieved with this speaker stand design. This speaker stand configuration is also suited for applications over longer distances such as in large recording studios or with consumer products where home stereo speakers may ideally need to be raised 6\" off the floor and tilted up 8 degrees.<br/><br/>\n<strong>Tilt Adjustment </strong><br/>\nThe tube lengths and end-caps combinations provide a simple means to establish optimal adjustment of large and small monitors over the typical 36 to 48 inch listening distance for mixing and evaluation.<br/><br/>\n<h3>ISO-L8R Speaker Stand Design Concept</h3>\n<strong>Isolators </strong><br/>\nThe isolation and response of the audio stand is a function of the isolator\'s shape and its volume and durometer (hardness and density). Its opening, internal taper and concave end (void) result in a compliant element to contain the supporting tubes or rods. This allows the supporting tubes to move fore and aft, while resisting lateral and secondary movements and oscillations. As the speaker cone moves forward, the speaker enclosure tends to move back, as predicted by Newton\'s third law of reciprocating motion. Transducers, enclosure and upper stand section therefore move in a direction sympathetic to the sound source.<br/><br/>\n<strong>Speaker Stand Shape </strong><br/>\nBoth top and bottom elements provide torsional rigidity for the overall speaker stand design while lending an attractive look. A definite rectangular shape helps define the front and back of the stand and aligns the polarized isolators with the speaker drivers.<br/><br/>\n<strong>Speaker Stand Bottom Element </strong><br/>\nThe bottom element is the most visible part of the design, as longer tubes may be used to raise the upper element and speaker, while exposing the top surface of the element below. This frame, shelf or body section anchors the assembly with a strong, secure base. The isolators are inserted from the bottom, or unfinished side, with a complimentary shape in the molding so it can be inserted only in the correct elongated direction. The lower element sits on the isolator\'s shoulder and lower flange lip, with the collar protruding through the topside. This lower element does not come in contact with the supporting surface of the desk below. An elongated octagonal shape of the isolator is designed to establish the correct orientation with the speaker\'s drivers when inserted, as well as maintain the optimal mass of the resilient material around the tube opening.<br/><br/>\n<strong>Speaker Stand Upper Element </strong><br/>\nIsolators are inserted from the top, or finished side, with the flange and lip protruding from the upper element. Speakers sit on top of these flanges with their weight carried through the isolator, down the tubing, and into a lower section and flange of the bottom isolator, resting on the supporting surface. A cup shape of the flanges contributes to the compliance of the isolators while in compression, as well as providing a \'suction-cup” effect that resists movement or slipping of the stand and speaker. This is especially important when the upper section is tilted to optimize the speaker\'s orientation towards the listener.<br/><br/>\n<h3>Choose your set-up:</h3>\nISO-L8R200 Short\nIn this case, the audio speaker stand is configured for 3\" in height. Speaker can also be tilted for optimal listening angle. Usually speakers will be situated on a desktop or table.\n<br/><br/>\nISO-L8R200 Long\nSpeaker stand is configured for 8\" in height. Speaker can also be tilted up or down for exact listening angle. Can also be used for floor applications.\n<br/><br/>\n<h3>Choose your model:</h3>\nIsoAcoustics has a speaker stand for virtually every high quality speaker available. Refer to \n<a href=\"/v/vspfiles/assets/images/chart_isoacoustics.pdf\" target=\"blank\" style=\"color:#000099; font-weight:bold; text-decoration:underline;\">this chart</a> to find the stand for you. Note: If you do not see your speaker listed, please measure and use dimensions to choose your model of stand. Or contact RSPE and we\'ll be happy to advise.<br/>\n<br/>\n<blockquote>\n	 *Please not your monitor make and model when placing an order.\n</blockquote>\n<br/>\n<h3>About IsoAcoustics</h3>\nIsoAcoustics speaker stands are built with a unique, patented isolation technology that allows your speakers to \"float\" in free space, letting you hear authentic, uncolored sound.\n<br/><br/>\nThese ultimate speaker stands effectively eliminate energy transfer to surrounding surfaces. Bass becomes tighter. Overall imaging is enhanced. Your speakers perform to their full potential. And because ISO-L8R200 speaker stands also allow you to raise and tilt your speakers, tweeters are always at ear level, providing the optimal listening position.<br/><br/>\n<h3>Whether you\'re a pro mixing in the studio - a musician creating in a home project environment - or an audiophile who appreciates every nuance of music and sound - you\'ll hear and appreciate the difference with the ISO-L8R200 audio speaker stand. It\'s simply the best investment you can make for superior audio</h3>'),(5487,85,0,915,'IsoAcoustics ISO-L8R200 - Large Home and Studio Speaker Stands'),(5488,85,1,915,'IsoAcoustics ISO-L8R200 - Large Home and Studio Speaker Stands'),(5489,76,0,915,''),(5490,76,1,915,''),(5491,75,0,916,'<style type=\"text/css\">\n#lightbox-wrap {\n    width: 50%!important;\n      height: 75%!important;\n}\n#lightbox-content {\n    width: 100%!important;\n      height: 100%!important;\n      overflow: auto;\n      padding:20px;\n  }\n#lightbox-content div{\n          width: 99.5%!important;\n            height: 100%!important;\n            overflow: none;\n                }\n</style>\n<h2>IsoAcoustics ISO-L8R200 - 7.8\" x 10\" Large Subwoofer Stand</h2>\n<font size=\"3\"><i>Get more “punch” and clarity out of your subwoofer while effectively isolating it from the supporting floor.</i></font><br/><br/>\nStand is 4 inches in height, with inserts that provide a variety of tilt-up and tilt-down adjustments. In the lowest configuration, the monitor can be tilted down to focus the tweeter to a height below the original supporting surface - providing superior isolation and sound improvement.<br/>\n<br/>\nThe IsoAcoustics ISO-LSR200 Isolating Subwoofer Stand is designed to greatly improve the sound of your subwoofer by addressing the PIF principals of sound: placement, isolation, and focus. The results are more punch and clarity, without having to upgrade your speaker.<br/><br/>\n<a href=\"http://www.isoacoustics.com/calculator/?key=bc83f0db-c938-4d11-94be-b9488dc9f6db#/\" target=\"_blank\"><img src=\"/v/vspfiles/assets/images/iso-calculator.jpg\"/></a><br/><br/>\n<h3>ISO-L8R Adjustable Speaker Stand Design</h3>\nIsoAcoustic\'s unique patented design provides superior audio performance by supporting the PIF Principles in acoustic design.\n<br/><br/>\n<strong>Placement –</strong> proximity to adjacent and nearby surfaces. ISO-L8R audio stands raise the audio speakers or studio monitors off the supporting surface and away from adjacent surfaces to reduce reflections.<br/><br/>\n<strong>Isolation –</strong> from supporting surfaces. Decoupling the audio speakers or studio monitors from the supporting surface reduces the energy from exciting other objects, and allows the speaker and enclosure to float independently.<br/><br/>\n<strong>Focus –</strong> Raising and tilting the audio speakers and studio monitors creates an ideal listening position by forming an equilateral triangle from the speaker to the listener, with tweeters tilted to the listener\'s exact ear level.<br/><br/>\n<strong>Height Adjustment </strong>\nAn important aspect of the speaker stand design is the ability to adjust the height and tilt angle of the supported speaker enclosure to optimize its position relative to the listener. Two lengths of tubing along with 2 sets of end-plug pairs provide 14 steps of height adjustment as the combinations are used to tilt the speaker up and down. The stand can be assembled and reconfigured repeatedly to establish the ideal position off the supporting surface and focused towards the listener.<br/><br/>\nIn a typical Desktop Audio Workstation (DAW) configuration, the listener is positioned 3 to 4 feet from the monitors with ear level approximately 20\" above the work surface. An enclosure containing an 8\" speaker may position the high frequency driver 12\" from the bottom while an enclosure with a 6\" speaker may position the high frequency driver only 8\" from the bottom. Raising and tilting these examples to their optimum position can easily be achieved with this speaker stand design. This speaker stand configuration is also suited for applications over longer distances such as in large recording studios or with consumer products where home stereo speakers may ideally need to be raised 6\" off the floor and tilted up 8 degrees.<br/><br/>\n<strong>Tilt Adjustment </strong><br/>\nThe tube lengths and end-caps combinations provide a simple means to establish optimal adjustment of large and small monitors over the typical 36 to 48 inch listening distance for mixing and evaluation.<br/><br/>\n<h3>ISO-L8R Speaker Stand Design Concept</h3>\n<strong>Isolators </strong><br/>\nThe isolation and response of the audio stand is a function of the isolator\'s shape and its volume and durometer (hardness and density). Its opening, internal taper and concave end (void) result in a compliant element to contain the supporting tubes or rods. This allows the supporting tubes to move fore and aft, while resisting lateral and secondary movements and oscillations. As the speaker cone moves forward, the speaker enclosure tends to move back, as predicted by Newton\'s third law of reciprocating motion. Transducers, enclosure and upper stand section therefore move in a direction sympathetic to the sound source.<br/><br/>\n<strong>Speaker Stand Shape </strong><br/>\nBoth top and bottom elements provide torsional rigidity for the overall speaker stand design while lending an attractive look. A definite rectangular shape helps define the front and back of the stand and aligns the polarized isolators with the speaker drivers.<br/><br/>\n<strong>Speaker Stand Bottom Element </strong><br/>\nThe bottom element is the most visible part of the design, as longer tubes may be used to raise the upper element and speaker, while exposing the top surface of the element below. This frame, shelf or body section anchors the assembly with a strong, secure base. The isolators are inserted from the bottom, or unfinished side, with a complimentary shape in the molding so it can be inserted only in the correct elongated direction. The lower element sits on the isolator\'s shoulder and lower flange lip, with the collar protruding through the topside. This lower element does not come in contact with the supporting surface of the desk below. An elongated octagonal shape of the isolator is designed to establish the correct orientation with the speaker\'s drivers when inserted, as well as maintain the optimal mass of the resilient material around the tube opening.<br/><br/>\n<strong>Speaker Stand Upper Element </strong><br/>\nIsolators are inserted from the top, or finished side, with the flange and lip protruding from the upper element. Speakers sit on top of these flanges with their weight carried through the isolator, down the tubing, and into a lower section and flange of the bottom isolator, resting on the supporting surface. A cup shape of the flanges contributes to the compliance of the isolators while in compression, as well as providing a \'suction-cup” effect that resists movement or slipping of the stand and speaker. This is especially important when the upper section is tilted to optimize the speaker\'s orientation towards the listener.<br/><br/>\n<h3>Choose your model:</h3>\nIsoAcoustics has a speaker stand for virtually every high quality speaker available. Refer to \n<a href=\"/v/vspfiles/assets/images/chart_isoacoustics.pdf\" target=\"blank\" style=\"color:#000099; font-weight:bold; text-decoration:underline;\">this chart</a> to find the stand for you. Note: If you do not see your speaker listed, please measure and use dimensions to choose your model of stand. Or contact RSPE and we\'ll be happy to advise.<br/>\n<br/>\n<blockquote>\n	 *Please not your monitor make and model when placing an order.\n</blockquote>\n<br/>\n<h3>About IsoAcoustics</h3>\nIsoAcoustics speaker stands are built with a unique, patented isolation technology that allows your speakers to \"float\" in free space, letting you hear authentic, uncolored sound.\n<br/><br/>\nThese ultimate speaker stands effectively eliminate energy transfer to surrounding surfaces. Bass becomes tighter. Overall imaging is enhanced. Your speakers perform to their full potential. And because ISO-L8R200 speaker stands also allow you to raise and tilt your speakers, tweeters are always at ear level, providing the optimal listening position.<br/><br/>\n<h3>Whether you\'re a pro mixing in the studio - a musician creating in a home project environment - or an audiophile who appreciates every nuance of music and sound - you\'ll hear and appreciate the difference with the ISO-L8R200 subwoofer stand. It\'s simply the best investment you can make for superior audio</h3>'),(5492,75,1,916,'<style type=\"text/css\">\n#lightbox-wrap {\n    width: 50%!important;\n      height: 75%!important;\n}\n#lightbox-content {\n    width: 100%!important;\n      height: 100%!important;\n      overflow: auto;\n      padding:20px;\n  }\n#lightbox-content div{\n          width: 99.5%!important;\n            height: 100%!important;\n            overflow: none;\n                }\n</style>\n<h2>IsoAcoustics ISO-L8R200 - 7.8\" x 10\" Large Subwoofer Stand</h2>\n<font size=\"3\"><i>Get more “punch” and clarity out of your subwoofer while effectively isolating it from the supporting floor.</i></font><br/><br/>\nStand is 4 inches in height, with inserts that provide a variety of tilt-up and tilt-down adjustments. In the lowest configuration, the monitor can be tilted down to focus the tweeter to a height below the original supporting surface - providing superior isolation and sound improvement.<br/>\n<br/>\nThe IsoAcoustics ISO-LSR200 Isolating Subwoofer Stand is designed to greatly improve the sound of your subwoofer by addressing the PIF principals of sound: placement, isolation, and focus. The results are more punch and clarity, without having to upgrade your speaker.<br/><br/>\n<a href=\"http://www.isoacoustics.com/calculator/?key=bc83f0db-c938-4d11-94be-b9488dc9f6db#/\" target=\"_blank\"><img src=\"/v/vspfiles/assets/images/iso-calculator.jpg\"/></a><br/><br/>\n<h3>ISO-L8R Adjustable Speaker Stand Design</h3>\nIsoAcoustic\'s unique patented design provides superior audio performance by supporting the PIF Principles in acoustic design.\n<br/><br/>\n<strong>Placement –</strong> proximity to adjacent and nearby surfaces. ISO-L8R audio stands raise the audio speakers or studio monitors off the supporting surface and away from adjacent surfaces to reduce reflections.<br/><br/>\n<strong>Isolation –</strong> from supporting surfaces. Decoupling the audio speakers or studio monitors from the supporting surface reduces the energy from exciting other objects, and allows the speaker and enclosure to float independently.<br/><br/>\n<strong>Focus –</strong> Raising and tilting the audio speakers and studio monitors creates an ideal listening position by forming an equilateral triangle from the speaker to the listener, with tweeters tilted to the listener\'s exact ear level.<br/><br/>\n<strong>Height Adjustment </strong>\nAn important aspect of the speaker stand design is the ability to adjust the height and tilt angle of the supported speaker enclosure to optimize its position relative to the listener. Two lengths of tubing along with 2 sets of end-plug pairs provide 14 steps of height adjustment as the combinations are used to tilt the speaker up and down. The stand can be assembled and reconfigured repeatedly to establish the ideal position off the supporting surface and focused towards the listener.<br/><br/>\nIn a typical Desktop Audio Workstation (DAW) configuration, the listener is positioned 3 to 4 feet from the monitors with ear level approximately 20\" above the work surface. An enclosure containing an 8\" speaker may position the high frequency driver 12\" from the bottom while an enclosure with a 6\" speaker may position the high frequency driver only 8\" from the bottom. Raising and tilting these examples to their optimum position can easily be achieved with this speaker stand design. This speaker stand configuration is also suited for applications over longer distances such as in large recording studios or with consumer products where home stereo speakers may ideally need to be raised 6\" off the floor and tilted up 8 degrees.<br/><br/>\n<strong>Tilt Adjustment </strong><br/>\nThe tube lengths and end-caps combinations provide a simple means to establish optimal adjustment of large and small monitors over the typical 36 to 48 inch listening distance for mixing and evaluation.<br/><br/>\n<h3>ISO-L8R Speaker Stand Design Concept</h3>\n<strong>Isolators </strong><br/>\nThe isolation and response of the audio stand is a function of the isolator\'s shape and its volume and durometer (hardness and density). Its opening, internal taper and concave end (void) result in a compliant element to contain the supporting tubes or rods. This allows the supporting tubes to move fore and aft, while resisting lateral and secondary movements and oscillations. As the speaker cone moves forward, the speaker enclosure tends to move back, as predicted by Newton\'s third law of reciprocating motion. Transducers, enclosure and upper stand section therefore move in a direction sympathetic to the sound source.<br/><br/>\n<strong>Speaker Stand Shape </strong><br/>\nBoth top and bottom elements provide torsional rigidity for the overall speaker stand design while lending an attractive look. A definite rectangular shape helps define the front and back of the stand and aligns the polarized isolators with the speaker drivers.<br/><br/>\n<strong>Speaker Stand Bottom Element </strong><br/>\nThe bottom element is the most visible part of the design, as longer tubes may be used to raise the upper element and speaker, while exposing the top surface of the element below. This frame, shelf or body section anchors the assembly with a strong, secure base. The isolators are inserted from the bottom, or unfinished side, with a complimentary shape in the molding so it can be inserted only in the correct elongated direction. The lower element sits on the isolator\'s shoulder and lower flange lip, with the collar protruding through the topside. This lower element does not come in contact with the supporting surface of the desk below. An elongated octagonal shape of the isolator is designed to establish the correct orientation with the speaker\'s drivers when inserted, as well as maintain the optimal mass of the resilient material around the tube opening.<br/><br/>\n<strong>Speaker Stand Upper Element </strong><br/>\nIsolators are inserted from the top, or finished side, with the flange and lip protruding from the upper element. Speakers sit on top of these flanges with their weight carried through the isolator, down the tubing, and into a lower section and flange of the bottom isolator, resting on the supporting surface. A cup shape of the flanges contributes to the compliance of the isolators while in compression, as well as providing a \'suction-cup” effect that resists movement or slipping of the stand and speaker. This is especially important when the upper section is tilted to optimize the speaker\'s orientation towards the listener.<br/><br/>\n<h3>Choose your model:</h3>\nIsoAcoustics has a speaker stand for virtually every high quality speaker available. Refer to \n<a href=\"/v/vspfiles/assets/images/chart_isoacoustics.pdf\" target=\"blank\" style=\"color:#000099; font-weight:bold; text-decoration:underline;\">this chart</a> to find the stand for you. Note: If you do not see your speaker listed, please measure and use dimensions to choose your model of stand. Or contact RSPE and we\'ll be happy to advise.<br/>\n<br/>\n<blockquote>\n	 *Please not your monitor make and model when placing an order.\n</blockquote>\n<br/>\n<h3>About IsoAcoustics</h3>\nIsoAcoustics speaker stands are built with a unique, patented isolation technology that allows your speakers to \"float\" in free space, letting you hear authentic, uncolored sound.\n<br/><br/>\nThese ultimate speaker stands effectively eliminate energy transfer to surrounding surfaces. Bass becomes tighter. Overall imaging is enhanced. Your speakers perform to their full potential. And because ISO-L8R200 speaker stands also allow you to raise and tilt your speakers, tweeters are always at ear level, providing the optimal listening position.<br/><br/>\n<h3>Whether you\'re a pro mixing in the studio - a musician creating in a home project environment - or an audiophile who appreciates every nuance of music and sound - you\'ll hear and appreciate the difference with the ISO-L8R200 subwoofer stand. It\'s simply the best investment you can make for superior audio</h3>'),(5493,85,0,916,'IsoAcoustics ISO-L8R200 - 7.8\" x 10\" Large Subwoofer Stand'),(5494,85,1,916,'IsoAcoustics ISO-L8R200 - 7.8\" x 10\" Large Subwoofer Stand'),(5495,76,0,916,''),(5496,76,1,916,''),(5497,75,0,917,'<style type=\"text/css\">\n#lightbox-wrap {\n    width: 50%!important;\n      height: 75%!important;\n}\n#lightbox-content {\n    width: 100%!important;\n      height: 100%!important;\n      overflow: auto;\n      padding:20px;\n  }\n#lightbox-content div{\n          width: 99.5%!important;\n            height: 100%!important;\n            overflow: none;\n                }\n</style>\n<h2>IsoAcoustics ISO-L8R430 - 17\" x 9\" Oversized Home and Studio Speaker Stands</h2>\n<span style=\"font-size:16px; font-style:italic;\">The ISO-L8R430 Stands for Large Studio Monitors... Hear Your Monitors Come To Life</span><br/><br/>\nThe IsoAcoustics ISO-L8R430 Stands\' patented isolation technology allow large speakers to float in free space, resulting in the elimination of energy transfer to the surrounding surfaces. The result for the studio professional is markedly enhanced sound clarity, superior isolation and tightening up of the bass and the opening up of mid-range frequencies.<br/><br/>\nThe IS0-430\'s allow professional and project studio recording pros to bring out the best in their monitor system — and hear true, clear, uncolored sound. Measuring 17\" in width and 9\" in depth, the ISO-L8R430 stands are designed to support large speakers weighing up to 100 pounds. The ISO-L8R430 stands also offer a variety of tilt adjustments.<br/>\n<br/>\n<a href=\"http://www.isoacoustics.com/calculator/?key=bc83f0db-c938-4d11-94be-b9488dc9f6db#/\" target=\"_blank\"><img src=\"/v/vspfiles/assets/images/iso-calculator.jpg\"/></a><br/><br/>\n<h3>ISO-L8R Adjustable Speaker Stand Design</h3>\nIsoAcoustic\'s unique patented design provides superior audio performance by supporting the PIF Principles in acoustic design.\n<br/><br/>\n<strong>Placement –</strong> proximity to adjacent and nearby surfaces. ISO-L8R audio stands raise the audio speakers or studio monitors off the supporting surface and away from adjacent surfaces to reduce reflections.<br/><br/>\n<strong>Isolation –</strong> from supporting surfaces. Decoupling the audio speakers or studio monitors from the supporting surface reduces the energy from exciting other objects, and allows the speaker and enclosure to float independently.<br/><br/>\n<strong>Focus –</strong> Raising and tilting the audio speakers and studio monitors creates an ideal listening position by forming an equilateral triangle from the speaker to the listener, with tweeters tilted to the listener\'s exact ear level.<br/><br/>\n<strong>Height Adjustment </strong>\nAn important aspect of the speaker stand design is the ability to adjust the height and tilt angle of the supported speaker enclosure to optimize its position relative to the listener. Two lengths of tubing along with 2 sets of end-plug pairs provide 14 steps of height adjustment as the combinations are used to tilt the speaker up and down. The stand can be assembled and reconfigured repeatedly to establish the ideal position off the supporting surface and focused towards the listener.<br/><br/>\nIn a typical Desktop Audio Workstation (DAW) configuration, the listener is positioned 3 to 4 feet from the monitors with ear level approximately 20\" above the work surface. An enclosure containing an 8\" speaker may position the high frequency driver 12\" from the bottom while an enclosure with a 6\" speaker may position the high frequency driver only 8\" from the bottom. Raising and tilting these examples to their optimum position can easily be achieved with this speaker stand design. This speaker stand configuration is also suited for applications over longer distances such as in large recording studios or with consumer products where home stereo speakers may ideally need to be raised 6\" off the floor and tilted up 8 degrees.<br/><br/>\n<strong>Tilt Adjustment </strong><br/>\nThe tube lengths and end-caps combinations provide a simple means to establish optimal adjustment of large and small monitors over the typical 36 to 48 inch listening distance for mixing and evaluation.<br/><br/>\n<h3>ISO-L8R Speaker Stand Design Concept</h3>\n<strong>Isolators </strong><br/>\nThe isolation and response of the audio stand is a function of the isolator\'s shape and its volume and durometer (hardness and density). Its opening, internal taper and concave end (void) result in a compliant element to contain the supporting tubes or rods. This allows the supporting tubes to move fore and aft, while resisting lateral and secondary movements and oscillations. As the speaker cone moves forward, the speaker enclosure tends to move back, as predicted by Newton\'s third law of reciprocating motion. Transducers, enclosure and upper stand section therefore move in a direction sympathetic to the sound source.<br/><br/>\n<strong>Speaker Stand Shape </strong><br/>\nBoth top and bottom elements provide torsional rigidity for the overall speaker stand design while lending an attractive look. A definite rectangular shape helps define the front and back of the stand and aligns the polarized isolators with the speaker drivers.<br/><br/>\n<strong>Speaker Stand Bottom Element </strong><br/>\nThe bottom element is the most visible part of the design, as longer tubes may be used to raise the upper element and speaker, while exposing the top surface of the element below. This frame, shelf or body section anchors the assembly with a strong, secure base. The isolators are inserted from the bottom, or unfinished side, with a complimentary shape in the molding so it can be inserted only in the correct elongated direction. The lower element sits on the isolator\'s shoulder and lower flange lip, with the collar protruding through the topside. This lower element does not come in contact with the supporting surface of the desk below. An elongated octagonal shape of the isolator is designed to establish the correct orientation with the speaker\'s drivers when inserted, as well as maintain the optimal mass of the resilient material around the tube opening.<br/><br/>\n<strong>Speaker Stand Upper Element </strong><br/>\nIsolators are inserted from the top, or finished side, with the flange and lip protruding from the upper element. Speakers sit on top of these flanges with their weight carried through the isolator, down the tubing, and into a lower section and flange of the bottom isolator, resting on the supporting surface. A cup shape of the flanges contributes to the compliance of the isolators while in compression, as well as providing a \'suction-cup” effect that resists movement or slipping of the stand and speaker. This is especially important when the upper section is tilted to optimize the speaker\'s orientation towards the listener.<br/><br/>\n<h3>Choose your set-up:</h3>\nISO-L8R430 Short\nIn this case, the audio speaker stand is configured for 3\" in height. Speaker can also be tilted for optimal listening angle. Usually speakers will be situated on a desktop or table.\n<br/><br/>\nISO-L8R430 Long\nSpeaker stand is configured for 8\" in height. Speaker can also be tilted up or down for exact listening angle. Can also be used for floor applications.\n<br/><br/>\n<h3>Choose your model:</h3>\nIsoAcoustics has a speaker stand for virtually every high quality speaker available. Refer to \n<a href=\"/v/vspfiles/assets/images/chart_isoacoustics.pdf\" target=\"blank\" style=\"color:#000099; font-weight:bold; text-decoration:underline;\">this chart</a> to find the stand for you. Note: If you do not see your speaker listed, please measure and use dimensions to choose your model of stand. Or contact RSPE and we\'ll be happy to advise.<br/>\n<br/>\n<blockquote>\n	 *Please not your monitor make and model when placing an order.\n</blockquote>\n<br/>\n<h3>About IsoAcoustics</h3>\nIsoAcoustics speaker stands are built with a unique, patented isolation technology that allows your speakers to \"float\" in free space, letting you hear authentic, uncolored sound.\n<br/><br/>\nThese ultimate speaker stands effectively eliminate energy transfer to surrounding surfaces. Bass becomes tighter. Overall imaging is enhanced. Your speakers perform to their full potential. And because ISO-L8R200 speaker stands also allow you to raise and tilt your speakers, tweeters are always at ear level, providing the optimal listening position.<br/><br/>\n<h3>Whether you\'re a pro mixing in the studio - a musician creating in a home project environment - or an audiophile who appreciates every nuance of music and sound - you\'ll hear and appreciate the difference with the ISO-L8R430 audio speaker stand. It\'s simply the best investment you can make for superior audio</h3>'),(5498,75,1,917,'<style type=\"text/css\">\n#lightbox-wrap {\n    width: 50%!important;\n      height: 75%!important;\n}\n#lightbox-content {\n    width: 100%!important;\n      height: 100%!important;\n      overflow: auto;\n      padding:20px;\n  }\n#lightbox-content div{\n          width: 99.5%!important;\n            height: 100%!important;\n            overflow: none;\n                }\n</style>\n<h2>IsoAcoustics ISO-L8R430 - 17\" x 9\" Oversized Home and Studio Speaker Stands</h2>\n<span style=\"font-size:16px; font-style:italic;\">The ISO-L8R430 Stands for Large Studio Monitors... Hear Your Monitors Come To Life</span><br/><br/>\nThe IsoAcoustics ISO-L8R430 Stands\' patented isolation technology allow large speakers to float in free space, resulting in the elimination of energy transfer to the surrounding surfaces. The result for the studio professional is markedly enhanced sound clarity, superior isolation and tightening up of the bass and the opening up of mid-range frequencies.<br/><br/>\nThe IS0-430\'s allow professional and project studio recording pros to bring out the best in their monitor system — and hear true, clear, uncolored sound. Measuring 17\" in width and 9\" in depth, the ISO-L8R430 stands are designed to support large speakers weighing up to 100 pounds. The ISO-L8R430 stands also offer a variety of tilt adjustments.<br/>\n<br/>\n<a href=\"http://www.isoacoustics.com/calculator/?key=bc83f0db-c938-4d11-94be-b9488dc9f6db#/\" target=\"_blank\"><img src=\"/v/vspfiles/assets/images/iso-calculator.jpg\"/></a><br/><br/>\n<h3>ISO-L8R Adjustable Speaker Stand Design</h3>\nIsoAcoustic\'s unique patented design provides superior audio performance by supporting the PIF Principles in acoustic design.\n<br/><br/>\n<strong>Placement –</strong> proximity to adjacent and nearby surfaces. ISO-L8R audio stands raise the audio speakers or studio monitors off the supporting surface and away from adjacent surfaces to reduce reflections.<br/><br/>\n<strong>Isolation –</strong> from supporting surfaces. Decoupling the audio speakers or studio monitors from the supporting surface reduces the energy from exciting other objects, and allows the speaker and enclosure to float independently.<br/><br/>\n<strong>Focus –</strong> Raising and tilting the audio speakers and studio monitors creates an ideal listening position by forming an equilateral triangle from the speaker to the listener, with tweeters tilted to the listener\'s exact ear level.<br/><br/>\n<strong>Height Adjustment </strong>\nAn important aspect of the speaker stand design is the ability to adjust the height and tilt angle of the supported speaker enclosure to optimize its position relative to the listener. Two lengths of tubing along with 2 sets of end-plug pairs provide 14 steps of height adjustment as the combinations are used to tilt the speaker up and down. The stand can be assembled and reconfigured repeatedly to establish the ideal position off the supporting surface and focused towards the listener.<br/><br/>\nIn a typical Desktop Audio Workstation (DAW) configuration, the listener is positioned 3 to 4 feet from the monitors with ear level approximately 20\" above the work surface. An enclosure containing an 8\" speaker may position the high frequency driver 12\" from the bottom while an enclosure with a 6\" speaker may position the high frequency driver only 8\" from the bottom. Raising and tilting these examples to their optimum position can easily be achieved with this speaker stand design. This speaker stand configuration is also suited for applications over longer distances such as in large recording studios or with consumer products where home stereo speakers may ideally need to be raised 6\" off the floor and tilted up 8 degrees.<br/><br/>\n<strong>Tilt Adjustment </strong><br/>\nThe tube lengths and end-caps combinations provide a simple means to establish optimal adjustment of large and small monitors over the typical 36 to 48 inch listening distance for mixing and evaluation.<br/><br/>\n<h3>ISO-L8R Speaker Stand Design Concept</h3>\n<strong>Isolators </strong><br/>\nThe isolation and response of the audio stand is a function of the isolator\'s shape and its volume and durometer (hardness and density). Its opening, internal taper and concave end (void) result in a compliant element to contain the supporting tubes or rods. This allows the supporting tubes to move fore and aft, while resisting lateral and secondary movements and oscillations. As the speaker cone moves forward, the speaker enclosure tends to move back, as predicted by Newton\'s third law of reciprocating motion. Transducers, enclosure and upper stand section therefore move in a direction sympathetic to the sound source.<br/><br/>\n<strong>Speaker Stand Shape </strong><br/>\nBoth top and bottom elements provide torsional rigidity for the overall speaker stand design while lending an attractive look. A definite rectangular shape helps define the front and back of the stand and aligns the polarized isolators with the speaker drivers.<br/><br/>\n<strong>Speaker Stand Bottom Element </strong><br/>\nThe bottom element is the most visible part of the design, as longer tubes may be used to raise the upper element and speaker, while exposing the top surface of the element below. This frame, shelf or body section anchors the assembly with a strong, secure base. The isolators are inserted from the bottom, or unfinished side, with a complimentary shape in the molding so it can be inserted only in the correct elongated direction. The lower element sits on the isolator\'s shoulder and lower flange lip, with the collar protruding through the topside. This lower element does not come in contact with the supporting surface of the desk below. An elongated octagonal shape of the isolator is designed to establish the correct orientation with the speaker\'s drivers when inserted, as well as maintain the optimal mass of the resilient material around the tube opening.<br/><br/>\n<strong>Speaker Stand Upper Element </strong><br/>\nIsolators are inserted from the top, or finished side, with the flange and lip protruding from the upper element. Speakers sit on top of these flanges with their weight carried through the isolator, down the tubing, and into a lower section and flange of the bottom isolator, resting on the supporting surface. A cup shape of the flanges contributes to the compliance of the isolators while in compression, as well as providing a \'suction-cup” effect that resists movement or slipping of the stand and speaker. This is especially important when the upper section is tilted to optimize the speaker\'s orientation towards the listener.<br/><br/>\n<h3>Choose your set-up:</h3>\nISO-L8R430 Short\nIn this case, the audio speaker stand is configured for 3\" in height. Speaker can also be tilted for optimal listening angle. Usually speakers will be situated on a desktop or table.\n<br/><br/>\nISO-L8R430 Long\nSpeaker stand is configured for 8\" in height. Speaker can also be tilted up or down for exact listening angle. Can also be used for floor applications.\n<br/><br/>\n<h3>Choose your model:</h3>\nIsoAcoustics has a speaker stand for virtually every high quality speaker available. Refer to \n<a href=\"/v/vspfiles/assets/images/chart_isoacoustics.pdf\" target=\"blank\" style=\"color:#000099; font-weight:bold; text-decoration:underline;\">this chart</a> to find the stand for you. Note: If you do not see your speaker listed, please measure and use dimensions to choose your model of stand. Or contact RSPE and we\'ll be happy to advise.<br/>\n<br/>\n<blockquote>\n	 *Please not your monitor make and model when placing an order.\n</blockquote>\n<br/>\n<h3>About IsoAcoustics</h3>\nIsoAcoustics speaker stands are built with a unique, patented isolation technology that allows your speakers to \"float\" in free space, letting you hear authentic, uncolored sound.\n<br/><br/>\nThese ultimate speaker stands effectively eliminate energy transfer to surrounding surfaces. Bass becomes tighter. Overall imaging is enhanced. Your speakers perform to their full potential. And because ISO-L8R200 speaker stands also allow you to raise and tilt your speakers, tweeters are always at ear level, providing the optimal listening position.<br/><br/>\n<h3>Whether you\'re a pro mixing in the studio - a musician creating in a home project environment - or an audiophile who appreciates every nuance of music and sound - you\'ll hear and appreciate the difference with the ISO-L8R430 audio speaker stand. It\'s simply the best investment you can make for superior audio</h3>'),(5499,85,0,917,'IsoAcoustics ISO-L8R430 - Oversized Home and Studio Speaker Stands'),(5500,85,1,917,'IsoAcoustics ISO-L8R430 - Oversized Home and Studio Speaker Stands'),(5501,76,0,917,''),(5502,76,1,917,''),(5503,75,0,918,'<style type=\"text/css\">\n#lightbox-wrap {\n    width: 50%!important;\n      height: 75%!important;\n}\n#lightbox-content {\n    width: 100%!important;\n      height: 100%!important;\n      overflow: auto;\n      padding:20px;\n  }\n#lightbox-content div{\n          width: 99.5%!important;\n            height: 100%!important;\n            overflow: none;\n                }\n</style>\n<h2>IsoAcoustics ISO-PUCK (2-Pack) - Isolation Pucks for Studio Monitors</h2>\n<i>Isolation, sound clarity and openness for your studio monitors with ISO-PUCK.</i><br /><br />\nThe <span style=\"background-color: initial;\">IsoAcoustics ISO-PUCKs are a simple, but extremely effective solution for isolating studio monitors, guitar amps and other systems. This unique design provides a high degree of isolation while resisting lateral movement and oscillations, which results in greater sound clarity and focus. Possibly the most versatile isolation tool available for the studio, live stage or home as you can place them as needed to improve the clarity and performance of your pro equipment and monitors.</span>\n<div>\n	<br />\n</div>\n<div>\n	The ISO-PUCK’s upper flange “suction cup” design adheres to the underside of the cabinet making the upper isolator live with the speaker, while the lower isolator adheres to the supporting surface. All the energy is managed within the core of the ISO-PUCK’s isolators which are carefully tuned to provide superior isolation and control while remaining on-axis. Three or more ISO-PUCK’s may be used depending on the total weight applied.<br /><br />\n</div>\n<h3>ISO-PUCK Features</h3>\n<ul style=\"\">\n	<li>Improve the sound of your existing studio monitors</li><li>Isolates your speakers from supporting surfaces</li><li>Helps minimize vibration and the resulting sound smearing and coloration</li><li>Suction cup flange on top and bottom for secure mounting</li><li>Small and easy to position</li><li>Pack includes 2 ISO-Pucks</li>\n</ul>\n<br />\n<h3>ISO-PUCK Specs</h3>\n<ul>\n	<li><span style=\"background-color: initial;\">Overall size: 2.4”x1.2” (6 x 3cm)</span></li>\n	<li>Weight Limit: 20lbs (9Kg) per ISO-PUCK</li>\n</ul>\n<br />\n<h3>Ideal For <span style=\"background-color: initial;\">Studio Monitors</span></h3>\n<span style=\"background-color: initial;\"></span>\n<div>\n	This low-profile design makes the ISO-PUCK the ideal solution for studio monitors placed on meter bridges, floor stands, consoles, desktops, millwork, or soffit mounted. These isolators decouple studio monitors from the supporting surface to eliminate the transfer of energy and the resulting sound smearing and coloration.<br /><br /><span style=\"background-color: initial;\">Even studio monitors placed on the most solid steel stands, millwork or heavy granite surfaces will greatly benefit from the ISO-PUCK’s as the internal reflections coming back up from the supporting surface are attenuated to eliminate the smear and provide greater sound clarity and open up the stereo image. If more height or tilt is required, please see our </span><a href=\"https://www.rspeaudio.com/SearchResults.asp?Search=l8r&Submit=Search\">ISO-L8R Series</a><span style=\"background-color: initial;\"> and </span><a href=\"https://www.rspeaudio.com/SearchResults.asp?Search=aperta&Submit=Search\">Aperta Series</a><span style=\"background-color: initial;\"> of isolation stands.<br /><br /></span>This small, compact design makes the ISO-PUCK the ideal speaker isolation solution to carry with you from studio to studio, session to session or anywhere you want to improve the sound clarity or your studio monitors. ISO-PUCK’s are sold in packages of 2, with cartons available as a convenient way to take ISO-PUCK’s to your next session.</div><div><br />\n</div>\n<h3>About IsoAcoustics</h3>\nIsoAcoustics speaker stands are built with a unique, patented isolation technology that allows your speakers to \"float\" in free space, letting you hear authentic, uncolored sound.\n<br /><br />\nThese ultimate speaker stands effectively eliminate energy transfer to surrounding surfaces. Bass becomes tighter. Overall imaging is enhanced. Your speakers perform to their full potential. And because ISO-L8R200 speaker stands also allow you to raise and tilt your speakers, tweeters are always at ear level, providing the optimal listening position.<br /><br />\n<h3>Improve the sound of your existing monitors with the IsoAcoustics ISO-Puck.</h3>'),(5504,75,1,918,'<style type=\"text/css\">\n#lightbox-wrap {\n    width: 50%!important;\n      height: 75%!important;\n}\n#lightbox-content {\n    width: 100%!important;\n      height: 100%!important;\n      overflow: auto;\n      padding:20px;\n  }\n#lightbox-content div{\n          width: 99.5%!important;\n            height: 100%!important;\n            overflow: none;\n                }\n</style>\n<h2>IsoAcoustics ISO-PUCK (2-Pack) - Isolation Pucks for Studio Monitors</h2>\n<i>Isolation, sound clarity and openness for your studio monitors with ISO-PUCK.</i><br /><br />\nThe <span style=\"background-color: initial;\">IsoAcoustics ISO-PUCKs are a simple, but extremely effective solution for isolating studio monitors, guitar amps and other systems. This unique design provides a high degree of isolation while resisting lateral movement and oscillations, which results in greater sound clarity and focus. Possibly the most versatile isolation tool available for the studio, live stage or home as you can place them as needed to improve the clarity and performance of your pro equipment and monitors.</span>\n<div>\n	<br />\n</div>\n<div>\n	The ISO-PUCK’s upper flange “suction cup” design adheres to the underside of the cabinet making the upper isolator live with the speaker, while the lower isolator adheres to the supporting surface. All the energy is managed within the core of the ISO-PUCK’s isolators which are carefully tuned to provide superior isolation and control while remaining on-axis. Three or more ISO-PUCK’s may be used depending on the total weight applied.<br /><br />\n</div>\n<h3>ISO-PUCK Features</h3>\n<ul style=\"\">\n	<li>Improve the sound of your existing studio monitors</li><li>Isolates your speakers from supporting surfaces</li><li>Helps minimize vibration and the resulting sound smearing and coloration</li><li>Suction cup flange on top and bottom for secure mounting</li><li>Small and easy to position</li><li>Pack includes 2 ISO-Pucks</li>\n</ul>\n<br />\n<h3>ISO-PUCK Specs</h3>\n<ul>\n	<li><span style=\"background-color: initial;\">Overall size: 2.4”x1.2” (6 x 3cm)</span></li>\n	<li>Weight Limit: 20lbs (9Kg) per ISO-PUCK</li>\n</ul>\n<br />\n<h3>Ideal For <span style=\"background-color: initial;\">Studio Monitors</span></h3>\n<span style=\"background-color: initial;\"></span>\n<div>\n	This low-profile design makes the ISO-PUCK the ideal solution for studio monitors placed on meter bridges, floor stands, consoles, desktops, millwork, or soffit mounted. These isolators decouple studio monitors from the supporting surface to eliminate the transfer of energy and the resulting sound smearing and coloration.<br /><br /><span style=\"background-color: initial;\">Even studio monitors placed on the most solid steel stands, millwork or heavy granite surfaces will greatly benefit from the ISO-PUCK’s as the internal reflections coming back up from the supporting surface are attenuated to eliminate the smear and provide greater sound clarity and open up the stereo image. If more height or tilt is required, please see our </span><a href=\"https://www.rspeaudio.com/SearchResults.asp?Search=l8r&Submit=Search\">ISO-L8R Series</a><span style=\"background-color: initial;\"> and </span><a href=\"https://www.rspeaudio.com/SearchResults.asp?Search=aperta&Submit=Search\">Aperta Series</a><span style=\"background-color: initial;\"> of isolation stands.<br /><br /></span>This small, compact design makes the ISO-PUCK the ideal speaker isolation solution to carry with you from studio to studio, session to session or anywhere you want to improve the sound clarity or your studio monitors. ISO-PUCK’s are sold in packages of 2, with cartons available as a convenient way to take ISO-PUCK’s to your next session.</div><div><br />\n</div>\n<h3>About IsoAcoustics</h3>\nIsoAcoustics speaker stands are built with a unique, patented isolation technology that allows your speakers to \"float\" in free space, letting you hear authentic, uncolored sound.\n<br /><br />\nThese ultimate speaker stands effectively eliminate energy transfer to surrounding surfaces. Bass becomes tighter. Overall imaging is enhanced. Your speakers perform to their full potential. And because ISO-L8R200 speaker stands also allow you to raise and tilt your speakers, tweeters are always at ear level, providing the optimal listening position.<br /><br />\n<h3>Improve the sound of your existing monitors with the IsoAcoustics ISO-Puck.</h3>'),(5505,85,0,918,'IsoAcoustics ISO-PUCK (2-Pack)'),(5506,85,1,918,'IsoAcoustics ISO-PUCK (2-Pack)'),(5507,76,0,918,''),(5508,76,1,918,''),(5509,75,0,919,'<h2>iZotope Content Creator Bundle</h2><i>One-stop-bundle with powerful audio processing tools for musicians, podcaster, live-streamers, and more.</i><br /><br />iZotope Content Creator Bundle gives you the power of professional sounding audio anywhere with this one-stop-bundle. Instantly remove background noise from vocal takes with RX 8 Standard, achieve a clear, crisp vocal sound with Nectar 3 Plus, and perfect your final mix and master with Ozone 9 and Neutron 3 Standard. These powerful tools bundled in one convenient package have been designed to work together seamlessly and quickly to achieve professional results. Whether you’re podcasting, recording voice-overs, or music—the Content Creator Bundle will have you broadcast ready in no time.\n<br /><br />\n<h3>Included in the iZotope Content Creator Bundle:</h3>\n<h4>RX 8 Standard</h4>\nRX 8 is a complete toolkit for audio cleanup and restoration needs. Instantly polish guitar recordings, rebalance your mix and create stems, remove distracting hum with the redesigned De-hum, and surgically fix dialogue and music performances using the editor or plug-ins.<br /><br />\n<h4>Nectar 3 Plus</h4>\nNectar 3 Plus lets your vocals sit in the mix with a sophisticated set of tools for vocal production. Put your vocals in their place with everything you need for a clear, professional sound, like Dynamic Unmasking, Vocal Assistant, and more.<br /><br />\n<h4>Neutron 3 Standard</h4>\nNeutron 3 brings your mixing workflow into the 21st century. With all-new tools to shape your audio and create custom presets, it’s the easiest, most intelligent way to achieve a high-quality mix—faster than ever.<br /><br />\n<h4>Ozone 9 Standard</h4>\nFind the perfect modern or vintage vibe with an expanded Master Assistant, or match to your favorite reference track with the new Match EQ. Enjoy these tools and more with Ozone 9.<br /><br />'),(5510,75,1,919,'<h2>iZotope Content Creator Bundle</h2><i>One-stop-bundle with powerful audio processing tools for musicians, podcaster, live-streamers, and more.</i><br /><br />iZotope Content Creator Bundle gives you the power of professional sounding audio anywhere with this one-stop-bundle. Instantly remove background noise from vocal takes with RX 8 Standard, achieve a clear, crisp vocal sound with Nectar 3 Plus, and perfect your final mix and master with Ozone 9 and Neutron 3 Standard. These powerful tools bundled in one convenient package have been designed to work together seamlessly and quickly to achieve professional results. Whether you’re podcasting, recording voice-overs, or music—the Content Creator Bundle will have you broadcast ready in no time.\n<br /><br />\n<h3>Included in the iZotope Content Creator Bundle:</h3>\n<h4>RX 8 Standard</h4>\nRX 8 is a complete toolkit for audio cleanup and restoration needs. Instantly polish guitar recordings, rebalance your mix and create stems, remove distracting hum with the redesigned De-hum, and surgically fix dialogue and music performances using the editor or plug-ins.<br /><br />\n<h4>Nectar 3 Plus</h4>\nNectar 3 Plus lets your vocals sit in the mix with a sophisticated set of tools for vocal production. Put your vocals in their place with everything you need for a clear, professional sound, like Dynamic Unmasking, Vocal Assistant, and more.<br /><br />\n<h4>Neutron 3 Standard</h4>\nNeutron 3 brings your mixing workflow into the 21st century. With all-new tools to shape your audio and create custom presets, it’s the easiest, most intelligent way to achieve a high-quality mix—faster than ever.<br /><br />\n<h4>Ozone 9 Standard</h4>\nFind the perfect modern or vintage vibe with an expanded Master Assistant, or match to your favorite reference track with the new Match EQ. Enjoy these tools and more with Ozone 9.<br /><br />'),(5511,85,0,919,'iZotope Content Creator Bundle'),(5512,85,1,919,'iZotope Content Creator Bundle'),(5513,76,0,919,''),(5514,76,1,919,''),(5515,75,0,920,'<h1>iZotope Creative Suite 2</h1>\n<i>Five of iZotope\'s most inspiring audio music production plug-ins to invigorate your productions!</i>\n<br /><br />\nThe iZotope Creative Suite features five innovative and inspiring software tools to invigorate your music productions and help them stand out: Stutter Edit 2, VocalSynth 2, Iris 2, Trash 2 Expanded, BreakTweaker Expanded. This unique collection of creative products is designed to inspire, elevate, and aid exploration in your music. Make beats, design synths, add texture, and find your sound with the iZotope Creative Suite.\n<br /><br />\n<h2>iZotope Creative Suite 2 includes:</h2>\n<h3>Stutter Edit 2</h3>\nStutter Edit 2 lets you create the famous “stutter” editing effect with one button to slice and dice your samples, tracks, and mixes. Create exciting movement with the new Curve Editor and control any effect in tempo. Dive deeper with new banks and gestures filled with pre-made percussive patterns, soaring pop vocal edits, glitched-out dubstep breakdowns, and beyond. Elevate your productions and get a bottomless well of inspiration in a single plug-in with Stutter Edit 2.\n<br /><br />\n<h3>VocalSynth 2</h3>\nVocalSynth 2 is an immersive vocal experience that adapts and adapts and evolves with your unique style and opens up a world of vocal possibilities. Color and shape vocals with five blendable eccentric-must-haves and stompbox-style studio effects. A one-stop for past, present, and future vocal sounds, VocalSynth 2 features a Vocoder, Compuvox, Polyvox, Talkbox, and Biovox: a brand new effect based on the sonic qualities of the human vocal tract.\n<br /><br />\n<h3>Iris 2</h3>\nCreate and discover musical sounds that have never been heard before. An inspiring sample-based synthesizer, Iris 2 is immediately playable—combining the power of a sampler, the flexibility of a modular synth, and the fun of spectral filtering. Get started fast by selecting from hundreds of expertly crafted Bass, Keys, Leads, Pads, and Rhythmic patches. Explore a new world of musical possibilities with Iris 2.\n<br /><br />\nIncludes 11GB of stock content and over 250 patches. Patch categories include Bass, Keys, Leads, Pads, and Rhythmic. Audio sample categories include Abstract, Environments, Instruments, Objects, Synthesizers, Toys, and Voice.<br /><br />\n<h3>Trash 2 Expanded</h3>\nMeet the most comprehensive distortion engine ever designed. Combining the power of multi-band, dual-stage distortions with advanced post-filtering, Trash 2 offers immediate sonic transformation! Give your low end some thump, get a warm crunch on the midrange, and let your high end soar. Trash any track: not just guitars and basses, but drums, synths, pads, vocals, brass, woodwinds, and more.\n<br /><br />\nIncludes two additional expansion packs: Edge Expansion and Classic textures.<br /><br />\n<h3>BreakTweaker Expanded</h3>\nBreakTweaker turns everything you know about rhythm on its head. Designed by BT and developed by iZotope, BreakTweaker is not just a drum machine: it\'s a drum sculpting and beat sequencing environment that blurs the line between rhythm and melody. Give your beats an ever-evolving depth that gets better the longer they play. Use rhythmic slicing to drive everything from pitched melodic lines to sweeping rhythmic overtures. Explore a new era of rhythmic possibilities with this forward-thinking and forward-sounding instrument. Includes 1.5GB of professionally designed sample content as well as 4 additional expansion packs: Cinematic Textures, Kicks & Snares by Beatport Sounds, Modern Grooves by Black Octopus, and Vintage Machines.\n<br /><br />'),(5516,75,1,920,'<h1>iZotope Creative Suite 2</h1>\n<i>Five of iZotope\'s most inspiring audio music production plug-ins to invigorate your productions!</i>\n<br /><br />\nThe iZotope Creative Suite features five innovative and inspiring software tools to invigorate your music productions and help them stand out: Stutter Edit 2, VocalSynth 2, Iris 2, Trash 2 Expanded, BreakTweaker Expanded. This unique collection of creative products is designed to inspire, elevate, and aid exploration in your music. Make beats, design synths, add texture, and find your sound with the iZotope Creative Suite.\n<br /><br />\n<h2>iZotope Creative Suite 2 includes:</h2>\n<h3>Stutter Edit 2</h3>\nStutter Edit 2 lets you create the famous “stutter” editing effect with one button to slice and dice your samples, tracks, and mixes. Create exciting movement with the new Curve Editor and control any effect in tempo. Dive deeper with new banks and gestures filled with pre-made percussive patterns, soaring pop vocal edits, glitched-out dubstep breakdowns, and beyond. Elevate your productions and get a bottomless well of inspiration in a single plug-in with Stutter Edit 2.\n<br /><br />\n<h3>VocalSynth 2</h3>\nVocalSynth 2 is an immersive vocal experience that adapts and adapts and evolves with your unique style and opens up a world of vocal possibilities. Color and shape vocals with five blendable eccentric-must-haves and stompbox-style studio effects. A one-stop for past, present, and future vocal sounds, VocalSynth 2 features a Vocoder, Compuvox, Polyvox, Talkbox, and Biovox: a brand new effect based on the sonic qualities of the human vocal tract.\n<br /><br />\n<h3>Iris 2</h3>\nCreate and discover musical sounds that have never been heard before. An inspiring sample-based synthesizer, Iris 2 is immediately playable—combining the power of a sampler, the flexibility of a modular synth, and the fun of spectral filtering. Get started fast by selecting from hundreds of expertly crafted Bass, Keys, Leads, Pads, and Rhythmic patches. Explore a new world of musical possibilities with Iris 2.\n<br /><br />\nIncludes 11GB of stock content and over 250 patches. Patch categories include Bass, Keys, Leads, Pads, and Rhythmic. Audio sample categories include Abstract, Environments, Instruments, Objects, Synthesizers, Toys, and Voice.<br /><br />\n<h3>Trash 2 Expanded</h3>\nMeet the most comprehensive distortion engine ever designed. Combining the power of multi-band, dual-stage distortions with advanced post-filtering, Trash 2 offers immediate sonic transformation! Give your low end some thump, get a warm crunch on the midrange, and let your high end soar. Trash any track: not just guitars and basses, but drums, synths, pads, vocals, brass, woodwinds, and more.\n<br /><br />\nIncludes two additional expansion packs: Edge Expansion and Classic textures.<br /><br />\n<h3>BreakTweaker Expanded</h3>\nBreakTweaker turns everything you know about rhythm on its head. Designed by BT and developed by iZotope, BreakTweaker is not just a drum machine: it\'s a drum sculpting and beat sequencing environment that blurs the line between rhythm and melody. Give your beats an ever-evolving depth that gets better the longer they play. Use rhythmic slicing to drive everything from pitched melodic lines to sweeping rhythmic overtures. Explore a new era of rhythmic possibilities with this forward-thinking and forward-sounding instrument. Includes 1.5GB of professionally designed sample content as well as 4 additional expansion packs: Cinematic Textures, Kicks & Snares by Beatport Sounds, Modern Grooves by Black Octopus, and Vintage Machines.\n<br /><br />'),(5517,85,0,920,''),(5518,85,1,920,''),(5519,76,0,920,''),(5520,76,1,920,''),(5521,75,0,921,'<h1>iZotope Dialogue Match</h1>\n<i>Easily match sonic profiles for dialogue and ADR with iZotope Dialogue Match AudioSuite Plug-in for Pro Tools</i><br /><br />Izotope Dialogue Match is an indispensable post production tool for matching the EQ, reverb and sonic profile of any piece of dialog and matches it to another. Designed for re-recording mixers, responsible for delivering the final sound mix for films and television programs, who need a way to quickly match dialogue from lavalier, boom mics, and ADR, in order to create a seamless and cohesive dialogue performance. Dialogue Match, the first tool to automatically learn and match the sonic character of dialogue recordings, is here to revolutionize this process.\n<br /><br />\n	By combining brand-new machine learning from iZotope with ground-breaking reverb technology from Exponential Audio, Dialogue Match, an AudioSuite plug-in for Pro Tools, analyzes your audio to extract a sonic profile you can apply to other tracks. Now, the tedious process of matching ADR to production dialogue is cut from hours to seconds. With Dialogue Match, you can apply a learned profile to any other dialogue track for fast and easy environmental consistency for every scene.\n<br /><br />\n<h3>Dialogue Match Features</h3>\n<ul>\n	<li>Match EQ, reverb, and ambience recording characteristics from a boom to lavalier. </li>\n	<li>Automatically match ADR to production audio</li>\n	<li>Quickly match localized audio to the original language</li>\n	<li>Save and load global snapshots and reference profiles</li>\n</ul>\n<br />\n<h3>EQ Module</h3>\nLeveraging parametric EQ matching mechanics, Dialogue Match matches the tonal and spectral aspects of any piece of dialogue and applies it to another.\n<br /><br />\n<h3>Reverb Module</h3>\niZotope introduces brand new reverb matching technology that combines machine learning with Exponential Audio\'s reverb algorithms. The reverb module lets you take spatial reflections from one recording and apply them to another with astonishing accuracy via Exponential Audio’s clean, realistic reverb engine.\n<br /><br />\n<h3>Ambience Module</h3>\nBy analyzing the spectral noise profile of a recording, Dialogue Match is capable of identifying and re-creating room tone, dramatically accelerating your ADR workflow.\n<br /><br />\n<h3>Snapshots</h3>\nSave time and applying learned settings to use throughout your workflow.\n<br /><br />\n<h3>References</h3>\nYou can save your own Reference profile, or use default Reference profiles as a starting point, such as small rooms, long hallways, or vehicle interiors.\n<br /><br />'),(5522,75,1,921,'<h1>iZotope Dialogue Match</h1>\n<i>Easily match sonic profiles for dialogue and ADR with iZotope Dialogue Match AudioSuite Plug-in for Pro Tools</i><br /><br />Izotope Dialogue Match is an indispensable post production tool for matching the EQ, reverb and sonic profile of any piece of dialog and matches it to another. Designed for re-recording mixers, responsible for delivering the final sound mix for films and television programs, who need a way to quickly match dialogue from lavalier, boom mics, and ADR, in order to create a seamless and cohesive dialogue performance. Dialogue Match, the first tool to automatically learn and match the sonic character of dialogue recordings, is here to revolutionize this process.\n<br /><br />\n	By combining brand-new machine learning from iZotope with ground-breaking reverb technology from Exponential Audio, Dialogue Match, an AudioSuite plug-in for Pro Tools, analyzes your audio to extract a sonic profile you can apply to other tracks. Now, the tedious process of matching ADR to production dialogue is cut from hours to seconds. With Dialogue Match, you can apply a learned profile to any other dialogue track for fast and easy environmental consistency for every scene.\n<br /><br />\n<h3>Dialogue Match Features</h3>\n<ul>\n	<li>Match EQ, reverb, and ambience recording characteristics from a boom to lavalier. </li>\n	<li>Automatically match ADR to production audio</li>\n	<li>Quickly match localized audio to the original language</li>\n	<li>Save and load global snapshots and reference profiles</li>\n</ul>\n<br />\n<h3>EQ Module</h3>\nLeveraging parametric EQ matching mechanics, Dialogue Match matches the tonal and spectral aspects of any piece of dialogue and applies it to another.\n<br /><br />\n<h3>Reverb Module</h3>\niZotope introduces brand new reverb matching technology that combines machine learning with Exponential Audio\'s reverb algorithms. The reverb module lets you take spatial reflections from one recording and apply them to another with astonishing accuracy via Exponential Audio’s clean, realistic reverb engine.\n<br /><br />\n<h3>Ambience Module</h3>\nBy analyzing the spectral noise profile of a recording, Dialogue Match is capable of identifying and re-creating room tone, dramatically accelerating your ADR workflow.\n<br /><br />\n<h3>Snapshots</h3>\nSave time and applying learned settings to use throughout your workflow.\n<br /><br />\n<h3>References</h3>\nYou can save your own Reference profile, or use default Reference profiles as a starting point, such as small rooms, long hallways, or vehicle interiors.\n<br /><br />'),(5523,85,0,921,'iZotope Dialogue Match'),(5524,85,1,921,'iZotope Dialogue Match'),(5525,76,0,921,''),(5526,76,1,921,''),(5527,75,0,922,'<h1>iZotope Elements Suite</h1>\n<i>Three powerful, award-winning audio plug-ins in one affordable package: RX Elements, Neutron Elements, and Ozone Elements.</i><br /><br />\nThe iZotope Elements Suite is the fastest way to get up and running with iZotope, an industry-leader in empowering audio technology. Born from years of audio research and development, RX Elements, Ozone Elements, and Neutron Elements are now available in one convenient bundle that not only elevates your audio production, but inspires and enables your creativity.<br /><br />\nIt’s everything you need, whether you’re recording and editing a podcast, cleaning up guitar tracks or vocals, mixing your first record—or your hundredth.<br /><br />\n<h3>iZotope Elements Suite Includes:</h3>\n<ul>\n	<li>RX Elements</li>\n	<li>Neutron Elements</li>\n	<li>Ozone Elements</li>\n</ul>\n<br />\n<h3>RX Elements : Essential Audio Repair</h3>\nDesigned for small home studios that need the basics, RX Elements includes the standalone audio editor and its famous spectrogram view. Repair common audio problems like buzz, hum, clipping, clicks, and more with four real-time noise reduction plug-ins:\n<br /><br />\nDe-Hum, De-Click, De-Clip, and De-Noise.<br /><br />\n<h3>Neutron Elements : A smarter way to mix</h3>\nAchieve fantastic mix results quickly with the futuristic mixing technology of Neutron Elements. Get award-winning audio processing that gives you the power of assistive technology like Track Assistant. Use Neutron Elements to reach an optimal starting point, help identify and eliminate mix issues, and fully wield creative control over all your mix decisions.\n<br /><br />\n<h3>Ozone Elements : Mastering Made Easy</h3>\nEffortlessly get your mixes radio- and streaming-ready with Ozone Elements. With best-in-class processing from Ozone 8, this new mastering plug-in enables you to achieve a full, rich, and loud final master with new assistive technologies like Master Assistant and the legendary Ozone Maximizer.\n<br /><br />'),(5528,75,1,922,'<h1>iZotope Elements Suite</h1>\n<i>Three powerful, award-winning audio plug-ins in one affordable package: RX Elements, Neutron Elements, and Ozone Elements.</i><br /><br />\nThe iZotope Elements Suite is the fastest way to get up and running with iZotope, an industry-leader in empowering audio technology. Born from years of audio research and development, RX Elements, Ozone Elements, and Neutron Elements are now available in one convenient bundle that not only elevates your audio production, but inspires and enables your creativity.<br /><br />\nIt’s everything you need, whether you’re recording and editing a podcast, cleaning up guitar tracks or vocals, mixing your first record—or your hundredth.<br /><br />\n<h3>iZotope Elements Suite Includes:</h3>\n<ul>\n	<li>RX Elements</li>\n	<li>Neutron Elements</li>\n	<li>Ozone Elements</li>\n</ul>\n<br />\n<h3>RX Elements : Essential Audio Repair</h3>\nDesigned for small home studios that need the basics, RX Elements includes the standalone audio editor and its famous spectrogram view. Repair common audio problems like buzz, hum, clipping, clicks, and more with four real-time noise reduction plug-ins:\n<br /><br />\nDe-Hum, De-Click, De-Clip, and De-Noise.<br /><br />\n<h3>Neutron Elements : A smarter way to mix</h3>\nAchieve fantastic mix results quickly with the futuristic mixing technology of Neutron Elements. Get award-winning audio processing that gives you the power of assistive technology like Track Assistant. Use Neutron Elements to reach an optimal starting point, help identify and eliminate mix issues, and fully wield creative control over all your mix decisions.\n<br /><br />\n<h3>Ozone Elements : Mastering Made Easy</h3>\nEffortlessly get your mixes radio- and streaming-ready with Ozone Elements. With best-in-class processing from Ozone 8, this new mastering plug-in enables you to achieve a full, rich, and loud final master with new assistive technologies like Master Assistant and the legendary Ozone Maximizer.\n<br /><br />'),(5529,85,0,922,'iZotope Elements Suite'),(5530,85,1,922,'iZotope Elements Suite'),(5531,76,0,922,''),(5532,76,1,922,''),(5533,75,0,923,'<h1>iZotope Everything Bundle</h1>\n<i>The Everything Bundle contains every product iZotope makes. From creative production to mixing, mastering, and repair, this is the complete solution for any type of audio work.</i><br /><br />\nGet EVERY iZotope plug-in in one package! The Everything Bundle contains every current iZotope product, including all of their music, post, and creative production software. Get absolutely everything you need to finish any audio session, including RX 8 Advanced for audio repair, Ozone 8 Advanced for mastering, Neutron 3 Advanced for mixing, and much, much more!<br /><br />\n<h3>iZotope Everything Bundle Includes:</h3>\n<ul>\n	<li>RX 8 Advanced</li><li>Neutron 3 Advanced with Mix Assistant</li><li>Ozone 8 Advanced</li><li>Insight 2</li><li>RX Loudness Control</li><li>Nectar 3</li>\n	<ul>\n		<li>Celemony Melodyne 4 Essential</li>\n	</ul>\n	<li>Iris 2</li>\n	<li>Trash 2</li><li>Breaktweaker</li><li>Stutter Edit</li><li>DDLY Dynamic Delay</li><li>Mobius Filter</li><li>VocalSynth 2</li>\n</ul><br /><h3>RX 8 Advanced</h3><span style=\"background-color: initial;\">Designed specifically for the demanding needs of post production professionals, RX 8 </span><span style=\"background-color: initial;\">Advanced continues to be the industry standard audio repair tool used on movies and TV shows </span><span style=\"background-color: initial;\">to restore damaged, noisy audio to pristine condition. Get full control over your audio whether </span><span style=\"background-color: initial;\">repairing noisy streaming dialogue with Spectral Recovery, processing production audio for your </span><span style=\"background-color: initial;\">entire project with the newly improved Batch Processor, or rescuing production dialogue with a </span><span style=\"background-color: initial;\">myriad of voice-based processing modules—all with multichannel support up Dolby Atmos </span><span style=\"background-color: initial;\">7.1.2.</span> <br />\n<br />\n\n<h3><span style=\"background-color: initial;\">Neutron 3 Advanced</span></h3>\nAchieve a clear, well-balanced mix with Neutron’s innovative new mixing and analysis tools. Work faster than ever with better performance, new interactive visualizations, and Mix Assistant, which automatically sets levels across your session. Neutron 3 will bring your mixes into the 21st century. \n<br /><br />\n\n\n<h3>Ozone 8 Advanced</h3>\nAs the industry’s most comprehensive mastering suite, Ozone 8 adds to its legacy by introducing new intelligent signal processing, spectral shaping, Tonal Balance Control, and more. Master your audio with over fifteen years of audio industry firsts at your fingertips.\n<br /><br />\n\n<h3>Insight 2</h3>\nGet a complete set of meters that can be customized and form fit to any session. Gain valuable perspective on any aspect of your mix, including loudness, intelligibility, spectral balance, and more.\n<br /><br />\n\n<h3>RX Loudness Control</h3>\nDesigned specifically for audio/video post production and broadcast workflows, RX Loudness Control uses industry-leading, intelligent audio signal processing to ensure your mixes are delivered within the appropriate loudness standards.\n<br /><br />\n\n<h3>Nectar 3</h3>\nGet your vocals to sit in the mix with the most sophisticated set of tools designed for vocal production. Add realistic harmonies, creative pitch correction, distortion, compression, reverb, and more. Using the machine learning-powered Vocal Assistant, instantly give your vocal the professional treatment, or even unmask your vocal from other tracks in your mix.\n<br /><br /><b>ALSO INCLUDED WITH NECTAR 3: </b> Melodyne 4 essential adds surgical, intuitive, and truly transparent pitch adjustment capabilities that are an industry standard in professional studios around the world.\n\n<br /><br />\n\n<h3>Iris 2</h3>\nIris 2 generates sound by playing back up to four audio files at once, allowing you to mix instrument samples, found sounds, and synthesizer waves into nearly unlimited combinations.\n<br /><br />\n\n<h3>Trash 2</h3>\nMeet the most comprehensive distortion engine ever designed. Combining the power of multi-band, dual-stage distortions with advanced post-filtering, Trash 2 offers immediate sonic transformation! Give your low end some thump, get a warm crunch on the midrange, and let your high end soar.\n<br /><br />\n\n<h3>Breaktweaker</h3>\nMake beats you\'ve never heard before. Built on a futuristic MicroEdit Engine, BreakTweaker turns everything you know about rhythm on its head.  Explore a new era of rhythmic possibilities with this forward-thinking and forward-sounding instrument!\n<br /><br />\n\n<h3>Stutter Edit</h3>\nStutter Edit is a MIDI controlled plug-in that lets you create a beat-repeating effect, or “Stutter”, automatically synced to your DAW tempo. With just a single keystroke, switch between an extensive bank of over 800 individual “gestures”, each with their own unique effect and rhythm. Listeners will think you spent hours slaving over the slices, when all it took was a simple touch of a button!\n<br /><br />\n\n \n<h3>DDLY Dynamic Delay</h3>\nDDLY is the most fun you’ll ever have using delay. Using a unique Threshold control, DDLY lets you choose how responsive the delay is to your audio signal, allowing everything from subtle sparkling repetitions to crushing tonal collages. With two delay lines to work with, each with separate parameters and two stylish delay algorithms to choose from, there’s endless fun to be had. \n<br /><br />\n \n<h3>Mobius Filter</h3>\nAdd movement and emotion to your music with Mobius Filter’s infinitely ascending or descending filter sweeps. Find the sweet spot for your track quickly and fluidly, then push it to extreme heights or add subtle hints of motion. Create fresh filter effects for any genre—massive filter swells, psychedelic alternatives to flange effects, or fresh inspiration for adventurous soundscapes.\n<br /><br />\n \n<h3>VocalSynth 2</h3>\nThe perfect compliment to Nectar 3, VocalSynth 2 helps you find your sound in an immersive vocal experience that evolves with your production. A one-stop for past, present, and future vocal sounds, VocalSynth 2\'s modules include a Vocoder, Compuvox, Polyvox, Talkbox, and Biovox: a brand new effect based on the dynamic sonic qualities of the human vocal tract. \n<br /><br />'),(5534,75,1,923,'<h1>iZotope Everything Bundle</h1>\n<i>The Everything Bundle contains every product iZotope makes. From creative production to mixing, mastering, and repair, this is the complete solution for any type of audio work.</i><br /><br />\nGet EVERY iZotope plug-in in one package! The Everything Bundle contains every current iZotope product, including all of their music, post, and creative production software. Get absolutely everything you need to finish any audio session, including RX 8 Advanced for audio repair, Ozone 8 Advanced for mastering, Neutron 3 Advanced for mixing, and much, much more!<br /><br />\n<h3>iZotope Everything Bundle Includes:</h3>\n<ul>\n	<li>RX 8 Advanced</li><li>Neutron 3 Advanced with Mix Assistant</li><li>Ozone 8 Advanced</li><li>Insight 2</li><li>RX Loudness Control</li><li>Nectar 3</li>\n	<ul>\n		<li>Celemony Melodyne 4 Essential</li>\n	</ul>\n	<li>Iris 2</li>\n	<li>Trash 2</li><li>Breaktweaker</li><li>Stutter Edit</li><li>DDLY Dynamic Delay</li><li>Mobius Filter</li><li>VocalSynth 2</li>\n</ul><br /><h3>RX 8 Advanced</h3><span style=\"background-color: initial;\">Designed specifically for the demanding needs of post production professionals, RX 8 </span><span style=\"background-color: initial;\">Advanced continues to be the industry standard audio repair tool used on movies and TV shows </span><span style=\"background-color: initial;\">to restore damaged, noisy audio to pristine condition. Get full control over your audio whether </span><span style=\"background-color: initial;\">repairing noisy streaming dialogue with Spectral Recovery, processing production audio for your </span><span style=\"background-color: initial;\">entire project with the newly improved Batch Processor, or rescuing production dialogue with a </span><span style=\"background-color: initial;\">myriad of voice-based processing modules—all with multichannel support up Dolby Atmos </span><span style=\"background-color: initial;\">7.1.2.</span> <br />\n<br />\n\n<h3><span style=\"background-color: initial;\">Neutron 3 Advanced</span></h3>\nAchieve a clear, well-balanced mix with Neutron’s innovative new mixing and analysis tools. Work faster than ever with better performance, new interactive visualizations, and Mix Assistant, which automatically sets levels across your session. Neutron 3 will bring your mixes into the 21st century. \n<br /><br />\n\n\n<h3>Ozone 8 Advanced</h3>\nAs the industry’s most comprehensive mastering suite, Ozone 8 adds to its legacy by introducing new intelligent signal processing, spectral shaping, Tonal Balance Control, and more. Master your audio with over fifteen years of audio industry firsts at your fingertips.\n<br /><br />\n\n<h3>Insight 2</h3>\nGet a complete set of meters that can be customized and form fit to any session. Gain valuable perspective on any aspect of your mix, including loudness, intelligibility, spectral balance, and more.\n<br /><br />\n\n<h3>RX Loudness Control</h3>\nDesigned specifically for audio/video post production and broadcast workflows, RX Loudness Control uses industry-leading, intelligent audio signal processing to ensure your mixes are delivered within the appropriate loudness standards.\n<br /><br />\n\n<h3>Nectar 3</h3>\nGet your vocals to sit in the mix with the most sophisticated set of tools designed for vocal production. Add realistic harmonies, creative pitch correction, distortion, compression, reverb, and more. Using the machine learning-powered Vocal Assistant, instantly give your vocal the professional treatment, or even unmask your vocal from other tracks in your mix.\n<br /><br /><b>ALSO INCLUDED WITH NECTAR 3: </b> Melodyne 4 essential adds surgical, intuitive, and truly transparent pitch adjustment capabilities that are an industry standard in professional studios around the world.\n\n<br /><br />\n\n<h3>Iris 2</h3>\nIris 2 generates sound by playing back up to four audio files at once, allowing you to mix instrument samples, found sounds, and synthesizer waves into nearly unlimited combinations.\n<br /><br />\n\n<h3>Trash 2</h3>\nMeet the most comprehensive distortion engine ever designed. Combining the power of multi-band, dual-stage distortions with advanced post-filtering, Trash 2 offers immediate sonic transformation! Give your low end some thump, get a warm crunch on the midrange, and let your high end soar.\n<br /><br />\n\n<h3>Breaktweaker</h3>\nMake beats you\'ve never heard before. Built on a futuristic MicroEdit Engine, BreakTweaker turns everything you know about rhythm on its head.  Explore a new era of rhythmic possibilities with this forward-thinking and forward-sounding instrument!\n<br /><br />\n\n<h3>Stutter Edit</h3>\nStutter Edit is a MIDI controlled plug-in that lets you create a beat-repeating effect, or “Stutter”, automatically synced to your DAW tempo. With just a single keystroke, switch between an extensive bank of over 800 individual “gestures”, each with their own unique effect and rhythm. Listeners will think you spent hours slaving over the slices, when all it took was a simple touch of a button!\n<br /><br />\n\n \n<h3>DDLY Dynamic Delay</h3>\nDDLY is the most fun you’ll ever have using delay. Using a unique Threshold control, DDLY lets you choose how responsive the delay is to your audio signal, allowing everything from subtle sparkling repetitions to crushing tonal collages. With two delay lines to work with, each with separate parameters and two stylish delay algorithms to choose from, there’s endless fun to be had. \n<br /><br />\n \n<h3>Mobius Filter</h3>\nAdd movement and emotion to your music with Mobius Filter’s infinitely ascending or descending filter sweeps. Find the sweet spot for your track quickly and fluidly, then push it to extreme heights or add subtle hints of motion. Create fresh filter effects for any genre—massive filter swells, psychedelic alternatives to flange effects, or fresh inspiration for adventurous soundscapes.\n<br /><br />\n \n<h3>VocalSynth 2</h3>\nThe perfect compliment to Nectar 3, VocalSynth 2 helps you find your sound in an immersive vocal experience that evolves with your production. A one-stop for past, present, and future vocal sounds, VocalSynth 2\'s modules include a Vocoder, Compuvox, Polyvox, Talkbox, and Biovox: a brand new effect based on the dynamic sonic qualities of the human vocal tract. \n<br /><br />'),(5535,85,0,923,'iZotope Everything Bundle'),(5536,85,1,923,'iZotope Everything Bundle'),(5537,76,0,923,''),(5538,76,1,923,''),(5539,75,0,924,'<h1>iZotope Home Studio Vocal Bundle</h1>\n<i>Home Studio Vocal Bundle gives you the powerful vocal processing tools found in RX 8 Standard and Nectar 3 Plus, which includes Melodyne 5 essential.</i><br /><br />\nThe iZotope Home Studio Vocal Bundle is available for a Limited time and gives you the same tools used by professionals and GRAMMY award-winning engineers, right in your home studio. Use RX 8 Standard to repair noisy vocal takes and then add professional polish with tools like the machine learning powered Vocal Assistant in Nectar 3 Plus.<br /><br />\n<h2>Home Studio Vocal Bundle includes:</h2>\n<h3>RX 8 Standard</h3>\nRX 8 is a complete toolkit for audio cleanup and restoration needs. Instantly polish guitar recordings, rebalance your mix and create stems, remove distracting hum with the redesigned De-hum, and surgically fix dialogue and music performances using the editor or plug-ins.<br /><br /><h4><span style=\"background-color: initial;\">RX 8 Standard features:</span></h4><span style=\"background-color: initial;\"></span><ul><li>Music Rebalance</li><li>De-bleed</li><li>Breath Control</li><li>Repair Assistant</li><li>De-reverb</li><li>Guitar De-noise</li><li>Loudness Control</li><li>Batch Processor</li></ul><br />\n<h3>Nectar 3 Plus</h3>\nNectar 3 Plus lets your vocals sit in the mix with a sophisticated set of tools for vocal production. Put your vocals in their place with everything you need for a clear, professional sound, like Dynamic Unmasking, Vocal Assistant, and more.<br /><br /><h4><span style=\"background-color: initial;\">Nectar 3 Plus features:</span></h4><span style=\"background-color: initial;\"></span><ul><li>Follow EQ Mode</li><li>Melodyne 5 essential</li><li>Vocal Assistant</li><li>Relay Plug-in</li><li>RX 8 Breath Control</li></ul><br />'),(5540,75,1,924,'<h1>iZotope Home Studio Vocal Bundle</h1>\n<i>Home Studio Vocal Bundle gives you the powerful vocal processing tools found in RX 8 Standard and Nectar 3 Plus, which includes Melodyne 5 essential.</i><br /><br />\nThe iZotope Home Studio Vocal Bundle is available for a Limited time and gives you the same tools used by professionals and GRAMMY award-winning engineers, right in your home studio. Use RX 8 Standard to repair noisy vocal takes and then add professional polish with tools like the machine learning powered Vocal Assistant in Nectar 3 Plus.<br /><br />\n<h2>Home Studio Vocal Bundle includes:</h2>\n<h3>RX 8 Standard</h3>\nRX 8 is a complete toolkit for audio cleanup and restoration needs. Instantly polish guitar recordings, rebalance your mix and create stems, remove distracting hum with the redesigned De-hum, and surgically fix dialogue and music performances using the editor or plug-ins.<br /><br /><h4><span style=\"background-color: initial;\">RX 8 Standard features:</span></h4><span style=\"background-color: initial;\"></span><ul><li>Music Rebalance</li><li>De-bleed</li><li>Breath Control</li><li>Repair Assistant</li><li>De-reverb</li><li>Guitar De-noise</li><li>Loudness Control</li><li>Batch Processor</li></ul><br />\n<h3>Nectar 3 Plus</h3>\nNectar 3 Plus lets your vocals sit in the mix with a sophisticated set of tools for vocal production. Put your vocals in their place with everything you need for a clear, professional sound, like Dynamic Unmasking, Vocal Assistant, and more.<br /><br /><h4><span style=\"background-color: initial;\">Nectar 3 Plus features:</span></h4><span style=\"background-color: initial;\"></span><ul><li>Follow EQ Mode</li><li>Melodyne 5 essential</li><li>Vocal Assistant</li><li>Relay Plug-in</li><li>RX 8 Breath Control</li></ul><br />'),(5541,85,0,924,''),(5542,85,1,924,''),(5543,76,0,924,''),(5544,76,1,924,''),(5545,75,0,925,'<h2>iZotope Mix & Master Bundle Advanced </h2>\n<i>Mix and Master Bundle includes Neutron 3 Advanced, Ozone 9 Advanced, Relay, Visual Mixer and Tonal Balance Control, a new way of visualizing your music. </i><br /><br />Izotope Neutron 3 and Ozone 9 come together in Mix & Master Bundle: your solution for a modern, streamlined mixing and mastering workflow. Use Neutron 3 to mix and balance your tracks, then Ozone 9 to put the finishing touches on your work. Once you try these futuristic tools, you\'ll wonder how you ever got by without them.<br />\n<ul>\n</ul>\n<br />\n<h3>Neutron 3 Advanced: A smarter way to mix</h3>\nAchieve a clear, well-balanced mix with Neutron’s innovative new mixing and analysis tools. Control every aspect of your music, from the visual soundstage of your tracks to the tonal balance of your mix—all with iZotope’s award-winning digital signal processing. Work faster than ever with better performance, new interactive visualizations, and Mix Assistant (Advanced Only), which automatically sets levels across your session.\n<br /><br />\n<h3>Ozone 9 Advanced: The future of mastering</h3>\nOzone 9 helps make mastering easier with AI-powered assistive audio tools that give you an instant starting point. New source separation technology in Master Rebalance lets you correct instrument levels before starting your master, or add excitement to key sections. Have the final say in any mix with complete control of your sound.<br /><br />\n<h3>Relay</h3>\nOn the surface, Relay is a low-CPU-overhead utility that lets you adjust your tracks’ gain, pan, stereo image, and filter parameters on the fly. When used in conjunction with other IPC-enabled iZotope plug-ins, Relay enables tracks containing Neutron 3, Nectar 3, or VocalSynth 2 plug-ins to interact with one another for automatic mixing, unmasking, and more.<br /><br />\n<h3>Visual Mixer (Advanced bundle only)</h3>\nReach out and touch your audio and move tracks around in a visual space. It\'s the easiest way to visualize your entire mix. Intuitively set levels, panning, and width, automatically import track names, and save snapshots to organize your mix in a clear, comprehensive virtual environment.\n<br /><br />\n<h3>Tonal Balance Control (Advanced bundle only)</h3>\nThe new Tonal Balance Control plug-in introduces industry-first visual analysis and communicates across all instances of Neutron 2 and Ozone 8 Equalizer modules, allowing you to reach your desired result faster. This new inter-plug-in communication lets you fix mix issues that hinder mastering and bridges the gap between the two. No more context switching or opening up multiple windows—just tonally balanced, professional sounding music.\nAdjust your tracks to targets based on hundreds of professional masters or create your own custom targets from one or more songs in your personal library.\n<br /><br />'),(5546,75,1,925,'<h2>iZotope Mix & Master Bundle Advanced </h2>\n<i>Mix and Master Bundle includes Neutron 3 Advanced, Ozone 9 Advanced, Relay, Visual Mixer and Tonal Balance Control, a new way of visualizing your music. </i><br /><br />Izotope Neutron 3 and Ozone 9 come together in Mix & Master Bundle: your solution for a modern, streamlined mixing and mastering workflow. Use Neutron 3 to mix and balance your tracks, then Ozone 9 to put the finishing touches on your work. Once you try these futuristic tools, you\'ll wonder how you ever got by without them.<br />\n<ul>\n</ul>\n<br />\n<h3>Neutron 3 Advanced: A smarter way to mix</h3>\nAchieve a clear, well-balanced mix with Neutron’s innovative new mixing and analysis tools. Control every aspect of your music, from the visual soundstage of your tracks to the tonal balance of your mix—all with iZotope’s award-winning digital signal processing. Work faster than ever with better performance, new interactive visualizations, and Mix Assistant (Advanced Only), which automatically sets levels across your session.\n<br /><br />\n<h3>Ozone 9 Advanced: The future of mastering</h3>\nOzone 9 helps make mastering easier with AI-powered assistive audio tools that give you an instant starting point. New source separation technology in Master Rebalance lets you correct instrument levels before starting your master, or add excitement to key sections. Have the final say in any mix with complete control of your sound.<br /><br />\n<h3>Relay</h3>\nOn the surface, Relay is a low-CPU-overhead utility that lets you adjust your tracks’ gain, pan, stereo image, and filter parameters on the fly. When used in conjunction with other IPC-enabled iZotope plug-ins, Relay enables tracks containing Neutron 3, Nectar 3, or VocalSynth 2 plug-ins to interact with one another for automatic mixing, unmasking, and more.<br /><br />\n<h3>Visual Mixer (Advanced bundle only)</h3>\nReach out and touch your audio and move tracks around in a visual space. It\'s the easiest way to visualize your entire mix. Intuitively set levels, panning, and width, automatically import track names, and save snapshots to organize your mix in a clear, comprehensive virtual environment.\n<br /><br />\n<h3>Tonal Balance Control (Advanced bundle only)</h3>\nThe new Tonal Balance Control plug-in introduces industry-first visual analysis and communicates across all instances of Neutron 2 and Ozone 8 Equalizer modules, allowing you to reach your desired result faster. This new inter-plug-in communication lets you fix mix issues that hinder mastering and bridges the gap between the two. No more context switching or opening up multiple windows—just tonally balanced, professional sounding music.\nAdjust your tracks to targets based on hundreds of professional masters or create your own custom targets from one or more songs in your personal library.\n<br /><br />'),(5547,85,0,925,'iZotope Mix & Master Bundle Advanced'),(5548,85,1,925,'iZotope Mix & Master Bundle Advanced'),(5549,76,0,925,''),(5550,76,1,925,''),(5551,75,0,926,'<h2>iZotope Mix & Master Bundle Plus</h2>\n<i>Speed up your mixing and mastering workflow with iZotope’s Mix & Master Bundle Plus. Get Ozone 9 Standard, Neutron 3 Standard, and Nectar 3 all in one package to create polished, professional-sounding tracks + Melodyne 5 Essential.</i><br /><div><br />The iZotope Mix and Master Bundle Standard gives you access to standard editions of Neutron 3 and Ozone 9: your solution for streamlined mixing and mastering. Mix and balance your tracks with Neutron 3, then use Ozone 9 to apply the finishing touches.<br /><br />Neutron 3 and Ozone 9 use iZotope’s inter-plugin communication to connect your tracks to one another for a more intuitive and cohesive workflow.<br /><br /></div>\n<h3>Neutron 3 Standard: A smarter way to mix</h3>\niZotope Neutron 3 is designed to bring your mix workflows into the 21st century. Bend and shape your audio to any instrument profile with the brand new Sculptor, create custom presets through machine learning with Track Assistant, communicate across plug-ins in your session with the smartest EQs on the planet, and automatically find and fix masking issues with the most intelligent Masking Meter for mix that sounds better than ever, faster than ever. With 8 modular mixing tools in one mothership plug-in, it’s the easiest, most intelligent way to bring unrivaled quality and speed to your mix.<br /><br />\n<h3>Ozone 9 Standard: The future of mastering</h3>\nIzotope Ozone 9 Standard brings the latest advances in audio technology to the world of mastering. Find the perfect modern or vintage vibe with an expanded Master Assistant, or match to your favorite reference track with the new Match EQ. Work faster with improved plug-in performance, smoother metering, and resizable windows. Stop wondering if your music is ready for primetime—with Ozone 9, the future of mastering is in your hands.<br /><br /><h3>Melodyne 5 Essential</h3>With Melodyne 5 Essential, you edit your vocals using the basic functions for pitch and timing. Musical, quick and easy. And if you need more, you can always upgrade, paying only the difference.'),(5552,75,1,926,'<h2>iZotope Mix & Master Bundle Plus</h2>\n<i>Speed up your mixing and mastering workflow with iZotope’s Mix & Master Bundle Plus. Get Ozone 9 Standard, Neutron 3 Standard, and Nectar 3 all in one package to create polished, professional-sounding tracks + Melodyne 5 Essential.</i><br /><div><br />The iZotope Mix and Master Bundle Standard gives you access to standard editions of Neutron 3 and Ozone 9: your solution for streamlined mixing and mastering. Mix and balance your tracks with Neutron 3, then use Ozone 9 to apply the finishing touches.<br /><br />Neutron 3 and Ozone 9 use iZotope’s inter-plugin communication to connect your tracks to one another for a more intuitive and cohesive workflow.<br /><br /></div>\n<h3>Neutron 3 Standard: A smarter way to mix</h3>\niZotope Neutron 3 is designed to bring your mix workflows into the 21st century. Bend and shape your audio to any instrument profile with the brand new Sculptor, create custom presets through machine learning with Track Assistant, communicate across plug-ins in your session with the smartest EQs on the planet, and automatically find and fix masking issues with the most intelligent Masking Meter for mix that sounds better than ever, faster than ever. With 8 modular mixing tools in one mothership plug-in, it’s the easiest, most intelligent way to bring unrivaled quality and speed to your mix.<br /><br />\n<h3>Ozone 9 Standard: The future of mastering</h3>\nIzotope Ozone 9 Standard brings the latest advances in audio technology to the world of mastering. Find the perfect modern or vintage vibe with an expanded Master Assistant, or match to your favorite reference track with the new Match EQ. Work faster with improved plug-in performance, smoother metering, and resizable windows. Stop wondering if your music is ready for primetime—with Ozone 9, the future of mastering is in your hands.<br /><br /><h3>Melodyne 5 Essential</h3>With Melodyne 5 Essential, you edit your vocals using the basic functions for pitch and timing. Musical, quick and easy. And if you need more, you can always upgrade, paying only the difference.'),(5553,85,0,926,'iZotope Mix & Master Bundle Plus'),(5554,85,1,926,'iZotope Mix & Master Bundle Plus'),(5555,76,0,926,''),(5556,76,1,926,''),(5557,75,0,927,'<h2>iZotope Mix & Master Bundle</h2>\n<i>The ultimate mixing and mastering toolset - Streamline your mixing and mastering workflow with iZotope’s Mix & Master Bundle. Enjoy Neutron 3 Standard, Ozone 9 Standard, and Tonal Balance Control 2 to overcome your listening environment and mix, balance, and polish your sound.</i><div><br />The iZotope Mix and Master Bundle Standard gives you access to standard editions of Neutron 3 and Ozone 9 plus Tonal Balance Control 2: your solution for streamlined mixing and mastering. Mix and balance your tracks with Neutron 3, then use Ozone 9 to apply the finishing touches.<br /><br />Neutron 3 and Ozone 9 use iZotope’s inter-plugin communication to connect your tracks to one another for a more intuitive and cohesive workflow.<br /><br /></div>\n<h3>Neutron 3 Standard: A smarter way to mix</h3>\niZotope Neutron 3 is designed to bring your mix workflows into the 21st century. Bend and shape your audio to any instrument profile with the brand new Sculptor, create custom presets through machine learning with Track Assistant, communicate across plug-ins in your session with the smartest EQs on the planet, and automatically find and fix masking issues with the most intelligent Masking Meter for mix that sounds better than ever, faster than ever. With 8 modular mixing tools in one mothership plug-in, it’s the easiest, most intelligent way to bring unrivaled quality and speed to your mix.<br /><br />\n<h3>Ozone 9 Standard: The future of mastering</h3>\nIzotope Ozone 9 Standard brings the latest advances in audio technology to the world of mastering. Find the perfect modern or vintage vibe with an expanded Master Assistant, or match to your favorite reference track with the new Match EQ. Work faster with improved plug-in performance, smoother metering, and resizable windows. Stop wondering if your music is ready for primetime—with Ozone 9, the future of mastering is in your hands.<br /><h3><br />Tonal Balance Control 2</h3>Get decades of mastering expertise in your next session with Tonal Balance Control 2, a plug-in that helps you overcome your listening environment and achieve a balanced mix. View the frequency balance in your track and compare to genre targets, upload your own unique custom curve, and create with confidence that your music will translate.<br /><br />'),(5558,75,1,927,'<h2>iZotope Mix & Master Bundle</h2>\n<i>The ultimate mixing and mastering toolset - Streamline your mixing and mastering workflow with iZotope’s Mix & Master Bundle. Enjoy Neutron 3 Standard, Ozone 9 Standard, and Tonal Balance Control 2 to overcome your listening environment and mix, balance, and polish your sound.</i><div><br />The iZotope Mix and Master Bundle Standard gives you access to standard editions of Neutron 3 and Ozone 9 plus Tonal Balance Control 2: your solution for streamlined mixing and mastering. Mix and balance your tracks with Neutron 3, then use Ozone 9 to apply the finishing touches.<br /><br />Neutron 3 and Ozone 9 use iZotope’s inter-plugin communication to connect your tracks to one another for a more intuitive and cohesive workflow.<br /><br /></div>\n<h3>Neutron 3 Standard: A smarter way to mix</h3>\niZotope Neutron 3 is designed to bring your mix workflows into the 21st century. Bend and shape your audio to any instrument profile with the brand new Sculptor, create custom presets through machine learning with Track Assistant, communicate across plug-ins in your session with the smartest EQs on the planet, and automatically find and fix masking issues with the most intelligent Masking Meter for mix that sounds better than ever, faster than ever. With 8 modular mixing tools in one mothership plug-in, it’s the easiest, most intelligent way to bring unrivaled quality and speed to your mix.<br /><br />\n<h3>Ozone 9 Standard: The future of mastering</h3>\nIzotope Ozone 9 Standard brings the latest advances in audio technology to the world of mastering. Find the perfect modern or vintage vibe with an expanded Master Assistant, or match to your favorite reference track with the new Match EQ. Work faster with improved plug-in performance, smoother metering, and resizable windows. Stop wondering if your music is ready for primetime—with Ozone 9, the future of mastering is in your hands.<br /><h3><br />Tonal Balance Control 2</h3>Get decades of mastering expertise in your next session with Tonal Balance Control 2, a plug-in that helps you overcome your listening environment and achieve a balanced mix. View the frequency balance in your track and compare to genre targets, upload your own unique custom curve, and create with confidence that your music will translate.<br /><br />'),(5559,85,0,927,'iZotope Mix & Master Bundle Standard'),(5560,85,1,927,'iZotope Mix & Master Bundle Standard'),(5561,76,0,927,''),(5562,76,1,927,''),(5563,75,0,928,'<h1>iZotope Music Production Suite 4</h1>\n<i>Music Production Suite 4 is a collection of over 30 audio plug-ins, offering time-saving, AI-powered audio software tools that assist at every step of the workflow to help you get professional-quality mixes and masters quickly. </i><br /><br />\niZotope Music Production Suite 4 gives you the tools you need to take your musical ideas from a collection of tracks to a polished product ready for release. Break free of muddy-sounding mixes with audio plug-ins that talk to each other to offer new and improved workflows for fitting vocals and reverb in the mix. Get to a great starting point every time with AI-assisted processing that makes suggestions tailored to your audio, whether you’re tweaking an EQ for the perfect tone, or setting up the final master for delivery—with Music Production Suite 4, you decide the vibe, we’ll help you fit it all together.<br /><br />\n<h3> Music Production Suite 4 Includes</h3>\n<ul>\n	<li><span style=\"background-color: initial; letter-spacing: 0px;\">NEW! </span><b style=\"background-color: initial; letter-spacing: 0px;\">Neoverb:</b><span style=\"background-color: initial; letter-spacing: 0px;\"> From the minds behind Ozone and Nectar, and powered by legendary Exponential Audio technology, Neoverb is the smartest reverb plug-in for music producers. Featuring:</span></li><li><ul>\n		<li>Three blendable reverbs in one fluid plug-in</li>\n		<li>A real-time Reverb Assistant</li>\n		<li>Intelligent EQs with built-in Masking Meter</li>\n	</ul>\n	</li>\n	<li><span style=\"background-color: initial; letter-spacing: 0px;\">NEW! <b>Nectar 3 Plus:</b> Get your vocals to sit in the mix with the most sophisticated set of tools designed for vocal production, featuring an improved Vocal Assistant: Unmask that offers a new EQ with a built-in Dynamic mode.</span>\n	<ul>\n		<li>Includes Celemony Melodyne 5 essential</li>\n	</ul>\n	</li>\n	<li><span style=\"background-color: initial; letter-spacing: 0px;\">NEW! <b>RX 8 Standard:</b> Designed for the needs of music producers, instantly polish guitar recordings, rebalance your mix and create stems, remove distracting hum, and more with the new RX 8 Standard</span>\n	<ul>\n		<li>Includes Standalone application</li>\n	</ul>\n	</li>\n	<li><span style=\"background-color: initial; letter-spacing: 0px;\">NEW! <b>Stutter Edit 2:</b> From the mind of BT, Stutter Edit 2 lets you create exciting movement by instantly slicing and editing your tracks and mixes. Elevate your productions with 11 effects modules, and get set up quickly with an easy to use AUTO mode. With Stutter Edit 2, you get a bottomless well of inspiration in a single plug-in.</span></li>\n	<li><b style=\"background-color: initial; letter-spacing: 0px;\">Ozone 9 Advanced</b></li><li><ul>\n		<li>Includes 12 individual component plug-ins</li>\n		<li>Includes Standalone application</li>\n	</ul>\n	</li>\n	<li><b>Tonal Balance Control 2 </b></li>\n	<li><b>Neutron 3 Advanced </b>\n	<ul>\n		<li>8 individual component plug-ins </li>\n		<li>Neutron 3 Visual Mixer</li>\n	</ul>\n	</li>\n	<li><b>VocalSynth 2</b></li>\n	<li><b>Insight 2</b></li>\n	<li><b>Relay</b></li>\n	<li><b>Exponential Audio R4 </b></li>\n	<li><b>Exponential Audio NIMBUS </b></li>\n	<li>Groove3 One Year All-Access Pass </li>\n	\n	\n</ul>\n<br />\n<h3>Clarity, across the board</h3>\nThe plug-ins in Music Production Suite 4 talk to each other to assist you with mixing tasks, from balancing tracks to placing vocals. Now featuring Nectar 3 Plus and Neoverb, you’ll get a polished mix even faster with tools that tell you where frequencies are building up, let you balance your tracks in a visual space, and help you control gain and EQ across your mix with one plug-in window. With Music Production Suite 4, you’ll have a new perspective on any step of the mixing and mastering workflow so your music can sound its best.<br /><br />\n\n<h3>What are you going for?</h3>\nMusic Production Suite 4 is the only audio plug-in bundle that listens and gives you a logical starting point at any stage of your production workflow. Whether you’re recording in a noisy apartment, adding space to dry or lifeless mixes, or getting the perfect loudness for Spotify, you’ll have AI-powered processing ready to help you with automatic de-noising, EQ, level balance, reverb selection, and more. Get your perfect mix started quickly and confidently, so you can spend more time adding those creative touches.<br /><br />'),(5564,75,1,928,'<h1>iZotope Music Production Suite 4</h1>\n<i>Music Production Suite 4 is a collection of over 30 audio plug-ins, offering time-saving, AI-powered audio software tools that assist at every step of the workflow to help you get professional-quality mixes and masters quickly. </i><br /><br />\niZotope Music Production Suite 4 gives you the tools you need to take your musical ideas from a collection of tracks to a polished product ready for release. Break free of muddy-sounding mixes with audio plug-ins that talk to each other to offer new and improved workflows for fitting vocals and reverb in the mix. Get to a great starting point every time with AI-assisted processing that makes suggestions tailored to your audio, whether you’re tweaking an EQ for the perfect tone, or setting up the final master for delivery—with Music Production Suite 4, you decide the vibe, we’ll help you fit it all together.<br /><br />\n<h3> Music Production Suite 4 Includes</h3>\n<ul>\n	<li><span style=\"background-color: initial; letter-spacing: 0px;\">NEW! </span><b style=\"background-color: initial; letter-spacing: 0px;\">Neoverb:</b><span style=\"background-color: initial; letter-spacing: 0px;\"> From the minds behind Ozone and Nectar, and powered by legendary Exponential Audio technology, Neoverb is the smartest reverb plug-in for music producers. Featuring:</span></li><li><ul>\n		<li>Three blendable reverbs in one fluid plug-in</li>\n		<li>A real-time Reverb Assistant</li>\n		<li>Intelligent EQs with built-in Masking Meter</li>\n	</ul>\n	</li>\n	<li><span style=\"background-color: initial; letter-spacing: 0px;\">NEW! <b>Nectar 3 Plus:</b> Get your vocals to sit in the mix with the most sophisticated set of tools designed for vocal production, featuring an improved Vocal Assistant: Unmask that offers a new EQ with a built-in Dynamic mode.</span>\n	<ul>\n		<li>Includes Celemony Melodyne 5 essential</li>\n	</ul>\n	</li>\n	<li><span style=\"background-color: initial; letter-spacing: 0px;\">NEW! <b>RX 8 Standard:</b> Designed for the needs of music producers, instantly polish guitar recordings, rebalance your mix and create stems, remove distracting hum, and more with the new RX 8 Standard</span>\n	<ul>\n		<li>Includes Standalone application</li>\n	</ul>\n	</li>\n	<li><span style=\"background-color: initial; letter-spacing: 0px;\">NEW! <b>Stutter Edit 2:</b> From the mind of BT, Stutter Edit 2 lets you create exciting movement by instantly slicing and editing your tracks and mixes. Elevate your productions with 11 effects modules, and get set up quickly with an easy to use AUTO mode. With Stutter Edit 2, you get a bottomless well of inspiration in a single plug-in.</span></li>\n	<li><b style=\"background-color: initial; letter-spacing: 0px;\">Ozone 9 Advanced</b></li><li><ul>\n		<li>Includes 12 individual component plug-ins</li>\n		<li>Includes Standalone application</li>\n	</ul>\n	</li>\n	<li><b>Tonal Balance Control 2 </b></li>\n	<li><b>Neutron 3 Advanced </b>\n	<ul>\n		<li>8 individual component plug-ins </li>\n		<li>Neutron 3 Visual Mixer</li>\n	</ul>\n	</li>\n	<li><b>VocalSynth 2</b></li>\n	<li><b>Insight 2</b></li>\n	<li><b>Relay</b></li>\n	<li><b>Exponential Audio R4 </b></li>\n	<li><b>Exponential Audio NIMBUS </b></li>\n	<li>Groove3 One Year All-Access Pass </li>\n	\n	\n</ul>\n<br />\n<h3>Clarity, across the board</h3>\nThe plug-ins in Music Production Suite 4 talk to each other to assist you with mixing tasks, from balancing tracks to placing vocals. Now featuring Nectar 3 Plus and Neoverb, you’ll get a polished mix even faster with tools that tell you where frequencies are building up, let you balance your tracks in a visual space, and help you control gain and EQ across your mix with one plug-in window. With Music Production Suite 4, you’ll have a new perspective on any step of the mixing and mastering workflow so your music can sound its best.<br /><br />\n\n<h3>What are you going for?</h3>\nMusic Production Suite 4 is the only audio plug-in bundle that listens and gives you a logical starting point at any stage of your production workflow. Whether you’re recording in a noisy apartment, adding space to dry or lifeless mixes, or getting the perfect loudness for Spotify, you’ll have AI-powered processing ready to help you with automatic de-noising, EQ, level balance, reverb selection, and more. Get your perfect mix started quickly and confidently, so you can spend more time adding those creative touches.<br /><br />'),(5565,85,0,928,'iZotope Music Production Suite 4'),(5566,85,1,928,'iZotope Music Production Suite 4'),(5567,76,0,928,''),(5568,76,1,928,''),(5569,75,0,929,'<h1>iZotope Nectar 3</h1>\n<span style=\"font-size:16px; font-style:italic;\">Flawless vocal production is just a click away. From quick corrections to limitless creativity, Nectar 2 treats your voice to sweet results.</span><br /><br />\niZotope Nectar 3 is the most sophisticated set of tools designed for vocal production. From corrective to creative vocal production all the way to the final polish, Nectar 3 brings out your intended performance in isolation and in the context of the mix. Put your vocals in their place with everything you need for a clear, professional sound. <br /><br />\n\n<h3>Nectar 3 Key Features</h3>\n<ul>\n	<li><b>Vocal Assistant:</b> One-click custom preset creation created with machine learning technology to help your vocal fit in the mix in seconds.</li>\n	<li><b>Unmask</b> puts your vocal at the forefront of your mix by carving away other competing mix elements directly from Vocal Assistant’s menu screen. </li>\n	<li><b>Dynamic EQ with new Follow EQ Mode</b> to track down pesky resonances and remove them in real time, saving valuable time and energy. </li>\n	<li><b>Auto Level Mode</b> adjusts the level of your vocal before it even starts processing, eliminating the need for corrective dynamics or riding the fader. </li>\n	<li><b>Inter-plugin Communication</b>: Nectar 3 can communicate with other instances of iZotope plug-ins in your session to address mix issues, tonal balance, masking and more.</li>\n	<li><b>Component RX 7 Breath Control</b> plug-in for reducing unwanted breaths without sacrificing audio quality with the power of iZotope RX 7. </li>\n	<li><b>Melodyne 4 essential</b> for GRAMMY-award winning time and pitch correction.</li>\n	<li><b>iZotope Relay</b>: your hub for intelligently connecting your entire mix to your iZotope plug-in collection. </li>\n	<li><b>Hundreds of professionally-designed presets</b> for music and dialogue applications.</li>\n</ul><br />\n\n<h2>Everything in its place</h2>\n<h3>Vocal Assistant</h3>\nNectar 3’s Vocal Assistant creates a custom preset for your vocal to get it to sit right in the mix. Like an extra pair of trusted ears, Vocal Assistant listens to your audio and gets you started by detecting and auto-adjusting level inconsistencies, identifying resonant peaks, timbre variations, and harsh frequencies. Vocal Assistant will intelligently set EQ nodes, analyze dynamics and set suggested compression settings, remove pesky sibilants, create space, ambience, and more. Once you’ve arrived at an optimal starting point, add your personal touch. <br /><br />\n\n<h3>Vocal Assistant: Unmask</h3>\nNectar 3 adds the ability to address masking of any vocal with Vocal Assistant: Unmask. Unmask directly communicates with the rest of your mix to place your vocal at the forefront by moving other mix elements out of the way. Through inter-plugin communication, Unmask will communicate with any instance of Nectar 3, Neutron 2 Advanced (available separately), or iZotope Relay (included with Nectar 3) to create the perfect nest for your vocal.<br /><br />\n\n\n<h3>Inter-plugin communication</h3>\nIn addition to Unmask, Nectar 3 communicates through inter-plugin communication to give you a complete view of your entire production by sending essential vocal information to Neutron 2, connecting your vocal track with the instrument tracks in your mix. Appearing in the Visual Mixer, Masking Meter, Tonal Balance Control, and Insight 2’s Intelligibility Meter, Nectar 3 sits alongside instances of VocalSynth 2, Insight 2, Ozone 8, and Relay to seamlessly streamline the mixing process.  <br /><br />\n\n\nNeutron 2, VocalSynth 2, Insight 2, Ozone 8, and Tonal Balance Control are available as part of Music Production Suite 2.<br /><br />\n\n<h2>All the EQ, just for you</h2>\nNectar 3 includes two new 24-band Dynamic EQs form-fit to the unique needs of vocals. Transparent and clear, the Dynamic EQs serve both corrective and creative applications with adaptive nodes for frequency sculpting and pitch tracking. The new Follow EQ mode allows direct, dynamic tracking of pitch, eliminating the need for manual editing of individual resonant frequencies and harmonics for active shaping of timbre and tone. <br /><br />\n\n<h3>Follow EQ</h3>\nFollow EQ Mode automatically sculpts and shapes your vocal in real time, locking on to pitch to help remove unwanted resonances, dynamically remove low end rumble, and shape tone while preserving the natural character of your vocal. Follow EQ Mode will ride selected frequencies and their harmonics for unparalleled control of pitch information so you don’t have to make hours of corrective manual edits by hand. <br /><br />\n\n<h3>The pinnacle of audio plug-in design</h3>\nEvery module in Nectar 3 has been redesigned with your time and experience in mind. Underscored by an ultramodern and luxurious graphic experiences, Nectar 3 directly integrates your actions with what you see within its smooth, delightful visualizations. With new ways to interact with key module settings, a resizable interface, exciting metering animations, and new contextual selection settings, it’s a visual experience so smooth, you won’t want to go back to knobs and faders. <br /><br />\n\n<h2>Your complete vocal chain</h2>\nNectar 3 addresses every part of working with vocals after recording. With fourteen core components that directly address vocal mixing in one package, Nectar 3 tackles pre-mix issues like auto leveling, breath removal, and corrective EQ, creative processes like adding depth, effects, and character, and mixing musts like compression, polish, and finding the perfect mix placement. It’s one stop from capture to creation.<br /><br />\n\n<h3>Catch every breath</h3>\nNectar 3 is also bundled with iZotope RX Breath Control, which is designed to intelligently detect breaths in dialogue or vocal recordings and automatically suppress them, saving invaluable time in the comping and prep stage of vocal editing.\nA match made in heaven: Celemony Melodyne 4 essential<br /><br />\nAs an added benefit to Nectar 3’s built-in pitch correction module, iZotope has partnered with Celemony to include Melodyne 4 essential: GRAMMY-award winning pitch and time correction. Melodyne adds surgical, intuitive, and truly transparent pitch adjustment capabilities that are an industry standard in professional studios around the world<br /><br />'),(5570,75,1,929,'<h1>iZotope Nectar 3</h1>\n<span style=\"font-size:16px; font-style:italic;\">Flawless vocal production is just a click away. From quick corrections to limitless creativity, Nectar 2 treats your voice to sweet results.</span><br /><br />\niZotope Nectar 3 is the most sophisticated set of tools designed for vocal production. From corrective to creative vocal production all the way to the final polish, Nectar 3 brings out your intended performance in isolation and in the context of the mix. Put your vocals in their place with everything you need for a clear, professional sound. <br /><br />\n\n<h3>Nectar 3 Key Features</h3>\n<ul>\n	<li><b>Vocal Assistant:</b> One-click custom preset creation created with machine learning technology to help your vocal fit in the mix in seconds.</li>\n	<li><b>Unmask</b> puts your vocal at the forefront of your mix by carving away other competing mix elements directly from Vocal Assistant’s menu screen. </li>\n	<li><b>Dynamic EQ with new Follow EQ Mode</b> to track down pesky resonances and remove them in real time, saving valuable time and energy. </li>\n	<li><b>Auto Level Mode</b> adjusts the level of your vocal before it even starts processing, eliminating the need for corrective dynamics or riding the fader. </li>\n	<li><b>Inter-plugin Communication</b>: Nectar 3 can communicate with other instances of iZotope plug-ins in your session to address mix issues, tonal balance, masking and more.</li>\n	<li><b>Component RX 7 Breath Control</b> plug-in for reducing unwanted breaths without sacrificing audio quality with the power of iZotope RX 7. </li>\n	<li><b>Melodyne 4 essential</b> for GRAMMY-award winning time and pitch correction.</li>\n	<li><b>iZotope Relay</b>: your hub for intelligently connecting your entire mix to your iZotope plug-in collection. </li>\n	<li><b>Hundreds of professionally-designed presets</b> for music and dialogue applications.</li>\n</ul><br />\n\n<h2>Everything in its place</h2>\n<h3>Vocal Assistant</h3>\nNectar 3’s Vocal Assistant creates a custom preset for your vocal to get it to sit right in the mix. Like an extra pair of trusted ears, Vocal Assistant listens to your audio and gets you started by detecting and auto-adjusting level inconsistencies, identifying resonant peaks, timbre variations, and harsh frequencies. Vocal Assistant will intelligently set EQ nodes, analyze dynamics and set suggested compression settings, remove pesky sibilants, create space, ambience, and more. Once you’ve arrived at an optimal starting point, add your personal touch. <br /><br />\n\n<h3>Vocal Assistant: Unmask</h3>\nNectar 3 adds the ability to address masking of any vocal with Vocal Assistant: Unmask. Unmask directly communicates with the rest of your mix to place your vocal at the forefront by moving other mix elements out of the way. Through inter-plugin communication, Unmask will communicate with any instance of Nectar 3, Neutron 2 Advanced (available separately), or iZotope Relay (included with Nectar 3) to create the perfect nest for your vocal.<br /><br />\n\n\n<h3>Inter-plugin communication</h3>\nIn addition to Unmask, Nectar 3 communicates through inter-plugin communication to give you a complete view of your entire production by sending essential vocal information to Neutron 2, connecting your vocal track with the instrument tracks in your mix. Appearing in the Visual Mixer, Masking Meter, Tonal Balance Control, and Insight 2’s Intelligibility Meter, Nectar 3 sits alongside instances of VocalSynth 2, Insight 2, Ozone 8, and Relay to seamlessly streamline the mixing process.  <br /><br />\n\n\nNeutron 2, VocalSynth 2, Insight 2, Ozone 8, and Tonal Balance Control are available as part of Music Production Suite 2.<br /><br />\n\n<h2>All the EQ, just for you</h2>\nNectar 3 includes two new 24-band Dynamic EQs form-fit to the unique needs of vocals. Transparent and clear, the Dynamic EQs serve both corrective and creative applications with adaptive nodes for frequency sculpting and pitch tracking. The new Follow EQ mode allows direct, dynamic tracking of pitch, eliminating the need for manual editing of individual resonant frequencies and harmonics for active shaping of timbre and tone. <br /><br />\n\n<h3>Follow EQ</h3>\nFollow EQ Mode automatically sculpts and shapes your vocal in real time, locking on to pitch to help remove unwanted resonances, dynamically remove low end rumble, and shape tone while preserving the natural character of your vocal. Follow EQ Mode will ride selected frequencies and their harmonics for unparalleled control of pitch information so you don’t have to make hours of corrective manual edits by hand. <br /><br />\n\n<h3>The pinnacle of audio plug-in design</h3>\nEvery module in Nectar 3 has been redesigned with your time and experience in mind. Underscored by an ultramodern and luxurious graphic experiences, Nectar 3 directly integrates your actions with what you see within its smooth, delightful visualizations. With new ways to interact with key module settings, a resizable interface, exciting metering animations, and new contextual selection settings, it’s a visual experience so smooth, you won’t want to go back to knobs and faders. <br /><br />\n\n<h2>Your complete vocal chain</h2>\nNectar 3 addresses every part of working with vocals after recording. With fourteen core components that directly address vocal mixing in one package, Nectar 3 tackles pre-mix issues like auto leveling, breath removal, and corrective EQ, creative processes like adding depth, effects, and character, and mixing musts like compression, polish, and finding the perfect mix placement. It’s one stop from capture to creation.<br /><br />\n\n<h3>Catch every breath</h3>\nNectar 3 is also bundled with iZotope RX Breath Control, which is designed to intelligently detect breaths in dialogue or vocal recordings and automatically suppress them, saving invaluable time in the comping and prep stage of vocal editing.\nA match made in heaven: Celemony Melodyne 4 essential<br /><br />\nAs an added benefit to Nectar 3’s built-in pitch correction module, iZotope has partnered with Celemony to include Melodyne 4 essential: GRAMMY-award winning pitch and time correction. Melodyne adds surgical, intuitive, and truly transparent pitch adjustment capabilities that are an industry standard in professional studios around the world<br /><br />'),(5571,85,0,929,'iZotope Nectar 3 Plug-in'),(5572,85,1,929,'iZotope Nectar 3 Plug-in'),(5573,76,0,929,''),(5574,76,1,929,''),(5575,75,0,930,'<h1>iZotope Neoverb</h1>\n<i>Neoverb is an intelligent reverb plug-in that empowers music producers to efficiently design unique space and ambiance for vocals and instruments without muddying the mix, using a new Reverb Assistant that designs and blends best-in-class Exponential Audio reverb algorithms while cleaning and unmasking the signal with AI-powered EQ.</i><br /><br />\niZotope Neoverb is the most intelligent reverb plug-in for music producers. Neoverb gets you to an exciting starting point with a new Reverb Assistant that guides you through settings with a simple four-click process. Create exactly the space you want for vocal and instrument tracks using an intuitive Blend Pad to mix rooms, plates, chambers, and more. Shape and tame reverb using intelligent Pre and Post EQs that listen to your audio and make suggestions, helping you add depth while retaining clarity in your mix. Whether you’re a new producer honing your craft, or a veteran on your latest project, with iZotope Neoverb, you can focus on creativity and leave the trial-and-error behind.<br /><br />\n<h3> iZotope Neoverb Features</h3>\n<ul>\n	<li><span style=\"background-color: initial; letter-spacing: 0px;\"><b>Reverb Assistant: </b>Get a great reverb for any track, with an easy four-step Assistant that adjusts iZotope Neoverb’s settings in real time. Create complex, customized reverbs, without spending time in menus.</span></li>\n	<li>\n	<ul>\n		<li>Choose your preferred Size while iZotope Neoverb automatically selects and blends reverb combinations and advanced settings as you move the sliders.</li>\n		<li>Add a little vibe with four different Tone selections that further adjust your reverb to give you dark, airy, bright sounds.</li>\n		<li>Reverb Assistant listens to your audio and makes further EQ suggestions to get the cleanest possible reverb tone.</li>\n	</ul>\n	</li>\n	<li><span style=\"background-color: initial; letter-spacing: 0px;\"><b>Blend Pad:</b> iZotope Neoverb’s innovative Blend Pad gets you further, faster by helping you visualize and mix three different types of reverbs at once, to create a unique reverb tail that fits your track.</span>\n	<ul>\n		<li>Blend different types of reverb together: Add realistic space with Early Reflections and Room, classic environments with Plate, and height and depth with Chamber and Hall.</li>\n		<li>Separate Size controls for each reverb type to let you create epic guitar tones, construct massive drum rooms, or dream up completely exotic spaces to make your mix unique.</li>\n	</ul>\n	</li>\n	<li><span style=\"background-color: initial; letter-spacing: 0px;\"><b>EQ Section:</b> Get a great reverb sound without using a long plug-in chain, with a fluid EQ section helps you clean your input signal and keeps your reverb tail from overwhelming your mix.</span>\n	<ul>\n		<li>Use Unmask to have iZotope Neoverb listen to your reverb settings and make EQ suggestions to help your final result come through clear against the original signal.</li>\n		<li>AutoCut listens for areas of your track that might create unwanted resonances in the reverb and automatically suggests cuts in the Pre-EQ.</li>\n		<li>Masking Meter: Easily keep track of reverb build-up with an intuitive meter that highlights EQ areas you may want to cut from your reverb. Masking Meter communicates with other iZotope plug-ins to show you where reverb is masking other tracks, and is compatible with the following iZotope plug-ins:\n		<ul>\n			<li>Neutron 3</li>\n			<li>Nectar 3</li>\n			<li>VocalSynth 2</li>\n			<li>Relay</li>\n		</ul>\n		</li>\n	</ul>\n	</li>\n	<li><span style=\"background-color: initial; letter-spacing: 0px;\"><b>Advanced Panel:</b> For when you need to tweak a setting, or take a closer look at Reverb Assistant’s results, the Advanced Panel lets you dive as deep as you need to find the exact vibe you’re looking for.  </span>\n	<ul>\n		<li>Unique Advanced settings for each reverb unlock even more creative possibilities and exciting new spaces to explore.</li>\n		<li>Advanced Controls are set by Reverb Assistant and can be saved as unique presets for later use.</li>\n	</ul>\n	</li>\n</ul>\n<br />\n<h3>Your personal space</h3>\niZotope Neoverb is a Swiss-army knife of reverb plug-ins, offering a streamlined layout to create a truly unique environment for any vocal or instrument in your mix. Use the Blend Pad to quickly dial in realistic rooms, cavernous halls, or create your own unique spaces. Dive deeper and adjust the Advanced parameters to further customize and add your personal touch. Or, use the new Reverb Assistant to quickly achieve a starting point, with an intelligent workflow that helps you choose sounds according to your creative needs. The parameters in Neoverb can be automated in your DAW, letting you create spaces that morph, move, and blend with your music! With so many options and so much intelligence, iZotope Neoverb is a complete reverb chain in one plug-in.<br /><br />\n\n<h3>Say no to muddy mixes</h3>\nPrevent mud and build-up in your mix and keep your reverb tail under control with iZotope Neoverb’s AI-powered EQs that listen to your audio to give you a clean tone for any track. Use AutoCut to have Neoverb suggest EQ moves that help you clean your input signal so it sounds its best before adding reverb. Adjust the Smoothing control to even out dynamics to avoid unwanted artifacts. Use the Unmask feature to keep your reverb from overwhelming the original sound, and turn on the Masking Meter to check for other tracks in your mix for reverb build-up. Say goodbye to long plug-in chains, corrective EQ, and endless fine-tuning—iZotope Neoverb will help you stop muddy mixes before they happen.<br /><br />\n\n<h3>Start your reverb right</h3>\nReverb Assistant is the first iZotope assistant that works in real time to give you a starting preset, so you can mix faster and more efficiently. Choose the reverbs you need by adjusting simple sliders, and quickly find the right vibe for your instruments, tracks, and busses, while iZotope Neoverb responds to your selections in real-time. Fine tune your space with the Size slider, which quickly adjusts all three reverbs at once, taking you from tight, confined areas to massive arenas and halls. Instantly mix the result by selecting from four options for Tone, and then let iZotope Neoverb listen to your audio and Unmask the signal so it sits properly against the rest of the mix. Save your final result as a unique preset, and fine tune your favorite reverb settings using the Blend and Advanced controls. No matter where you land on your reverb journey, iZotope Neoverb will help you get there faster and easier.<br /><br />'),(5576,75,1,930,'<h1>iZotope Neoverb</h1>\n<i>Neoverb is an intelligent reverb plug-in that empowers music producers to efficiently design unique space and ambiance for vocals and instruments without muddying the mix, using a new Reverb Assistant that designs and blends best-in-class Exponential Audio reverb algorithms while cleaning and unmasking the signal with AI-powered EQ.</i><br /><br />\niZotope Neoverb is the most intelligent reverb plug-in for music producers. Neoverb gets you to an exciting starting point with a new Reverb Assistant that guides you through settings with a simple four-click process. Create exactly the space you want for vocal and instrument tracks using an intuitive Blend Pad to mix rooms, plates, chambers, and more. Shape and tame reverb using intelligent Pre and Post EQs that listen to your audio and make suggestions, helping you add depth while retaining clarity in your mix. Whether you’re a new producer honing your craft, or a veteran on your latest project, with iZotope Neoverb, you can focus on creativity and leave the trial-and-error behind.<br /><br />\n<h3> iZotope Neoverb Features</h3>\n<ul>\n	<li><span style=\"background-color: initial; letter-spacing: 0px;\"><b>Reverb Assistant: </b>Get a great reverb for any track, with an easy four-step Assistant that adjusts iZotope Neoverb’s settings in real time. Create complex, customized reverbs, without spending time in menus.</span></li>\n	<li>\n	<ul>\n		<li>Choose your preferred Size while iZotope Neoverb automatically selects and blends reverb combinations and advanced settings as you move the sliders.</li>\n		<li>Add a little vibe with four different Tone selections that further adjust your reverb to give you dark, airy, bright sounds.</li>\n		<li>Reverb Assistant listens to your audio and makes further EQ suggestions to get the cleanest possible reverb tone.</li>\n	</ul>\n	</li>\n	<li><span style=\"background-color: initial; letter-spacing: 0px;\"><b>Blend Pad:</b> iZotope Neoverb’s innovative Blend Pad gets you further, faster by helping you visualize and mix three different types of reverbs at once, to create a unique reverb tail that fits your track.</span>\n	<ul>\n		<li>Blend different types of reverb together: Add realistic space with Early Reflections and Room, classic environments with Plate, and height and depth with Chamber and Hall.</li>\n		<li>Separate Size controls for each reverb type to let you create epic guitar tones, construct massive drum rooms, or dream up completely exotic spaces to make your mix unique.</li>\n	</ul>\n	</li>\n	<li><span style=\"background-color: initial; letter-spacing: 0px;\"><b>EQ Section:</b> Get a great reverb sound without using a long plug-in chain, with a fluid EQ section helps you clean your input signal and keeps your reverb tail from overwhelming your mix.</span>\n	<ul>\n		<li>Use Unmask to have iZotope Neoverb listen to your reverb settings and make EQ suggestions to help your final result come through clear against the original signal.</li>\n		<li>AutoCut listens for areas of your track that might create unwanted resonances in the reverb and automatically suggests cuts in the Pre-EQ.</li>\n		<li>Masking Meter: Easily keep track of reverb build-up with an intuitive meter that highlights EQ areas you may want to cut from your reverb. Masking Meter communicates with other iZotope plug-ins to show you where reverb is masking other tracks, and is compatible with the following iZotope plug-ins:\n		<ul>\n			<li>Neutron 3</li>\n			<li>Nectar 3</li>\n			<li>VocalSynth 2</li>\n			<li>Relay</li>\n		</ul>\n		</li>\n	</ul>\n	</li>\n	<li><span style=\"background-color: initial; letter-spacing: 0px;\"><b>Advanced Panel:</b> For when you need to tweak a setting, or take a closer look at Reverb Assistant’s results, the Advanced Panel lets you dive as deep as you need to find the exact vibe you’re looking for.  </span>\n	<ul>\n		<li>Unique Advanced settings for each reverb unlock even more creative possibilities and exciting new spaces to explore.</li>\n		<li>Advanced Controls are set by Reverb Assistant and can be saved as unique presets for later use.</li>\n	</ul>\n	</li>\n</ul>\n<br />\n<h3>Your personal space</h3>\niZotope Neoverb is a Swiss-army knife of reverb plug-ins, offering a streamlined layout to create a truly unique environment for any vocal or instrument in your mix. Use the Blend Pad to quickly dial in realistic rooms, cavernous halls, or create your own unique spaces. Dive deeper and adjust the Advanced parameters to further customize and add your personal touch. Or, use the new Reverb Assistant to quickly achieve a starting point, with an intelligent workflow that helps you choose sounds according to your creative needs. The parameters in Neoverb can be automated in your DAW, letting you create spaces that morph, move, and blend with your music! With so many options and so much intelligence, iZotope Neoverb is a complete reverb chain in one plug-in.<br /><br />\n\n<h3>Say no to muddy mixes</h3>\nPrevent mud and build-up in your mix and keep your reverb tail under control with iZotope Neoverb’s AI-powered EQs that listen to your audio to give you a clean tone for any track. Use AutoCut to have Neoverb suggest EQ moves that help you clean your input signal so it sounds its best before adding reverb. Adjust the Smoothing control to even out dynamics to avoid unwanted artifacts. Use the Unmask feature to keep your reverb from overwhelming the original sound, and turn on the Masking Meter to check for other tracks in your mix for reverb build-up. Say goodbye to long plug-in chains, corrective EQ, and endless fine-tuning—iZotope Neoverb will help you stop muddy mixes before they happen.<br /><br />\n\n<h3>Start your reverb right</h3>\nReverb Assistant is the first iZotope assistant that works in real time to give you a starting preset, so you can mix faster and more efficiently. Choose the reverbs you need by adjusting simple sliders, and quickly find the right vibe for your instruments, tracks, and busses, while iZotope Neoverb responds to your selections in real-time. Fine tune your space with the Size slider, which quickly adjusts all three reverbs at once, taking you from tight, confined areas to massive arenas and halls. Instantly mix the result by selecting from four options for Tone, and then let iZotope Neoverb listen to your audio and Unmask the signal so it sits properly against the rest of the mix. Save your final result as a unique preset, and fine tune your favorite reverb settings using the Blend and Advanced controls. No matter where you land on your reverb journey, iZotope Neoverb will help you get there faster and easier.<br /><br />'),(5577,85,0,930,'iZotope Neoverb'),(5578,85,1,930,'iZotope Neoverb'),(5579,76,0,930,''),(5580,76,1,930,''),(5581,75,0,931,'<h1>iZotope Neutron 3 Standard Mixing Plug-in</h1>\n<i>An all-in-one mixing plug-in with new Sculptor Module, Visual Mixer, Track Assistant, and 8 award-winning modules!</i><br /><br />iZotope <span style=\"background-color: initial;\">Neutron 3 is designed to bring your mix workflows into the 21st century. Bend and shape your audio to any instrument profile with the brand new Sculptor, create custom presets through machine learning with Track Assistant, communicate across plug-ins in your session with the smartest EQs on the planet, and automatically find and fix masking issues with the most intelligent Masking Meter for mix that sounds better than ever, faster than ever. With 8 modular mixing tools in one mothership plug-in, it’s the easiest, most intelligent way to bring unrivaled quality and speed to your mix. </span>\n<div>\n	<br />\n</div>\n<div>\n	Neutron 3 packages the latest advances in audio and passes them on to you—so you can focus on your craft.\n</div>\n<br />\n<h3>Neutron 3 Standard Key Features</h3>\n<ul>\n	<li>Enhance your audio with the <b style=\"background-color: initial; letter-spacing: 0px;\">new Sculptor module</b><span style=\"background-color: initial; letter-spacing: 0px;\">. Use iZotope spectral shaping to make your instrument tracks sound more like themselves...or something else entirely.</span></li><li><b>Improved Masking Meter</b> to help your tracks from stepping on each other and muddying your mix.</li><li><b>Work faster with huge performance gains</b> to help you focus on your craft, with system slowdowns and standstills a thing of the past.</li><li><b>Beautiful, smooth visualizations</b> and a <b>resizable interface</b> that invite you to step in and take control.</li><li><b>Track Assistant</b> listens to your audio and creates a custom preset for you based on what it hears.  </li><li><b>8 plug-ins in one</b> convenient mothership. Build your signal chain directly within one highly connected, intelligent interface with: Sculptor, EQ now with Soft Saturation mode, Transient Shaper, 2 Compressors, Gate, Exciter, and Limiter. </li><li><b>Visual Mixer & iZotope Relay:</b> Move your tracks in a virtual space, tapping into iZotope-enabled inter-plugin communication. It’s the easiest way to visualize your entire mix, the way you hear it in your head. </li>\n	\n</ul>\n<br />\n<h3>Sculpt your sound, fix your mix</h3>\nSculptor is the be-all end-all of audio goodness. For sweetening, fixing, and even creative applications, it’s like having a per-band army of compressors and EQs working tirelessly to shape your track. Sculptor talks with Track Assistant to understand the instrument you’re working with and gives real-time feedback to help shape your track. Sculptor can also work with any chosen instrument profile, letting you experiment with new sounds and make something entirely your own.\n\n<br /><br />\n<h3>Improved Masking Meter</h3>\nThe Masking Meter Neutron is famous for, all grown up. With a convenient one-window display, smoother metering with more obvious actions like inverse link, Masking Meter is now even better at helping you find and fix competing elements of your mix to create space for any instrument, vocal, loop, and more. And now with even better connection to other inter-plugin communication enabled plug-ins, you can fix your mix fast. \n<br /><br />\n<h3>Overhauled performance</h3>\nWork much faster with performance gains to keep you focus on what’s important, without the annoyance of system slowdowns or standstills. Insert more instances of Neutron in your session, open sessions faster, forget about messing with settings and bouncing, and experience some seriously velvety visualizations. Not only is Neutron faster at processing your audio, but your sessions with multiple Neutrons will open faster, and refresh rates for visualizations have doubled. \n<br /><br />\n<h3>Touch your audio</h3>\nResizeable, beautiful, and significantly faster. Dive into analysis tools that enhance your mixing experience and get results with plug-in controls made for humans, not machines. Work directly with what you see and translate what you hear with easy-to-use controls nested in smooth, understandable metering. Remove the barriers between sound and visuals for a downright enjoyable mixing experience. \n<br /><br />'),(5582,75,1,931,'<h1>iZotope Neutron 3 Standard Mixing Plug-in</h1>\n<i>An all-in-one mixing plug-in with new Sculptor Module, Visual Mixer, Track Assistant, and 8 award-winning modules!</i><br /><br />iZotope <span style=\"background-color: initial;\">Neutron 3 is designed to bring your mix workflows into the 21st century. Bend and shape your audio to any instrument profile with the brand new Sculptor, create custom presets through machine learning with Track Assistant, communicate across plug-ins in your session with the smartest EQs on the planet, and automatically find and fix masking issues with the most intelligent Masking Meter for mix that sounds better than ever, faster than ever. With 8 modular mixing tools in one mothership plug-in, it’s the easiest, most intelligent way to bring unrivaled quality and speed to your mix. </span>\n<div>\n	<br />\n</div>\n<div>\n	Neutron 3 packages the latest advances in audio and passes them on to you—so you can focus on your craft.\n</div>\n<br />\n<h3>Neutron 3 Standard Key Features</h3>\n<ul>\n	<li>Enhance your audio with the <b style=\"background-color: initial; letter-spacing: 0px;\">new Sculptor module</b><span style=\"background-color: initial; letter-spacing: 0px;\">. Use iZotope spectral shaping to make your instrument tracks sound more like themselves...or something else entirely.</span></li><li><b>Improved Masking Meter</b> to help your tracks from stepping on each other and muddying your mix.</li><li><b>Work faster with huge performance gains</b> to help you focus on your craft, with system slowdowns and standstills a thing of the past.</li><li><b>Beautiful, smooth visualizations</b> and a <b>resizable interface</b> that invite you to step in and take control.</li><li><b>Track Assistant</b> listens to your audio and creates a custom preset for you based on what it hears.  </li><li><b>8 plug-ins in one</b> convenient mothership. Build your signal chain directly within one highly connected, intelligent interface with: Sculptor, EQ now with Soft Saturation mode, Transient Shaper, 2 Compressors, Gate, Exciter, and Limiter. </li><li><b>Visual Mixer & iZotope Relay:</b> Move your tracks in a virtual space, tapping into iZotope-enabled inter-plugin communication. It’s the easiest way to visualize your entire mix, the way you hear it in your head. </li>\n	\n</ul>\n<br />\n<h3>Sculpt your sound, fix your mix</h3>\nSculptor is the be-all end-all of audio goodness. For sweetening, fixing, and even creative applications, it’s like having a per-band army of compressors and EQs working tirelessly to shape your track. Sculptor talks with Track Assistant to understand the instrument you’re working with and gives real-time feedback to help shape your track. Sculptor can also work with any chosen instrument profile, letting you experiment with new sounds and make something entirely your own.\n\n<br /><br />\n<h3>Improved Masking Meter</h3>\nThe Masking Meter Neutron is famous for, all grown up. With a convenient one-window display, smoother metering with more obvious actions like inverse link, Masking Meter is now even better at helping you find and fix competing elements of your mix to create space for any instrument, vocal, loop, and more. And now with even better connection to other inter-plugin communication enabled plug-ins, you can fix your mix fast. \n<br /><br />\n<h3>Overhauled performance</h3>\nWork much faster with performance gains to keep you focus on what’s important, without the annoyance of system slowdowns or standstills. Insert more instances of Neutron in your session, open sessions faster, forget about messing with settings and bouncing, and experience some seriously velvety visualizations. Not only is Neutron faster at processing your audio, but your sessions with multiple Neutrons will open faster, and refresh rates for visualizations have doubled. \n<br /><br />\n<h3>Touch your audio</h3>\nResizeable, beautiful, and significantly faster. Dive into analysis tools that enhance your mixing experience and get results with plug-in controls made for humans, not machines. Work directly with what you see and translate what you hear with easy-to-use controls nested in smooth, understandable metering. Remove the barriers between sound and visuals for a downright enjoyable mixing experience. \n<br /><br />'),(5583,85,0,931,'iZotope Neutron 3 Standard Mixing Plug-in'),(5584,85,1,931,'iZotope Neutron 3 Standard Mixing Plug-in'),(5585,76,0,931,''),(5586,76,1,931,''),(5587,75,0,932,'<h1>iZotope Neutron 3 Advanced Mixing Plug-in</h1>\n<i>An all-in-one mixing plug-in with Mix Assistant, Tonal Balance Control plug-in, Visual Mixer, and 8 award-winning modules!</i><br /><br />\niZotope Neutron 3, now with Mix Assistant, is the first-ever plug-in that listens to your entire session to suggest an overall level mix to kick things off right.\nWith 8 modular mixing tools in one mothership plug-in, it’s the easiest, most intelligent way to bring unrivaled quality and speed to your mix. Create custom presets using machine learning for individual tracks with Track Assistant, communicate across plug-ins in your session with the smartest EQs on the planet, bend and shape your audio to any instrument profile with Sculptor, and automatically find and fix masking issues with the most intelligent Masking Meter that gets you to a mix that sounds better than ever, faster than ever.\n<br /><br />Neutron 3 packages the latest advances in audio and passes them on to you so you can focus on your craft.\n<br /><br />\n<h3>Neutron 3 Advanced Key Features</h3>\n<ul>\n	<li><b style=\"background-color: initial; letter-spacing: 0px;\">Mix Assistant:</b><span style=\"background-color: initial; letter-spacing: 0px;\"> choose a focal point of your mix and let Neutron 3 automatically set your levels before you ever have to touch a fader.</span></li>\n	<li><b>Enhance your audio</b> with the new Sculptor module. Use iZotope spectral shaping to make your instrument tracks sound more like themselves...or something else entirely.</li>\n	<li><b>Improved Masking Meter</b> to help your tracks from stepping on each other and muddying your mix.</li>\n	<li><b>Visual Mixer & iZotope Relay:</b> Launch Mix Assistant directly from Visual Mixer and move your tracks in a virtual space, tapping into iZotope-enabled inter-plugin communication.</li>\n	<li><b>Beautiful, smooth visualizations</b> and a <b>resizable interface</b> that invite you to step in and take control.</li>\n	<li><b>Work faster with huge performance gains</b> to help you focus on your craft, with system slowdowns and standstills a thing of the past.</li>\n	<li><b>Track Assistant </b>listens to your audio and creates a custom preset for you based on what it hears.  </li>\n	<li><b>8 plug-ins in one</b> convenient mothership. Build your signal chain directly within one highly connected, intelligent interface with: Sculptor, EQ with new Soft Saturation mode, Transient Shaper, 2 Compressors, Gate, Exciter, and Limiter. </li>\n	<li><b>Component plug-ins:</b> Complete freedom and control over Neutron’s 8 modules as a single plug-in or as 8 individual plug-in workhorses. </li>\n	<li><b>Tonal Balance Control:</b> Updated to support Neutron 3 to further help you shape a balanced mix based on tens-of-thousands of professional mixes.</li>\n	<li><b>7.1 Surround sound support</b> and zero-latency mode in all 8 modules for professional, lightweight processing for audio post or surround music mixes. </li>\n</ul>\n<br />\n<h3>Mix Assistant: Balance your tracks, and start your mix </h3>\nIntroducing Mix Assistant: Track Assistant’s big brother. Through inter-plugin communication, Mix Assistant listens to your entire mix, communicating with every track in your session to give you a balanced starting point, built around a focus of your choice. With Mix Assistant, Neutron 3 is the first-ever plug-in that listens to your mix so you can kick your session off right, saving your time and energy for creative mix decisions.\n<br /><br />\n<h3>Plug-in prestige</h3>\nNeutron Advanced comes with 8 additional, individual module plug-ins with the same great signal processing power to use across your session independent of the mothership. Build your own signal chain alongside your favorite audio plug-ins for the ultimate mixing experience—faster, even better sounding plug-ins in whatever configuration you like. \n<br /><br />\n<h3>Sculpt your sound, fix your mix</h3>\nSculptor is the be-all end-all of audio goodness. For sweetening, fixing, and even creative applications, it’s like having a per-band army of compressors and EQs working tirelessly to shape your track. Sculptor talks with Track Assistant to understand the instrument you’re working with and gives real-time feedback to help shape your track. Sculptor can also work with any chosen instrument profile, letting you experiment with new sounds and make something entirely your own.\n<br /><br />\n<h3>Improved Masking Meter</h3>\nThe Masking Meter Neutron is famous for, all grown up. With a convenient one-window display, smoother metering with more obvious actions like inverse link, Masking Meter is now even better at helping you find and fix competing elements of your mix to create space for any instrument, vocal, loop, and more. And now with even better connection to other inter-plugin communication enabled plug-ins, you can fix your mix fast. \n<br /><br />\n<h3>Overhauled performance</h3>\nWork much faster with performance gains to keep you focus on what’s important, without the annoyance of system slowdowns or standstills. Insert more instances of Neutron in your session, open sessions faster, forget about messing with settings and bouncing, and experience some seriously velvety visualizations. Not only is Neutron faster at processing your audio, but your sessions with multiple Neutrons will open faster, and refresh rates for visualizations have doubled. \n<br /><br />\n<h3>Touch your audio</h3>\nResizeable, beautiful, and significantly faster. Dive into analysis tools that enhance your mixing experience and get results with plug-in controls made for humans, not machines. Work directly with what you see and translate what you hear with easy-to-use controls nested in smooth, understandable metering. Remove the barriers between sound and visuals for a downright enjoyable mixing experience. \n<br /><br />'),(5588,75,1,932,'<h1>iZotope Neutron 3 Advanced Mixing Plug-in</h1>\n<i>An all-in-one mixing plug-in with Mix Assistant, Tonal Balance Control plug-in, Visual Mixer, and 8 award-winning modules!</i><br /><br />\niZotope Neutron 3, now with Mix Assistant, is the first-ever plug-in that listens to your entire session to suggest an overall level mix to kick things off right.\nWith 8 modular mixing tools in one mothership plug-in, it’s the easiest, most intelligent way to bring unrivaled quality and speed to your mix. Create custom presets using machine learning for individual tracks with Track Assistant, communicate across plug-ins in your session with the smartest EQs on the planet, bend and shape your audio to any instrument profile with Sculptor, and automatically find and fix masking issues with the most intelligent Masking Meter that gets you to a mix that sounds better than ever, faster than ever.\n<br /><br />Neutron 3 packages the latest advances in audio and passes them on to you so you can focus on your craft.\n<br /><br />\n<h3>Neutron 3 Advanced Key Features</h3>\n<ul>\n	<li><b style=\"background-color: initial; letter-spacing: 0px;\">Mix Assistant:</b><span style=\"background-color: initial; letter-spacing: 0px;\"> choose a focal point of your mix and let Neutron 3 automatically set your levels before you ever have to touch a fader.</span></li>\n	<li><b>Enhance your audio</b> with the new Sculptor module. Use iZotope spectral shaping to make your instrument tracks sound more like themselves...or something else entirely.</li>\n	<li><b>Improved Masking Meter</b> to help your tracks from stepping on each other and muddying your mix.</li>\n	<li><b>Visual Mixer & iZotope Relay:</b> Launch Mix Assistant directly from Visual Mixer and move your tracks in a virtual space, tapping into iZotope-enabled inter-plugin communication.</li>\n	<li><b>Beautiful, smooth visualizations</b> and a <b>resizable interface</b> that invite you to step in and take control.</li>\n	<li><b>Work faster with huge performance gains</b> to help you focus on your craft, with system slowdowns and standstills a thing of the past.</li>\n	<li><b>Track Assistant </b>listens to your audio and creates a custom preset for you based on what it hears.  </li>\n	<li><b>8 plug-ins in one</b> convenient mothership. Build your signal chain directly within one highly connected, intelligent interface with: Sculptor, EQ with new Soft Saturation mode, Transient Shaper, 2 Compressors, Gate, Exciter, and Limiter. </li>\n	<li><b>Component plug-ins:</b> Complete freedom and control over Neutron’s 8 modules as a single plug-in or as 8 individual plug-in workhorses. </li>\n	<li><b>Tonal Balance Control:</b> Updated to support Neutron 3 to further help you shape a balanced mix based on tens-of-thousands of professional mixes.</li>\n	<li><b>7.1 Surround sound support</b> and zero-latency mode in all 8 modules for professional, lightweight processing for audio post or surround music mixes. </li>\n</ul>\n<br />\n<h3>Mix Assistant: Balance your tracks, and start your mix </h3>\nIntroducing Mix Assistant: Track Assistant’s big brother. Through inter-plugin communication, Mix Assistant listens to your entire mix, communicating with every track in your session to give you a balanced starting point, built around a focus of your choice. With Mix Assistant, Neutron 3 is the first-ever plug-in that listens to your mix so you can kick your session off right, saving your time and energy for creative mix decisions.\n<br /><br />\n<h3>Plug-in prestige</h3>\nNeutron Advanced comes with 8 additional, individual module plug-ins with the same great signal processing power to use across your session independent of the mothership. Build your own signal chain alongside your favorite audio plug-ins for the ultimate mixing experience—faster, even better sounding plug-ins in whatever configuration you like. \n<br /><br />\n<h3>Sculpt your sound, fix your mix</h3>\nSculptor is the be-all end-all of audio goodness. For sweetening, fixing, and even creative applications, it’s like having a per-band army of compressors and EQs working tirelessly to shape your track. Sculptor talks with Track Assistant to understand the instrument you’re working with and gives real-time feedback to help shape your track. Sculptor can also work with any chosen instrument profile, letting you experiment with new sounds and make something entirely your own.\n<br /><br />\n<h3>Improved Masking Meter</h3>\nThe Masking Meter Neutron is famous for, all grown up. With a convenient one-window display, smoother metering with more obvious actions like inverse link, Masking Meter is now even better at helping you find and fix competing elements of your mix to create space for any instrument, vocal, loop, and more. And now with even better connection to other inter-plugin communication enabled plug-ins, you can fix your mix fast. \n<br /><br />\n<h3>Overhauled performance</h3>\nWork much faster with performance gains to keep you focus on what’s important, without the annoyance of system slowdowns or standstills. Insert more instances of Neutron in your session, open sessions faster, forget about messing with settings and bouncing, and experience some seriously velvety visualizations. Not only is Neutron faster at processing your audio, but your sessions with multiple Neutrons will open faster, and refresh rates for visualizations have doubled. \n<br /><br />\n<h3>Touch your audio</h3>\nResizeable, beautiful, and significantly faster. Dive into analysis tools that enhance your mixing experience and get results with plug-in controls made for humans, not machines. Work directly with what you see and translate what you hear with easy-to-use controls nested in smooth, understandable metering. Remove the barriers between sound and visuals for a downright enjoyable mixing experience. \n<br /><br />'),(5589,85,0,932,''),(5590,85,1,932,''),(5591,76,0,932,''),(5592,76,1,932,''),(5593,75,0,933,'<h1>iZotope Ozone 9 Advanced</h1>\n<i>Perfect for Professional Mastering and Mixing Engineers, Ozone 9 Advanced delivers never-before seen processing for low end, real-time instrument separation, and lightning-fast workflows powered by machine learning.</i><br /><br />Izotope Ozone 9 Advanced brings balance to your music with never-before seen processing for low end, real-time instrument separation, and lightning-fast workflows powered by machine learning. Find the perfect vibe with an expanded Master Assistant that knows exactly what you’re going for, whether it’s warm analog character or transparent loudness for streaming. Talk to more iZotope plug-ins in your session with Tonal Balance Control and blur the lines between mixing and mastering. Work faster with improved plug-in performance, smoother metering, and resizable windows. No more wondering if your music is ready for primetime—with Ozone 9, the future of mastering is in your hands.<br /><br />\n<h3>Ozone 9 Advanced Features</h3>\n<ul>\n	<li><b style=\"background-color: initial; letter-spacing: 0px;\">Master Rebalance: </b><span style=\"background-color: initial; letter-spacing: 0px;\">Now you can adjust the levels of vocals and other instruments in a stereo audio file, letting you solve balance issues without needing the original stems.</span></li>\n	<li><b>Low End Focus:</b> Quickly adjust the contrast and definition of your low frequencies and get a hard hitting master every time, without needing a complex plug-in chain.</li>\n	<li><b>Improved Tonal Balance Control: </b>Tonal Balance Control is improved with smoother metering, resizability, new target curves, and inter-plugin communication with Relay for quick and easy gain control across the mixing and mastering stages.</li>\n	<li><b>Expanded Master Assistant:</b> Choose from a modern or vintage vibe, with loudness targets for CD and streaming. Get a great starting point every time, no matter the style, format, or genre.</li>\n	<li><b>Match EQ module: </b>Ozone 9 offers a brand new experience for Match EQ, with a better preset workflow, the ability to match from a reference track, and deeper controls that let you match parts of the frequency spectrum.</li>\n	<li><b>Vintage Modules:</b> Use our colorful collection of Vintage modules to add warmth, grit, and vibe to your music, now available as both modules and component plug-ins in Ozone 9 Standard.</li>\n	<li><b>Updated UI/UX: </b> We’ve made Ozone faster and easier to use, with a modernized resizable interface, fluid metering, and an expanded module chain.</li>\n	<li><b>Native Instruments NKS Support: </b>NKS support puts Ozone directly into your creative production process. Easily access controls, presets and DSP from within your NKS supported environment.</li>\n	<li><b>Improved Imager module:</b> Transparently adjust your stereo image with powerful multiband controls and an improved Stereoize mode.</li>\n	<li><b>Improved Performance: </b>Experience faster performance and smoother workflows improved visualizations and fluid metering.  </li>\n	<li><b>Component plug-ins: </b>Use any Ozone 9 Advanced module as a separate plug-in in your DAW!</li>\n</ul>\n<br />\n<h3>Master Rebalance</h3>\nMaster Rebalance gives you the final say in a mix, letting you correct and change the levels of instruments without needing the original tracks. Give your vocals a small boost to add presence without affecting the midrange, or eliminate muddy low end by slightly lowering the bass guitar. Correct weak-sounding drums saving you from hours of EQ surgery.  A well-balanced mix makes any mastering engineer’s job easier—with Master Rebalance, you can nudge your sound in the right direction.\n<br /><br />\n<h3>Low End Focus</h3>\nLow End Focus is your first line of defense against a muddy or blurry low end in a mix. Using new processing designed to enhance bass sounds, this feature brings your low end into better focus and gives you a well-defined foundation for your track. Tame unruly or clashing kick drums and boomy bass guitars without changing the overall impact of your music, or get that extra bit of bass “magic” to put your track over the finish line. Go in-depth with surgical controls that let you shape your tone and timbre, and bring out the best in your low end with no artifacts using this industry-first bass shaping tool. It’s the fastest way to a punchy, hard-hitting final master.\n<br /><br />\n<h3>Improved Tonal Balance Control</h3>\nTonal Balance Control puts decades of mastering expertise in your hands, letting you adjust your tracks to targets based on thousands of professional masters.  In Ozone 9, we’ve updated Tonal Balance Control with faster performance, smooth metering, and more ways to communicate with other iZotope plug-ins across your session. Now you can call up any instance of Neutron, Nectar, or Relay to make per-track adjustments to EQ and gain, letting you instantly address balance issues as you see them without opening multiple plug-ins. Use Tonal Balance Control to work with confidence and accurately fine tune your mix in any listening environment or genre.\n<br />\n<br />\n<h3>Improved Master Assistant with New Vintage Mode</h3>\nThe improved Master Assistant uses machine learning to give you a custom preset in seconds. Use the new Vintage mode to quickly add the right combination of color and character, with automatic adjustments for Vintage Compressor, EQ, Limiter, and more. Get a solid master in seconds while preparing your music for distribution with CD and streaming targets that intelligently set loudness for you. Or, load a reference track to have Master Assistant match the flavor and intensity of any audio you like. With AI-powered processing at your back, you can get a head start on your master with the confidence that your music will sound great on any system.\n<br /><br />\n<h3>Upgraded Match EQ to Match a Reference Track</h3>\nOzone 9 brings the tone and vibe of your favorite artists to your music with the upgraded Match EQ. With this new module, you can match to any reference track to an extreme degree, with an EQ that uses over 8,000 separate bands to get the most precise snapshot possible. New region parameters now give you more control over the end result by letting you choose what parts of the audio to match. Capture a reference from a track in your session, or a reference file loaded into Ozone 9, and save your favorite results as presets for easy access. Take an imprint of your reference track and save time finding the right EQ balance with this mastering engineer’s secret weapon.\n<br /><br />\n<h3>Imporved Performance and Interface</h3>\nExperience resizable plug-in windows and fluid metering that lets you track the most subtle details of your audio. Save time in your session with lower CPU use and shorter startup times. Use more plug-ins at once, mix while you master without worrying about slowdowns or dropouts, and immerse yourself in a smooth, modern experience designed to keep you in your creative flow. Ozone 9 is the fastest way to get your master off the ground.\n<br /><br />'),(5594,75,1,933,'<h1>iZotope Ozone 9 Advanced</h1>\n<i>Perfect for Professional Mastering and Mixing Engineers, Ozone 9 Advanced delivers never-before seen processing for low end, real-time instrument separation, and lightning-fast workflows powered by machine learning.</i><br /><br />Izotope Ozone 9 Advanced brings balance to your music with never-before seen processing for low end, real-time instrument separation, and lightning-fast workflows powered by machine learning. Find the perfect vibe with an expanded Master Assistant that knows exactly what you’re going for, whether it’s warm analog character or transparent loudness for streaming. Talk to more iZotope plug-ins in your session with Tonal Balance Control and blur the lines between mixing and mastering. Work faster with improved plug-in performance, smoother metering, and resizable windows. No more wondering if your music is ready for primetime—with Ozone 9, the future of mastering is in your hands.<br /><br />\n<h3>Ozone 9 Advanced Features</h3>\n<ul>\n	<li><b style=\"background-color: initial; letter-spacing: 0px;\">Master Rebalance: </b><span style=\"background-color: initial; letter-spacing: 0px;\">Now you can adjust the levels of vocals and other instruments in a stereo audio file, letting you solve balance issues without needing the original stems.</span></li>\n	<li><b>Low End Focus:</b> Quickly adjust the contrast and definition of your low frequencies and get a hard hitting master every time, without needing a complex plug-in chain.</li>\n	<li><b>Improved Tonal Balance Control: </b>Tonal Balance Control is improved with smoother metering, resizability, new target curves, and inter-plugin communication with Relay for quick and easy gain control across the mixing and mastering stages.</li>\n	<li><b>Expanded Master Assistant:</b> Choose from a modern or vintage vibe, with loudness targets for CD and streaming. Get a great starting point every time, no matter the style, format, or genre.</li>\n	<li><b>Match EQ module: </b>Ozone 9 offers a brand new experience for Match EQ, with a better preset workflow, the ability to match from a reference track, and deeper controls that let you match parts of the frequency spectrum.</li>\n	<li><b>Vintage Modules:</b> Use our colorful collection of Vintage modules to add warmth, grit, and vibe to your music, now available as both modules and component plug-ins in Ozone 9 Standard.</li>\n	<li><b>Updated UI/UX: </b> We’ve made Ozone faster and easier to use, with a modernized resizable interface, fluid metering, and an expanded module chain.</li>\n	<li><b>Native Instruments NKS Support: </b>NKS support puts Ozone directly into your creative production process. Easily access controls, presets and DSP from within your NKS supported environment.</li>\n	<li><b>Improved Imager module:</b> Transparently adjust your stereo image with powerful multiband controls and an improved Stereoize mode.</li>\n	<li><b>Improved Performance: </b>Experience faster performance and smoother workflows improved visualizations and fluid metering.  </li>\n	<li><b>Component plug-ins: </b>Use any Ozone 9 Advanced module as a separate plug-in in your DAW!</li>\n</ul>\n<br />\n<h3>Master Rebalance</h3>\nMaster Rebalance gives you the final say in a mix, letting you correct and change the levels of instruments without needing the original tracks. Give your vocals a small boost to add presence without affecting the midrange, or eliminate muddy low end by slightly lowering the bass guitar. Correct weak-sounding drums saving you from hours of EQ surgery.  A well-balanced mix makes any mastering engineer’s job easier—with Master Rebalance, you can nudge your sound in the right direction.\n<br /><br />\n<h3>Low End Focus</h3>\nLow End Focus is your first line of defense against a muddy or blurry low end in a mix. Using new processing designed to enhance bass sounds, this feature brings your low end into better focus and gives you a well-defined foundation for your track. Tame unruly or clashing kick drums and boomy bass guitars without changing the overall impact of your music, or get that extra bit of bass “magic” to put your track over the finish line. Go in-depth with surgical controls that let you shape your tone and timbre, and bring out the best in your low end with no artifacts using this industry-first bass shaping tool. It’s the fastest way to a punchy, hard-hitting final master.\n<br /><br />\n<h3>Improved Tonal Balance Control</h3>\nTonal Balance Control puts decades of mastering expertise in your hands, letting you adjust your tracks to targets based on thousands of professional masters.  In Ozone 9, we’ve updated Tonal Balance Control with faster performance, smooth metering, and more ways to communicate with other iZotope plug-ins across your session. Now you can call up any instance of Neutron, Nectar, or Relay to make per-track adjustments to EQ and gain, letting you instantly address balance issues as you see them without opening multiple plug-ins. Use Tonal Balance Control to work with confidence and accurately fine tune your mix in any listening environment or genre.\n<br />\n<br />\n<h3>Improved Master Assistant with New Vintage Mode</h3>\nThe improved Master Assistant uses machine learning to give you a custom preset in seconds. Use the new Vintage mode to quickly add the right combination of color and character, with automatic adjustments for Vintage Compressor, EQ, Limiter, and more. Get a solid master in seconds while preparing your music for distribution with CD and streaming targets that intelligently set loudness for you. Or, load a reference track to have Master Assistant match the flavor and intensity of any audio you like. With AI-powered processing at your back, you can get a head start on your master with the confidence that your music will sound great on any system.\n<br /><br />\n<h3>Upgraded Match EQ to Match a Reference Track</h3>\nOzone 9 brings the tone and vibe of your favorite artists to your music with the upgraded Match EQ. With this new module, you can match to any reference track to an extreme degree, with an EQ that uses over 8,000 separate bands to get the most precise snapshot possible. New region parameters now give you more control over the end result by letting you choose what parts of the audio to match. Capture a reference from a track in your session, or a reference file loaded into Ozone 9, and save your favorite results as presets for easy access. Take an imprint of your reference track and save time finding the right EQ balance with this mastering engineer’s secret weapon.\n<br /><br />\n<h3>Imporved Performance and Interface</h3>\nExperience resizable plug-in windows and fluid metering that lets you track the most subtle details of your audio. Save time in your session with lower CPU use and shorter startup times. Use more plug-ins at once, mix while you master without worrying about slowdowns or dropouts, and immerse yourself in a smooth, modern experience designed to keep you in your creative flow. Ozone 9 is the fastest way to get your master off the ground.\n<br /><br />'),(5595,85,0,933,'iZotope Ozone 9 Advanced Mastering Software'),(5596,85,1,933,'iZotope Ozone 9 Advanced Mastering Software'),(5597,76,0,933,''),(5598,76,1,933,''),(5599,75,0,934,'<h1>iZotope Ozone 9 Standard</h1>\n<i>Your go to in-house mastering plugin! Ozone 9 Standard delivers the latest advances in audio technology powered by machine learning to make mastering your tracks a snap. </i><br /><br />Izotope Ozone 9 Standard brings the latest advances in audio technology to the world of mastering.  Find the perfect modern or vintage vibe with an expanded Master Assistant, or match to your favorite reference track with the new Match EQ. Work faster with improved plug-in performance, smoother metering, and resizable windows. Stop wondering if your music is ready for primetime—with Ozone 9, the future of mastering is in your hands.<br /><br />\n<h3>Ozone 9 Standard Features</h3>\n<ul>\n	<li><b style=\"background-color: initial; letter-spacing: 0px;\">Expanded Master Assistant:</b><span style=\"background-color: initial; letter-spacing: 0px;\"> Choose from a modern or vintage vibe, with loudness targets for CD and streaming. Get a great starting point every time, no matter the style, format, or genre.</span></li>\n	<li><b>Match EQ module:</b> Ozone 9 offers a brand new experience for Match EQ, with a better preset workflow, the ability to match from a reference track, and deeper controls that let you match parts of the frequency spectrum.</li>\n	<li><b>Vintage Modules:</b> Use our colorful collection of Vintage modules to add warmth, grit, and vibe to your music, now available in Ozone 9 Standard.</li>\n	<li><b>Updated UI/UX:</b>  We’ve made Ozone faster and easier to use, with a modernized resizable interface, fluid metering, and an expanded module chain</li>\n	<li><b>Native Instruments NKS Support: </b>NKS support puts Ozone directly into your creative production process. Easily access controls, presets and DSP from within your NKS supported environment.</li>\n	<li><b>Improved Imager module:</b> Transparently adjust your stereo image with powerful multiband controls and an improved Stereoize mode.</li>\n	<li><b>Improved Performance and Resizability:</b> Experience faster performance and smoother workflows improved visualizations and fluid metering.  </li>\n</ul>\n<br />\n<h3>Improved Master Assistant with New Vintage Mode</h3>\nThe improved Master Assistant uses machine learning to give you a custom preset in seconds. Use the new Vintage mode to quickly add the right combination of color and character, with automatic adjustments for Vintage Compressor, EQ, Limiter, and more. Get a solid master in seconds while preparing your music for distribution with CD and streaming targets that intelligently set loudness for you. Or, load a reference track to have Master Assistant match the flavor and intensity of any audio you like. With AI-powered processing at your back, you can get a head start on your master with the confidence that your music will sound great on any system.\n<br /><br />\n<h3>Upgraded Match EQ to Match a Reference Track</h3>\nOzone 9 brings the tone and vibe of your favorite artists to your music with the upgraded Match EQ. With this new module, you can match to any reference track to an extreme degree, with an EQ that uses over 8,000 separate bands to get the most precise snapshot possible. New region parameters now give you more control over the end result by letting you choose what parts of the audio to match. Capture a reference from a track in your session, or a reference file loaded into Ozone 9, and save your favorite results as presets for easy access. Take an imprint of your reference track and save time finding the right EQ balance with this mastering engineer’s secret weapon.\n<br /><br />\n<h3>Imporved Performance and Interface</h3>\nExperience resizable plug-in windows and fluid metering that lets you track the most subtle details of your audio. Save time in your session with lower CPU use and shorter startup times. Use more plug-ins at once, mix while you master without worrying about slowdowns or dropouts, and immerse yourself in a smooth, modern experience designed to keep you in your creative flow. Ozone 9 is the fastest way to get your master off the ground.\n<br /><br />'),(5600,75,1,934,'<h1>iZotope Ozone 9 Standard</h1>\n<i>Your go to in-house mastering plugin! Ozone 9 Standard delivers the latest advances in audio technology powered by machine learning to make mastering your tracks a snap. </i><br /><br />Izotope Ozone 9 Standard brings the latest advances in audio technology to the world of mastering.  Find the perfect modern or vintage vibe with an expanded Master Assistant, or match to your favorite reference track with the new Match EQ. Work faster with improved plug-in performance, smoother metering, and resizable windows. Stop wondering if your music is ready for primetime—with Ozone 9, the future of mastering is in your hands.<br /><br />\n<h3>Ozone 9 Standard Features</h3>\n<ul>\n	<li><b style=\"background-color: initial; letter-spacing: 0px;\">Expanded Master Assistant:</b><span style=\"background-color: initial; letter-spacing: 0px;\"> Choose from a modern or vintage vibe, with loudness targets for CD and streaming. Get a great starting point every time, no matter the style, format, or genre.</span></li>\n	<li><b>Match EQ module:</b> Ozone 9 offers a brand new experience for Match EQ, with a better preset workflow, the ability to match from a reference track, and deeper controls that let you match parts of the frequency spectrum.</li>\n	<li><b>Vintage Modules:</b> Use our colorful collection of Vintage modules to add warmth, grit, and vibe to your music, now available in Ozone 9 Standard.</li>\n	<li><b>Updated UI/UX:</b>  We’ve made Ozone faster and easier to use, with a modernized resizable interface, fluid metering, and an expanded module chain</li>\n	<li><b>Native Instruments NKS Support: </b>NKS support puts Ozone directly into your creative production process. Easily access controls, presets and DSP from within your NKS supported environment.</li>\n	<li><b>Improved Imager module:</b> Transparently adjust your stereo image with powerful multiband controls and an improved Stereoize mode.</li>\n	<li><b>Improved Performance and Resizability:</b> Experience faster performance and smoother workflows improved visualizations and fluid metering.  </li>\n</ul>\n<br />\n<h3>Improved Master Assistant with New Vintage Mode</h3>\nThe improved Master Assistant uses machine learning to give you a custom preset in seconds. Use the new Vintage mode to quickly add the right combination of color and character, with automatic adjustments for Vintage Compressor, EQ, Limiter, and more. Get a solid master in seconds while preparing your music for distribution with CD and streaming targets that intelligently set loudness for you. Or, load a reference track to have Master Assistant match the flavor and intensity of any audio you like. With AI-powered processing at your back, you can get a head start on your master with the confidence that your music will sound great on any system.\n<br /><br />\n<h3>Upgraded Match EQ to Match a Reference Track</h3>\nOzone 9 brings the tone and vibe of your favorite artists to your music with the upgraded Match EQ. With this new module, you can match to any reference track to an extreme degree, with an EQ that uses over 8,000 separate bands to get the most precise snapshot possible. New region parameters now give you more control over the end result by letting you choose what parts of the audio to match. Capture a reference from a track in your session, or a reference file loaded into Ozone 9, and save your favorite results as presets for easy access. Take an imprint of your reference track and save time finding the right EQ balance with this mastering engineer’s secret weapon.\n<br /><br />\n<h3>Imporved Performance and Interface</h3>\nExperience resizable plug-in windows and fluid metering that lets you track the most subtle details of your audio. Save time in your session with lower CPU use and shorter startup times. Use more plug-ins at once, mix while you master without worrying about slowdowns or dropouts, and immerse yourself in a smooth, modern experience designed to keep you in your creative flow. Ozone 9 is the fastest way to get your master off the ground.\n<br /><br />'),(5601,85,0,934,'iZotope Ozone 9 Standard Mastering Software'),(5602,85,1,934,'iZotope Ozone 9 Standard Mastering Software'),(5603,76,0,934,''),(5604,76,1,934,''),(5605,75,0,935,'<h1>iZotope Post Surround Reverb Bundle</h1>\n<i>Contains Dialogue Match to duplicate your audio’s sonic profile, or create natural or character-filled spaces all your own with Stratus and Symphony.</i><br /><br />Izotope Post Production Surround Reverb Bundle lets you replicate or design realistic or colorful reflections to dialogue, music, or post production projects with 7.1 surround support, giving you everything you need to complete any multichannel production. With Post Production Reverb Bundle, you can use the revolutionary new reverb matching technology of Dialogue Match to duplicate the sonic profile of a specific recording, or create natural or character-filled spaces all your own with Stratus and Symphony. From podcast editing to feature-length post production, Post Production Surround Reverb Bundle will let you add depth and dimension to your next project.<br /><br /><h2>iZotope Post Surround Reverb Bundle Includes:</h2><ul>\n</ul>\n<h3>iZotope Dialogue Match</h3><div><b>Match sonic profiles for dialogue and ADR</b></div><div>The makers of RX bring you the next indispensable tool for post production. Keep your audience in the moment with seamlessly congruent dialogue recordings. Dialogue Match is a Pro Tools AudioSuite plug-in that analyzes dialogue recordings to extract a sonic profile containing reverb, EQ, and ambience data. It can then apply the profile to any other dialogue track to give your scene audio fast and easy environmental consistency.<br /><br /><b><span style=\"background-color: initial;\">Dialogue Match Features</span></b></div><ul><li>Match EQ, reverb, and ambience recording characteristics from a boom to lavalier.</li><li>Automatically match ADR to production audio</li><li>Quickly match localized audio to the original language</li><li>Save and load global snapshots and reference profiles</li></ul><br />\n<h3>Exponential Audio Stratus</h3><div><b>Natural surround reverb for post production</b></div><div>Create natural surround environments with unrivaled reverb clarity. With up to 7.1 surround support, over 1,700 presets, and familiar, intelligent controls over every channel, Stratus gives you just the right amount of depth and dimension.</div><br />\n<h3>Exponential Audio Symphony</h3><div><b>Character reverb for multichannel production</b></div><div>Our lush, colorful reverb engine gets a multichannel upgrade in Symphony. Offering support for audio formats up to 7.1 surround, Symphony delivers a rich, character-filled reverb tone for any post production project.</div><br />'),(5606,75,1,935,'<h1>iZotope Post Surround Reverb Bundle</h1>\n<i>Contains Dialogue Match to duplicate your audio’s sonic profile, or create natural or character-filled spaces all your own with Stratus and Symphony.</i><br /><br />Izotope Post Production Surround Reverb Bundle lets you replicate or design realistic or colorful reflections to dialogue, music, or post production projects with 7.1 surround support, giving you everything you need to complete any multichannel production. With Post Production Reverb Bundle, you can use the revolutionary new reverb matching technology of Dialogue Match to duplicate the sonic profile of a specific recording, or create natural or character-filled spaces all your own with Stratus and Symphony. From podcast editing to feature-length post production, Post Production Surround Reverb Bundle will let you add depth and dimension to your next project.<br /><br /><h2>iZotope Post Surround Reverb Bundle Includes:</h2><ul>\n</ul>\n<h3>iZotope Dialogue Match</h3><div><b>Match sonic profiles for dialogue and ADR</b></div><div>The makers of RX bring you the next indispensable tool for post production. Keep your audience in the moment with seamlessly congruent dialogue recordings. Dialogue Match is a Pro Tools AudioSuite plug-in that analyzes dialogue recordings to extract a sonic profile containing reverb, EQ, and ambience data. It can then apply the profile to any other dialogue track to give your scene audio fast and easy environmental consistency.<br /><br /><b><span style=\"background-color: initial;\">Dialogue Match Features</span></b></div><ul><li>Match EQ, reverb, and ambience recording characteristics from a boom to lavalier.</li><li>Automatically match ADR to production audio</li><li>Quickly match localized audio to the original language</li><li>Save and load global snapshots and reference profiles</li></ul><br />\n<h3>Exponential Audio Stratus</h3><div><b>Natural surround reverb for post production</b></div><div>Create natural surround environments with unrivaled reverb clarity. With up to 7.1 surround support, over 1,700 presets, and familiar, intelligent controls over every channel, Stratus gives you just the right amount of depth and dimension.</div><br />\n<h3>Exponential Audio Symphony</h3><div><b>Character reverb for multichannel production</b></div><div>Our lush, colorful reverb engine gets a multichannel upgrade in Symphony. Offering support for audio formats up to 7.1 surround, Symphony delivers a rich, character-filled reverb tone for any post production project.</div><br />'),(5607,85,0,935,'iZotope Post Surround Reverb Bundle'),(5608,85,1,935,'iZotope Post Surround Reverb Bundle'),(5609,76,0,935,''),(5610,76,1,935,''),(5611,75,0,936,'<h1>iZotope RX 8 Advanced</h1>\n<i>The industry standard audio repair tool used on movies and TV shows to restore damaged, noisy audio to pristine condition, all with multichannel support up to Dolby Atmos 7.1.2.</i><br /><br />\niZotope RX 8 Advanced, the industry standard audio repair tool, continues to lead advances in audio signal processing and machine learning that were once unimaginable. In RX 8, you get more control over your audio. Use Spectral Recovery to restore discarded frequencies in audio from compressed live-streams or video calls, or use the all-new Wow & Flutter module to fix pitch drift in music recordings. Break out Guitar De-noise to tighten up your guitar recordings, an even more powerful Music Rebalance for stem separation and mix tweaking, and the revamped Loudness Control module. Unleash the overhauled Batch Processor on audio of any kind for simultaneous multi-file editing, reformatting, and exporting.\n<br /><br />\nYears of research and innovations in machine learning have allowed iZotope to solve some of the most impossible repair issues in audio post production, making re-recording a thing of the past. To process audio in RX 8, iZotope\'s trained algorithm makes around 100,000 decisions per second about the amount of dialogue present in each pixel of the spectrogram. Advances in machine learning have allowed iZotope to develop repair solutions for lavalier mic rustle, unwanted dialogue reverb, noisy dialogue backgrounds, vocal extraction, and vocal removal.<br /><br />\n<h2>iZotope RX 8 Advanced Key Features</h2>\n<ul>\n	<li>Includes everything in RX 8 Standard</li>\n	<li>Replace missing high-end frequencies in dialogue recordings with Spectral Recovery</li>\n	<li>Correct pitch drifts in music recordings with Wow & Flutter</li>\n	<li>Remodel the performance of a line with Dialogue Contour</li>\n	<li>Remove the reverb on dialogue with Dialogue De-reverb</li>\n	<li>Perform mix adjustments or stem separation with the improved Music Rebalance</li>\n	<li>Repair multichannel audio up to 7.1.2</li>\n	<li>Remove rustle from lav mics and other sources with De-rustle</li>\n	<li>Isolate dialogue from noisy backgrounds with Dialogue Isolate</li>\n	<li>Reduce intermittent low-end wind rumble with De-wind</li>\n	<li>Spectrogram editor with horizontal scrolling</li>\n	<li>Features machine learning tech and Advanced-only tools</li>\n</ul>\n<br />\n<h2>iZotope RX 8 New & Improved Features</h2>\n<h3>Spectral Recovery - NEW [Advanced only]</h3>\nWith the increasing necessity of remote meetings, podcast interviews, and video calls, real-time audio streaming is becoming more and more prevalent. Unfortunately, audio transfer protocols over the internet compress the audio and remove high-end frequencies that aid in clarity and intelligibility. Spectral Recovery restores frequencies above 4 kHz, turning grainy dialogue audio into clear, articulate recordings.\n<br /><br />\n<h3>Wow & Flutter - NEW [Advanced only]</h3>\nPhysical audio recordings—such as tape and vinyl—inevitably fall prey to the elements as time goes by. This often results in pitch fluctuations in audio recordings. Wow & Flutter is designed to correct this symptom regardless of the intensity of the modulating pitch. Use Wow to fix longer, sustained pitch drift, and Flutter to correct pitch variances that occur at faster rates. Wow & Flutter is the key to performing pitch-perfect music restoration in record time.\n<br /><br />\n<h3>32 Audio Tab Limit - NEW</h3>\nTime is precious when editing audio in post. To help you tackle more work faster, RX 8 doubles the previous 16-tab limit, now allowing you to view and edit up to 32 files within RX Audio Editor, so you can cover more ground in less time with greater efficiency and in-app real estate.\n<br /><br />\n<h3>Horizontal Scrolling - NEW</h3>\nYou asked, and iZotope listened: horizontal scrolling is now built into the intuitive Spectrogram Display. Use the scroll gesture on your trackpad or mouse with your cursor to scroll through your audio across the X-axis for lightning fast edits.\n<br /><br />\n<h3>Batch Processor - IMPROVED</h3>\nProcess multiple audio files in one pass with the newly overhauled Batch Processor. View pertinent metadata in your audio, then apply a full series of processors with Module Chain, now accessible from within the Batch Processor interface. Finally, export your files in multiple file formats and bit depths for optimal efficiency and organization.\n<br /><br />\n<h3>Music Rebalance - IMPROVED</h3>\nMusic Rebalance intelligently identifies vocals, bass, percussion, and other instruments in a mix for independent gain adjustment—and it’s now stronger than ever. With improved source separation algorithms and the ability to generate stems from a stereo recording, you can easily re-animate a mix, make room for scene dialogue in post, remove or isolate vocals for a remix, or even create and export new stems for further processing and mixing. Also available as an AudioSuite plug-in for Pro Tools.\n<br /><br />\n<h3>De-hum - IMPROVED</h3>\nRemove ground loop hum and line noise using improved detection and reduction algorithms featuring independent harmonic reduction bands, and a redesigned, intuitive interface.\n<br /><br />\n<h3>Loudness Control - NEW</h3>\nPrepare your recordings for final delivery with the detailed level readings and loudness management power of the all-new Loudness Control module. Instantly load preset loudness standard targets and conform your production audio to broadcast requirements in seconds, and monitor your levels using the built-in numeric and history plot readouts for integrated, short-term, and momentary loudness. Plus, resize the module to fit your display perfectly and suit your own unique workflow.\n<br /><br />'),(5612,75,1,936,'<h1>iZotope RX 8 Advanced</h1>\n<i>The industry standard audio repair tool used on movies and TV shows to restore damaged, noisy audio to pristine condition, all with multichannel support up to Dolby Atmos 7.1.2.</i><br /><br />\niZotope RX 8 Advanced, the industry standard audio repair tool, continues to lead advances in audio signal processing and machine learning that were once unimaginable. In RX 8, you get more control over your audio. Use Spectral Recovery to restore discarded frequencies in audio from compressed live-streams or video calls, or use the all-new Wow & Flutter module to fix pitch drift in music recordings. Break out Guitar De-noise to tighten up your guitar recordings, an even more powerful Music Rebalance for stem separation and mix tweaking, and the revamped Loudness Control module. Unleash the overhauled Batch Processor on audio of any kind for simultaneous multi-file editing, reformatting, and exporting.\n<br /><br />\nYears of research and innovations in machine learning have allowed iZotope to solve some of the most impossible repair issues in audio post production, making re-recording a thing of the past. To process audio in RX 8, iZotope\'s trained algorithm makes around 100,000 decisions per second about the amount of dialogue present in each pixel of the spectrogram. Advances in machine learning have allowed iZotope to develop repair solutions for lavalier mic rustle, unwanted dialogue reverb, noisy dialogue backgrounds, vocal extraction, and vocal removal.<br /><br />\n<h2>iZotope RX 8 Advanced Key Features</h2>\n<ul>\n	<li>Includes everything in RX 8 Standard</li>\n	<li>Replace missing high-end frequencies in dialogue recordings with Spectral Recovery</li>\n	<li>Correct pitch drifts in music recordings with Wow & Flutter</li>\n	<li>Remodel the performance of a line with Dialogue Contour</li>\n	<li>Remove the reverb on dialogue with Dialogue De-reverb</li>\n	<li>Perform mix adjustments or stem separation with the improved Music Rebalance</li>\n	<li>Repair multichannel audio up to 7.1.2</li>\n	<li>Remove rustle from lav mics and other sources with De-rustle</li>\n	<li>Isolate dialogue from noisy backgrounds with Dialogue Isolate</li>\n	<li>Reduce intermittent low-end wind rumble with De-wind</li>\n	<li>Spectrogram editor with horizontal scrolling</li>\n	<li>Features machine learning tech and Advanced-only tools</li>\n</ul>\n<br />\n<h2>iZotope RX 8 New & Improved Features</h2>\n<h3>Spectral Recovery - NEW [Advanced only]</h3>\nWith the increasing necessity of remote meetings, podcast interviews, and video calls, real-time audio streaming is becoming more and more prevalent. Unfortunately, audio transfer protocols over the internet compress the audio and remove high-end frequencies that aid in clarity and intelligibility. Spectral Recovery restores frequencies above 4 kHz, turning grainy dialogue audio into clear, articulate recordings.\n<br /><br />\n<h3>Wow & Flutter - NEW [Advanced only]</h3>\nPhysical audio recordings—such as tape and vinyl—inevitably fall prey to the elements as time goes by. This often results in pitch fluctuations in audio recordings. Wow & Flutter is designed to correct this symptom regardless of the intensity of the modulating pitch. Use Wow to fix longer, sustained pitch drift, and Flutter to correct pitch variances that occur at faster rates. Wow & Flutter is the key to performing pitch-perfect music restoration in record time.\n<br /><br />\n<h3>32 Audio Tab Limit - NEW</h3>\nTime is precious when editing audio in post. To help you tackle more work faster, RX 8 doubles the previous 16-tab limit, now allowing you to view and edit up to 32 files within RX Audio Editor, so you can cover more ground in less time with greater efficiency and in-app real estate.\n<br /><br />\n<h3>Horizontal Scrolling - NEW</h3>\nYou asked, and iZotope listened: horizontal scrolling is now built into the intuitive Spectrogram Display. Use the scroll gesture on your trackpad or mouse with your cursor to scroll through your audio across the X-axis for lightning fast edits.\n<br /><br />\n<h3>Batch Processor - IMPROVED</h3>\nProcess multiple audio files in one pass with the newly overhauled Batch Processor. View pertinent metadata in your audio, then apply a full series of processors with Module Chain, now accessible from within the Batch Processor interface. Finally, export your files in multiple file formats and bit depths for optimal efficiency and organization.\n<br /><br />\n<h3>Music Rebalance - IMPROVED</h3>\nMusic Rebalance intelligently identifies vocals, bass, percussion, and other instruments in a mix for independent gain adjustment—and it’s now stronger than ever. With improved source separation algorithms and the ability to generate stems from a stereo recording, you can easily re-animate a mix, make room for scene dialogue in post, remove or isolate vocals for a remix, or even create and export new stems for further processing and mixing. Also available as an AudioSuite plug-in for Pro Tools.\n<br /><br />\n<h3>De-hum - IMPROVED</h3>\nRemove ground loop hum and line noise using improved detection and reduction algorithms featuring independent harmonic reduction bands, and a redesigned, intuitive interface.\n<br /><br />\n<h3>Loudness Control - NEW</h3>\nPrepare your recordings for final delivery with the detailed level readings and loudness management power of the all-new Loudness Control module. Instantly load preset loudness standard targets and conform your production audio to broadcast requirements in seconds, and monitor your levels using the built-in numeric and history plot readouts for integrated, short-term, and momentary loudness. Plus, resize the module to fit your display perfectly and suit your own unique workflow.\n<br /><br />'),(5613,85,0,936,''),(5614,85,1,936,''),(5615,76,0,936,''),(5616,76,1,936,''),(5617,75,0,937,'<h1>iZotope RX 8 Standard</h1>\n<i>RX 8 Standard Audio Repair and Separation for Music and Post Production is a complete toolkit for to restore damaged, noisy audio to pristine condition, making it your go-to software for audio cleanup and restoration.</i><br /><br />\niZotope RX 8 Standard, the industry standard audio repair tool, brings more power and intelligent processors for music and post than ever before. Visually identify and repair problems with the standalone RX Audio Editor application, or use the real-time plug-ins in your favorite DAW or NLE.<br /><br />\n\nIn addition to industry-leading repair tools for post, RX 8 Standard introduces groundbreaking new features for music production. Use Guitar De-noise to manage aspects of guitar performance like amplifier hum and interference, fret squeaks, and pick attacks—resulting in a clean, controlled recording. Leverage the improved source separation tech of Music Rebalance to mix musical elements of a stereo audio file independently, or automatically create individual stems for more nuanced mixing and processing. Prepare your production audio for broadcast at optimal loudness with an all-new Loudness Control module. Whether you’re cleaning up musical performances, performing last-minute mix edits, or preparing your audio for delivery, RX 8\nStandard gives you the tools to get it done in record time.<br /><br />\n<h2>iZotope RX 8 Standard Key Features</h2>\n<ul>\n	<li><span style=\"background-color: initial; letter-spacing: 0px;\">NEW! Quickly remove amp hum, squeaks, fret noise, and other guitar issues with Guitar De-noise</span></li>\n	<li>IMPROVED! Isolate and remove vocals or rebalance mix elements with Music Rebalance</li>\n	<li>NEW! Prepare your processed files for delivery with Loudness Control</li>\n	<li>IMPROVED! Process multiple files or folders more efficiently with Batch Processor</li>\n	<li>Independently adjust time and pitch with Variable Time and Variable Pitch</li>\n	<li>Eliminate noise issues with the magic of Spectral Repair</li>\n	<li>Remove instrument, click-track, or vocal bleed with the De-bleed module</li>\n	<li>Easily fix vocal issues like sibilance, plosives, breaths, and mouth clicks</li>\n	<li>Instantly repair multiple files at once with Composite View</li>\n	<li>28 modules, 14 plug-ins, and much more</li>\n	\n</ul>\n<br />\n<h2>iZotope RX 8 New & Improved Features</h2>\n<h3><span style=\"background-color: initial;\">32 Audio Tab Limit - NEW</span></h3>\nTime is precious when editing audio in post. To help you tackle more work faster, RX 8 doubles the previous 16-tab limit, now allowing you to view and edit up to 32 files within RX Audio Editor, so you can cover more ground in less time with greater efficiency and in-app real estate.\n<br /><br />\n<h3>Horizontal Scrolling - NEW</h3>\nYou asked, and iZotope listened: horizontal scrolling is now built into the intuitive Spectrogram Display. Use the scroll gesture on your trackpad or mouse with your cursor to scroll through your audio across the X-axis for lightning fast edits.\n<br /><br />\n<h3>Batch Processor - IMPROVED</h3>\nProcess multiple audio files in one pass with the newly overhauled Batch Processor. View pertinent metadata in your audio, then apply a full series of processors with Module Chain, now accessible from within the Batch Processor interface. Finally, export your files in multiple file formats and bit depths for optimal efficiency and organization.\n<br /><br />\n<h3>Music Rebalance - IMPROVED</h3>\nMusic Rebalance intelligently identifies vocals, bass, percussion, and other instruments in a mix for independent gain adjustment—and it’s now stronger than ever. With improved source separation algorithms and the ability to generate stems from a stereo recording, you can easily re-animate a mix, make room for scene dialogue in post, remove or isolate vocals for a remix, or even create and export new stems for further processing and mixing. Also available as an AudioSuite plug-in for Pro Tools.\n<br /><br />\n<h3>De-hum - IMPROVED</h3>\nRemove ground loop hum and line noise using improved detection and reduction algorithms featuring independent harmonic reduction bands, and a redesigned, intuitive interface.\n<br /><br />\n<h3>Loudness Control - NEW</h3>\nPrepare your recordings for final delivery with the detailed level readings and loudness management power of the all-new Loudness Control module. Instantly load preset loudness standard targets and conform your production audio to broadcast requirements in seconds, and monitor your levels using the built-in numeric and history plot readouts for integrated, short-term, and momentary loudness. Plus, resize the module to fit your display perfectly and suit your own unique workflow.\n<br /><br />'),(5618,75,1,937,'<h1>iZotope RX 8 Standard</h1>\n<i>RX 8 Standard Audio Repair and Separation for Music and Post Production is a complete toolkit for to restore damaged, noisy audio to pristine condition, making it your go-to software for audio cleanup and restoration.</i><br /><br />\niZotope RX 8 Standard, the industry standard audio repair tool, brings more power and intelligent processors for music and post than ever before. Visually identify and repair problems with the standalone RX Audio Editor application, or use the real-time plug-ins in your favorite DAW or NLE.<br /><br />\n\nIn addition to industry-leading repair tools for post, RX 8 Standard introduces groundbreaking new features for music production. Use Guitar De-noise to manage aspects of guitar performance like amplifier hum and interference, fret squeaks, and pick attacks—resulting in a clean, controlled recording. Leverage the improved source separation tech of Music Rebalance to mix musical elements of a stereo audio file independently, or automatically create individual stems for more nuanced mixing and processing. Prepare your production audio for broadcast at optimal loudness with an all-new Loudness Control module. Whether you’re cleaning up musical performances, performing last-minute mix edits, or preparing your audio for delivery, RX 8\nStandard gives you the tools to get it done in record time.<br /><br />\n<h2>iZotope RX 8 Standard Key Features</h2>\n<ul>\n	<li><span style=\"background-color: initial; letter-spacing: 0px;\">NEW! Quickly remove amp hum, squeaks, fret noise, and other guitar issues with Guitar De-noise</span></li>\n	<li>IMPROVED! Isolate and remove vocals or rebalance mix elements with Music Rebalance</li>\n	<li>NEW! Prepare your processed files for delivery with Loudness Control</li>\n	<li>IMPROVED! Process multiple files or folders more efficiently with Batch Processor</li>\n	<li>Independently adjust time and pitch with Variable Time and Variable Pitch</li>\n	<li>Eliminate noise issues with the magic of Spectral Repair</li>\n	<li>Remove instrument, click-track, or vocal bleed with the De-bleed module</li>\n	<li>Easily fix vocal issues like sibilance, plosives, breaths, and mouth clicks</li>\n	<li>Instantly repair multiple files at once with Composite View</li>\n	<li>28 modules, 14 plug-ins, and much more</li>\n	\n</ul>\n<br />\n<h2>iZotope RX 8 New & Improved Features</h2>\n<h3><span style=\"background-color: initial;\">32 Audio Tab Limit - NEW</span></h3>\nTime is precious when editing audio in post. To help you tackle more work faster, RX 8 doubles the previous 16-tab limit, now allowing you to view and edit up to 32 files within RX Audio Editor, so you can cover more ground in less time with greater efficiency and in-app real estate.\n<br /><br />\n<h3>Horizontal Scrolling - NEW</h3>\nYou asked, and iZotope listened: horizontal scrolling is now built into the intuitive Spectrogram Display. Use the scroll gesture on your trackpad or mouse with your cursor to scroll through your audio across the X-axis for lightning fast edits.\n<br /><br />\n<h3>Batch Processor - IMPROVED</h3>\nProcess multiple audio files in one pass with the newly overhauled Batch Processor. View pertinent metadata in your audio, then apply a full series of processors with Module Chain, now accessible from within the Batch Processor interface. Finally, export your files in multiple file formats and bit depths for optimal efficiency and organization.\n<br /><br />\n<h3>Music Rebalance - IMPROVED</h3>\nMusic Rebalance intelligently identifies vocals, bass, percussion, and other instruments in a mix for independent gain adjustment—and it’s now stronger than ever. With improved source separation algorithms and the ability to generate stems from a stereo recording, you can easily re-animate a mix, make room for scene dialogue in post, remove or isolate vocals for a remix, or even create and export new stems for further processing and mixing. Also available as an AudioSuite plug-in for Pro Tools.\n<br /><br />\n<h3>De-hum - IMPROVED</h3>\nRemove ground loop hum and line noise using improved detection and reduction algorithms featuring independent harmonic reduction bands, and a redesigned, intuitive interface.\n<br /><br />\n<h3>Loudness Control - NEW</h3>\nPrepare your recordings for final delivery with the detailed level readings and loudness management power of the all-new Loudness Control module. Instantly load preset loudness standard targets and conform your production audio to broadcast requirements in seconds, and monitor your levels using the built-in numeric and history plot readouts for integrated, short-term, and momentary loudness. Plus, resize the module to fit your display perfectly and suit your own unique workflow.\n<br /><br />'),(5619,85,0,937,''),(5620,85,1,937,''),(5621,76,0,937,''),(5622,76,1,937,''),(5623,75,0,938,'<h1>iZotope RX Elements</h1>\n<i>Essential Audio Repair for Home Studios in an affordable standalone audio editor!</i><br /><br />\niZotope RX <span style=\"background-color: initial;\">Elements is the perfect introduction to the world of audio repair, offering essential plug-ins </span><span style=\"background-color: initial;\">and modules to remove noise, clipping, clicks, hum, and other problems in dialogue and music </span><span style=\"background-color: initial;\">productions that plague small studios. Get four of our best repair modules, also available as </span><span style=\"background-color: initial;\">plug-ins. This includes the completely overhauled De-hum module, which now features </span><span style=\"background-color: initial;\">increased precision for better hum detection and new parameter controls for fine-tuning. You </span><span style=\"background-color: initial;\">also get a standalone audio editor featuring the groundbreaking Repair Assistant, and an </span><span style=\"background-color: initial;\">intuitive Spectrogram editor—now with horizontal scrolling—all at an affordable price. If you\'re </span><span style=\"background-color: initial;\">just getting started in the world of home recording or need a quick fix for problematic production </span><span style=\"background-color: initial;\">audio, RX Elements is your go-to solution</span><span style=\"background-color: initial;\"><br /></span><br />\n<h3>iZotope RX Elements Key Features</h3>\n<ul>\n	<li><span style=\"background-color: initial; letter-spacing: 0px;\">Includes standalone RX 8 Audio Editor with spectral editing</span></li>\n	<li>Get instant audio repair solutions with Repair Assistant</li>\n	<li>Remove buzz and grounding issues with the newly improved and redesigned De-hum plug-in</li>\n	<li>Remove unwanted background noise with Voice De-noise plug-in</li>\n	<li>Eliminate clicks and pops with De-click plug-in</li>\n	<li>Fix clipped audio takes with De-clip plug-in</li>\n	<li>Workflow enhancements including horizontal scrolling</li>\n	<li>Increased audio tab limit in RX Audio Editor—up to 32 files at once</li>\n	<li>Horizontal scrolling in Spectrogram display</li>\n	<li>4 individual module plug-ins in AAX, AU, and VST format—and much more</li>\n</ul>\n<br />\n<h3>Standalone editor with intelligent processing</h3>\nMore than a plug-in suite, RX Elements also gives you a standalone editor that offers beautiful, informative visualization, intelligent repair powered by machine learning, and a complement of useful audio tools. Repair Assistant analyzes your audio and automatically detects noise, clicks, pops, and more. It can even offer you different processing suggestions and lets you audition the results in real time at different intensity levels. For those looking to dive deeper, you get access to four powerful audio repair processors with AU and VST support, along with other utilities such as Fade, Gain, Stereo, and Phase controls.\n<br /><br />\n<h3>Industry-leading repair tools for small studios</h3>\nGet four of our most essential tools for fixing problems that would otherwise ruin a recording. Eliminate ground hum and other tonal noise with the improved De-hum. Reduce background room noise, amp hiss, and other ambient issues with Voice De-noise. Fix distortion caused by clipping at your mic preamp with De-clip, and handle clicks, pops, and other artifacts with De-click. With RX Elements, high-quality production audio is now within your reach.\n<br /><br />'),(5624,75,1,938,'<h1>iZotope RX Elements</h1>\n<i>Essential Audio Repair for Home Studios in an affordable standalone audio editor!</i><br /><br />\niZotope RX <span style=\"background-color: initial;\">Elements is the perfect introduction to the world of audio repair, offering essential plug-ins </span><span style=\"background-color: initial;\">and modules to remove noise, clipping, clicks, hum, and other problems in dialogue and music </span><span style=\"background-color: initial;\">productions that plague small studios. Get four of our best repair modules, also available as </span><span style=\"background-color: initial;\">plug-ins. This includes the completely overhauled De-hum module, which now features </span><span style=\"background-color: initial;\">increased precision for better hum detection and new parameter controls for fine-tuning. You </span><span style=\"background-color: initial;\">also get a standalone audio editor featuring the groundbreaking Repair Assistant, and an </span><span style=\"background-color: initial;\">intuitive Spectrogram editor—now with horizontal scrolling—all at an affordable price. If you\'re </span><span style=\"background-color: initial;\">just getting started in the world of home recording or need a quick fix for problematic production </span><span style=\"background-color: initial;\">audio, RX Elements is your go-to solution</span><span style=\"background-color: initial;\"><br /></span><br />\n<h3>iZotope RX Elements Key Features</h3>\n<ul>\n	<li><span style=\"background-color: initial; letter-spacing: 0px;\">Includes standalone RX 8 Audio Editor with spectral editing</span></li>\n	<li>Get instant audio repair solutions with Repair Assistant</li>\n	<li>Remove buzz and grounding issues with the newly improved and redesigned De-hum plug-in</li>\n	<li>Remove unwanted background noise with Voice De-noise plug-in</li>\n	<li>Eliminate clicks and pops with De-click plug-in</li>\n	<li>Fix clipped audio takes with De-clip plug-in</li>\n	<li>Workflow enhancements including horizontal scrolling</li>\n	<li>Increased audio tab limit in RX Audio Editor—up to 32 files at once</li>\n	<li>Horizontal scrolling in Spectrogram display</li>\n	<li>4 individual module plug-ins in AAX, AU, and VST format—and much more</li>\n</ul>\n<br />\n<h3>Standalone editor with intelligent processing</h3>\nMore than a plug-in suite, RX Elements also gives you a standalone editor that offers beautiful, informative visualization, intelligent repair powered by machine learning, and a complement of useful audio tools. Repair Assistant analyzes your audio and automatically detects noise, clicks, pops, and more. It can even offer you different processing suggestions and lets you audition the results in real time at different intensity levels. For those looking to dive deeper, you get access to four powerful audio repair processors with AU and VST support, along with other utilities such as Fade, Gain, Stereo, and Phase controls.\n<br /><br />\n<h3>Industry-leading repair tools for small studios</h3>\nGet four of our most essential tools for fixing problems that would otherwise ruin a recording. Eliminate ground hum and other tonal noise with the improved De-hum. Reduce background room noise, amp hiss, and other ambient issues with Voice De-noise. Fix distortion caused by clipping at your mic preamp with De-clip, and handle clicks, pops, and other artifacts with De-click. With RX Elements, high-quality production audio is now within your reach.\n<br /><br />'),(5625,85,0,938,'iZotope RX Elements'),(5626,85,1,938,'iZotope RX Elements'),(5627,76,0,938,''),(5628,76,1,938,''),(5629,75,0,939,'<h2>iZotope RX Loudness Control: Automatic Global Loudness Correction</h2>\n<span style=\"font-size: 16px;\"><i>Deliver transparent audio for broadcast while ensuring your content meets the appropriate loudness control standards with RX Loudness Control!</i></span><br /><br />\n<div>iZotope RX Loudness Control works faster than real-time to ensure your audio mixes are delivered within the appropriate loudness standards. Designed specifically for audio/video post production and broadcast workflows, RX Loudness Control combines industry-leading, intelligent audio signal processing with an easy-to-use interface.\n</div>\n<div>\n	Efficiently analyze and render your mix to comply with any of the global loudness standards, then instantly create a .CSV loudness report. It\'s the best-sounding automatic loudness compliance processing available today—unparalleled in speed, accuracy, reliability, and sound quality.\n</div>\n<br />\n<h3>iZotope RX Loudness Control Highlights</h3>\n<ul>\n	<li><span style=\"background-color: initial;\">Ensure your mixes meet the required delivery specifications with truly intelligent algorithms that take out the guesswork.</span></li>\n	<li>Deliver results globally with a single product offering the latest, greatest, loudness standards.</li>\n	<li>Produce more content than ever with extensive presets, a curated featureset, and a fast, efficient workflow that saves you time on the final stage of TV production.</li>\n	\n</ul><br />\n\n<h3>Intuitive Workflow</h3>\nRender your audio to be loudness compliant and appropriate for delivery and broadcast—all with just two clicks! A history graph and loudness report inform you of whether your audio is within the appropriate tolerance of the selected loudness standard, and if not, shows you where the overflows may be occurring. An easy-to-use interface guides you seamlessly through the workflow, displaying relevant and useful loudness metering.<br /><br />\n\n \n<h3>Surround Sound</h3>\nChannel count formats vary from project to project, and loudness standards can dictate specs for surround channel counts. To ensure loudness compliance in any channel format you may be working with, RX Loudness Control supports mono, stereo, and surround channel counts up to 5.1 for seamless integration into any workflow.<br /><br />\n\n \n<h3>IRC™ II Limiting</h3>\nExisting automated loudness correction tools can sometimes produce questionable sound quality. Fortunately, RX Loudness Control includes IRC (Intelligent Release Control) II, an incredibly transparent limiting algorithm that sonically outperforms the competition. This offline process corrects a mono, stereo, or surround sound audio file for True Peak value (dBTP).<br /><br />\n\n \n<h3>Global Loudness Standards</h3>\nWith so many loudness specifications being introduced and refined across the globe, it can be difficult to maintain loudness compliance for multiple broadcast networks. RX Loudness Control boasts an extensive list of the latest and most significant global loudness standards. Select from among the following loudness standards:<br />\n<ul>\n<li>BS.1770-1 (Global)      </li>\n<li>BS.1770-2-3 (Global)    </li>\n<li>EBU R128 (Europe)       </li>\n<li>EBU R128 s1 (Europe)    </li>\n<li>AGCOM 219/09/CSP (Italy)</li>\n<li>ATSC A/85 (U.S.)        </li>\n<li>OP-59 (Australia)       </li>\n<li>ARIB TR-B32 (Japan)     </li>\n</ul><br />\n \n<h3>Multi-host Compatibility</h3>\nRX Loudness Control supports offline processing as an AudioSuite plug-in for the two leading broadcast editing platforms: Avid Media Composer and Pro Tools 10-12. And for the first time, offline loudness-compliant processing is available as an audio extension for Adobe Premiere Pro.<br /><br />'),(5630,75,1,939,'<h2>iZotope RX Loudness Control: Automatic Global Loudness Correction</h2>\n<span style=\"font-size: 16px;\"><i>Deliver transparent audio for broadcast while ensuring your content meets the appropriate loudness control standards with RX Loudness Control!</i></span><br /><br />\n<div>iZotope RX Loudness Control works faster than real-time to ensure your audio mixes are delivered within the appropriate loudness standards. Designed specifically for audio/video post production and broadcast workflows, RX Loudness Control combines industry-leading, intelligent audio signal processing with an easy-to-use interface.\n</div>\n<div>\n	Efficiently analyze and render your mix to comply with any of the global loudness standards, then instantly create a .CSV loudness report. It\'s the best-sounding automatic loudness compliance processing available today—unparalleled in speed, accuracy, reliability, and sound quality.\n</div>\n<br />\n<h3>iZotope RX Loudness Control Highlights</h3>\n<ul>\n	<li><span style=\"background-color: initial;\">Ensure your mixes meet the required delivery specifications with truly intelligent algorithms that take out the guesswork.</span></li>\n	<li>Deliver results globally with a single product offering the latest, greatest, loudness standards.</li>\n	<li>Produce more content than ever with extensive presets, a curated featureset, and a fast, efficient workflow that saves you time on the final stage of TV production.</li>\n	\n</ul><br />\n\n<h3>Intuitive Workflow</h3>\nRender your audio to be loudness compliant and appropriate for delivery and broadcast—all with just two clicks! A history graph and loudness report inform you of whether your audio is within the appropriate tolerance of the selected loudness standard, and if not, shows you where the overflows may be occurring. An easy-to-use interface guides you seamlessly through the workflow, displaying relevant and useful loudness metering.<br /><br />\n\n \n<h3>Surround Sound</h3>\nChannel count formats vary from project to project, and loudness standards can dictate specs for surround channel counts. To ensure loudness compliance in any channel format you may be working with, RX Loudness Control supports mono, stereo, and surround channel counts up to 5.1 for seamless integration into any workflow.<br /><br />\n\n \n<h3>IRC™ II Limiting</h3>\nExisting automated loudness correction tools can sometimes produce questionable sound quality. Fortunately, RX Loudness Control includes IRC (Intelligent Release Control) II, an incredibly transparent limiting algorithm that sonically outperforms the competition. This offline process corrects a mono, stereo, or surround sound audio file for True Peak value (dBTP).<br /><br />\n\n \n<h3>Global Loudness Standards</h3>\nWith so many loudness specifications being introduced and refined across the globe, it can be difficult to maintain loudness compliance for multiple broadcast networks. RX Loudness Control boasts an extensive list of the latest and most significant global loudness standards. Select from among the following loudness standards:<br />\n<ul>\n<li>BS.1770-1 (Global)      </li>\n<li>BS.1770-2-3 (Global)    </li>\n<li>EBU R128 (Europe)       </li>\n<li>EBU R128 s1 (Europe)    </li>\n<li>AGCOM 219/09/CSP (Italy)</li>\n<li>ATSC A/85 (U.S.)        </li>\n<li>OP-59 (Australia)       </li>\n<li>ARIB TR-B32 (Japan)     </li>\n</ul><br />\n \n<h3>Multi-host Compatibility</h3>\nRX Loudness Control supports offline processing as an AudioSuite plug-in for the two leading broadcast editing platforms: Avid Media Composer and Pro Tools 10-12. And for the first time, offline loudness-compliant processing is available as an audio extension for Adobe Premiere Pro.<br /><br />'),(5631,85,0,939,'iZotope RX Loudness Control: Automatic Global Loudness Correction'),(5632,85,1,939,'iZotope RX Loudness Control: Automatic Global Loudness Correction'),(5633,76,0,939,''),(5634,76,1,939,''),